Mercurial > emacs
annotate lisp/loaddefs.el @ 41623:8cf1bafe44b1
*** empty log message ***
author | Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca> |
---|---|
date | Wed, 28 Nov 2001 07:26:37 +0000 |
parents | 1337babcd9ab |
children | 3465372c9239 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
27321 | 1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads |
2 ;; | |
3 ;;; Code: | |
25876 | 4 |
25998 | 5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best |
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5" | |
39611 | 7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15192 12238)) |
25998 | 8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el |
9 | |
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\ | |
11 Play 5x5. | |
12 | |
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping | |
14 squares you must fill the grid. | |
15 | |
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are: | |
17 \\<5x5-mode-map> | |
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current] | |
19 Move up \\[5x5-up] | |
20 Move down \\[5x5-down] | |
21 Move left \\[5x5-left] | |
22 Move right \\[5x5-right] | |
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game] | |
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize] | |
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly] | |
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current] | |
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best] | |
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate] | |
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil) | |
30 | |
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\ | |
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil) | |
33 | |
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\ | |
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil) | |
36 | |
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\ | |
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil) | |
39 | |
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\ | |
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then | |
42 mutating the result." t nil) | |
43 | |
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\ | |
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5. | |
46 | |
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes | |
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current | |
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function | |
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil) | |
51 | |
52 ;;;*** | |
53 | |
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" | |
39611 | 55 ;;;;;; (15192 12240)) |
25876 | 56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el |
57 | |
25998 | 58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\ |
26724 | 59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files. |
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these | |
61 extensions. | |
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file | |
63 name" nil nil) | |
25998 | 64 |
25876 | 65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\ |
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code. | |
67 | |
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.) | |
69 | |
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]' | |
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]' | |
72 | |
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]' | |
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]' | |
75 | |
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]' | |
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]' | |
78 | |
25998 | 79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]' |
25876 | 80 |
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]' | |
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]' | |
83 | |
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]' | |
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]' | |
86 | |
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including: | |
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]' | |
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]' | |
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]' | |
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]' | |
92 | |
93 If you use imenu.el: | |
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]' | |
95 | |
96 If you use find-file.el: | |
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]' | |
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file] | |
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]' | |
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window] | |
25998 | 101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs. |
25876 | 102 |
103 If you use ada-xref.el: | |
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier | |
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier | |
30565 | 106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil) |
25998 | 107 |
108 ;;;*** | |
109 | |
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" | |
39611 | 111 ;;;;;; (15192 12240)) |
25998 | 112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el |
113 | |
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\ | |
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil) | |
25876 | 116 |
117 ;;;*** | |
118 | |
31388 | 119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun |
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry | |
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address | |
40341 | 122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15320 20918)) |
25876 | 123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el |
124 | |
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\ | |
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | |
27321 | 127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.") |
25876 | 128 |
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\ | |
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | |
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.") | |
132 | |
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\ | |
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil) | |
135 | |
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\ | |
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name. | |
138 | |
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use. | |
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'. | |
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog' | |
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system). | |
143 | |
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then | |
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current | |
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. | |
147 | |
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the | |
32115 | 149 current buffer to the complete file name. |
150 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil) | |
25876 | 151 |
152 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\ | |
39732 | 153 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file. |
25876 | 154 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user |
155 name and site. | |
156 | |
39732 | 157 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log. |
158 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'. | |
159 | |
25876 | 160 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window. |
39732 | 161 |
25876 | 162 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front; |
163 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together' | |
164 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created. | |
165 | |
40341 | 166 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a |
167 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by | |
168 the same person. | |
169 | |
39732 | 170 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying |
171 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these | |
172 notices. | |
173 | |
25876 | 174 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if |
175 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil) | |
176 | |
177 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\ | |
39732 | 178 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item. |
179 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays | |
180 the change log file in another window." t nil) | |
25876 | 181 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window) |
182 | |
183 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\ | |
184 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode. | |
185 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74. | |
186 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window]. | |
187 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page. | |
188 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
189 | |
190 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\ | |
191 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
192 | |
193 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\ | |
194 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
195 | |
196 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\ | |
197 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
198 | |
199 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\ | |
200 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil. | |
201 | |
202 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...), | |
28523 | 203 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl. |
25876 | 204 |
205 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before | |
206 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or | |
28523 | 207 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables |
27321 | 208 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and |
209 `add-log-current-defun-function' | |
25876 | 210 |
211 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil) | |
212 | |
27321 | 213 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\ |
214 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer. | |
215 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on | |
216 the appropriate motion commands). | |
217 | |
31388 | 218 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and |
219 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil) | |
220 | |
221 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\ | |
222 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil) | |
27321 | 223 |
25876 | 224 ;;;*** |
225 | |
226 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action | |
39611 | 227 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15185 |
228 ;;;;;; 36002)) | |
25876 | 229 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el |
230 | |
231 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\ | |
232 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation. | |
233 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an | |
234 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated. | |
235 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new | |
236 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the | |
237 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard', | |
238 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but | |
239 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be | |
240 interpreted as `error'.") | |
241 | |
242 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\ | |
243 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation. | |
244 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will | |
245 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already | |
246 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the | |
26724 | 247 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will |
248 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the | |
25876 | 249 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.") |
250 | |
251 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\ | |
26724 | 252 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS. |
25876 | 253 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified |
254 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value | |
255 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds | |
256 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest | |
257 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same | |
258 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice | |
259 will be overwritten with the new one. | |
26724 | 260 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be |
25876 | 261 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id |
262 will clear the cache." nil nil) | |
263 | |
264 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\ | |
26724 | 265 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol). |
25876 | 266 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows: |
267 | |
268 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...) | |
269 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM] | |
270 BODY... ) | |
271 | |
272 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised. | |
273 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'. | |
274 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice. | |
275 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first', | |
276 see also `ad-add-advice'. | |
277 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function | |
278 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in | |
279 before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
280 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'. | |
281 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings. | |
282 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice. | |
283 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised | |
284 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
285 BODY ::= Any s-expression. | |
286 | |
287 Semantics of the various flags: | |
288 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in | |
289 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected | |
290 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion). | |
291 | |
292 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if | |
293 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'. | |
294 | |
295 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting | |
296 advised function should be compiled. | |
297 | |
26724 | 298 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used |
25876 | 299 during activation until somebody enables it. |
300 | |
301 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile | |
302 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current | |
303 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use | |
304 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled. | |
305 | |
306 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according | |
307 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved. | |
308 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of | |
309 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The | |
310 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file | |
311 during preloading. | |
312 | |
26724 | 313 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro)) |
25876 | 314 |
315 ;;;*** | |
316 | |
30565 | 317 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule |
318 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp | |
39611 | 319 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15192 12206)) |
27327 | 320 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el |
321 | |
322 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\ | |
323 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules. | |
324 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to | |
325 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of | |
326 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location | |
327 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each | |
328 rule's `separate' attribute). | |
329 | |
330 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of | |
331 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their | |
332 `separate' attribute set. | |
333 | |
334 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the | |
335 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and | |
336 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details | |
337 on the format of these lists." t nil) | |
338 | |
339 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\ | |
340 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer. | |
341 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt | |
342 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you | |
343 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding | |
344 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full | |
345 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also | |
346 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount | |
347 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout | |
348 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these | |
349 options. | |
350 | |
351 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to | |
352 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up: | |
353 | |
354 Fred (123) 456-7890 | |
355 Alice (123) 456-7890 | |
356 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890 | |
357 Joe (123) 456-7890 | |
358 | |
359 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it | |
360 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the | |
361 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil) | |
362 | |
363 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\ | |
364 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section. | |
365 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES | |
366 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to | |
367 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to | |
368 align that section." t nil) | |
369 | |
370 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\ | |
371 Call `align' on the current alignment section. | |
372 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and | |
373 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or | |
374 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it | |
375 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have | |
376 been used to align that section." t nil) | |
377 | |
378 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\ | |
379 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified. | |
380 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule | |
381 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a | |
382 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the | |
383 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text | |
384 to be colored." t nil) | |
385 | |
386 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\ | |
387 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil) | |
388 | |
30565 | 389 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\ |
390 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil) | |
391 | |
27327 | 392 ;;;*** |
393 | |
25876 | 394 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" |
40341 | 395 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15306 37169)) |
28212 | 396 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el |
25876 | 397 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir) |
398 | |
399 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\ | |
400 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache. | |
401 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents | |
402 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs | |
403 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific | |
404 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil) | |
405 | |
406 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil) | |
407 | |
408 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist))) | |
409 | |
410 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist))) | |
411 | |
412 ;;;*** | |
413 | |
39050 | 414 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string) |
39611 | 415 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15223 37897)) |
39050 | 416 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el |
417 | |
418 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\ | |
419 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation. | |
420 The characters start at randomly chosen places, | |
421 and all slide in parallel to their final positions, | |
422 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones. | |
423 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally | |
424 in the current window." nil nil) | |
425 | |
426 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\ | |
427 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer. | |
428 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines." nil nil) | |
429 | |
430 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\ | |
431 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer." t nil) | |
432 | |
433 ;;;*** | |
434 | |
35744 | 435 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) |
39611 | 436 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (14969 37995)) |
35744 | 437 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el |
438 | |
439 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\ | |
440 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil) | |
441 | |
442 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\ | |
443 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties. | |
444 | |
445 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is | |
446 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using | |
447 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into | |
448 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'. | |
449 | |
450 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker | |
451 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark. | |
452 | |
453 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil) | |
454 | |
455 ;;;*** | |
456 | |
34166 | 457 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules) |
39611 | 458 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15242 17023)) |
26724 | 459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el |
460 | |
34166 | 461 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\ |
462 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory. | |
463 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode', | |
464 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer | |
465 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for | |
466 \\[yank]. | |
467 | |
468 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar | |
469 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary. | |
470 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of | |
471 the rules. | |
472 | |
473 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names | |
474 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a | |
475 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The | |
476 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil) | |
477 | |
26724 | 478 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\ |
479 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files. | |
480 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil) | |
481 | |
482 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\ | |
483 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'. | |
484 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil) | |
485 | |
486 ;;;*** | |
487 | |
25876 | 488 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary |
489 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line | |
490 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message) | |
39611 | 491 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15192 12220)) |
25876 | 492 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el |
493 | |
494 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\ | |
495 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer. | |
496 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time | |
497 as the first thing on a line.") | |
498 | |
499 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\ | |
500 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.") | |
501 | |
502 (defvar appt-audible t "\ | |
503 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.") | |
504 | |
505 (defvar appt-visible t "\ | |
506 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.") | |
507 | |
508 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\ | |
509 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.") | |
510 | |
511 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\ | |
512 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.") | |
513 | |
514 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\ | |
515 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.") | |
516 | |
517 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\ | |
518 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen. | |
519 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.") | |
520 | |
521 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\ | |
28523 | 522 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG. |
25876 | 523 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil) |
524 | |
525 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\ | |
526 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil) | |
527 | |
28523 | 528 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\ |
529 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer. | |
530 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be | |
531 put in the appointments list. | |
532 02/23/89 | |
533 12:00pm lunch | |
534 Wednesday | |
535 10:00am group meeting | |
536 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER | |
537 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received. | |
538 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil) | |
25876 | 539 |
540 ;;;*** | |
541 | |
542 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command | |
40341 | 543 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15299 |
544 ;;;;;; 18676)) | |
25876 | 545 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el |
546 | |
26724 | 547 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\ |
548 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands. | |
549 | |
550 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil) | |
551 | |
25876 | 552 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\ |
553 Show user variables that match REGEXP. | |
30565 | 554 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show |
25876 | 555 normal variables." t nil) |
556 | |
557 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command)) | |
558 | |
559 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\ | |
30565 | 560 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP. |
561 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show | |
25876 | 562 noninteractive functions. |
563 | |
564 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that | |
565 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil) | |
566 | |
567 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\ | |
30565 | 568 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP. |
569 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also | |
570 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more | |
571 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil) | |
25876 | 572 |
573 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\ | |
30565 | 574 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP. |
575 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks | |
25876 | 576 at the function and at the names and values of properties. |
577 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil) | |
578 | |
579 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\ | |
30565 | 580 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP. |
581 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use | |
25876 | 582 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key |
583 bindings. | |
584 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil) | |
585 | |
586 ;;;*** | |
587 | |
39437 | 588 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15260 |
589 ;;;;;; 30413)) | |
25876 | 590 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el |
591 | |
592 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\ | |
593 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way. | |
594 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
595 Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
596 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer; | |
597 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer. | |
598 | |
599 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
600 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the | |
601 archive. | |
602 | |
603 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
604 | |
605 ;;;*** | |
606 | |
39611 | 607 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15192 12207)) |
25876 | 608 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el |
609 | |
610 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\ | |
611 Major mode for editing arrays. | |
612 | |
613 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is | |
614 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are | |
615 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers. | |
616 | |
27321 | 617 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer. |
25876 | 618 |
619 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time. | |
27321 | 620 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion, |
25876 | 621 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one. |
622 | |
623 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of | |
624 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you | |
625 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer | |
626 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables. | |
627 The variables are: | |
628 | |
629 Variables you assign: | |
27321 | 630 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array. |
631 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array. | |
632 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer. | |
633 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters. | |
634 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore | |
25876 | 635 row numbers in the buffer. |
636 | |
637 Variables which are calculated: | |
27321 | 638 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line. |
639 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row. | |
25876 | 640 |
641 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may | |
642 take a numeric prefix argument): | |
643 | |
644 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column. | |
645 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column. | |
646 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row. | |
647 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row. | |
648 | |
649 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right. | |
650 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left. | |
651 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below. | |
652 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above. | |
653 | |
654 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right. | |
655 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left. | |
656 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below. | |
657 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above. | |
658 | |
659 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column | |
660 between that of point and mark. | |
661 | |
662 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column. | |
663 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell. | |
664 | |
665 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array. | |
666 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array. | |
667 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and | |
668 newlines inside rows) | |
669 | |
670 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables. | |
671 | |
672 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
673 | |
674 ;;;*** | |
675 | |
39611 | 676 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15192 |
677 ;;;;;; 12246)) | |
34166 | 678 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el |
679 | |
680 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\ | |
681 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive. | |
682 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses | |
683 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard. | |
684 | |
685 How to quit artist mode | |
686 | |
687 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode. | |
688 | |
689 | |
690 How to submit a bug report | |
691 | |
692 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report. | |
693 | |
694 | |
695 Drawing with the mouse: | |
696 | |
697 mouse-2 | |
698 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with | |
699 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described | |
700 below). | |
701 | |
702 mouse-1 | |
703 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies | |
704 or pastes: | |
705 | |
706 Operation Not shifted Shifted | |
707 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
708 Pen fill-char at point line from last point | |
709 to new point | |
710 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
711 Line Line in any direction Straight line | |
712 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
713 Rectangle Rectangle Square | |
714 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
715 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines | |
716 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
717 Ellipses Ellipses Circles | |
718 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
719 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite) | |
720 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
721 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray | |
722 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
723 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle | |
724 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
725 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected | |
726 lines | |
727 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
728 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square | |
729 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
730 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square | |
731 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
732 Paste Paste Paste | |
733 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
734 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill | |
735 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
736 | |
38398 | 737 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically |
34166 | 738 or diagonally. |
739 | |
740 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you | |
741 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment | |
742 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the | |
743 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing | |
744 poly-lines. | |
745 | |
746 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer | |
747 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while | |
748 overwrite means the opposite. | |
749 | |
750 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose | |
751 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable | |
752 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'. | |
753 | |
754 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square. | |
755 | |
756 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows. | |
757 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info. | |
758 | |
759 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation. | |
760 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you | |
761 are currently drawing something. | |
762 | |
763 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite | |
764 some time to fill. | |
765 | |
766 | |
767 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer | |
768 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle | |
769 | |
770 | |
771 Settings | |
772 | |
773 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares | |
774 | |
775 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines | |
776 | |
777 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing | |
778 | |
779 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding | |
780 | |
781 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape | |
782 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed) | |
783 | |
784 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes. | |
785 | |
786 | |
787 Drawing with keys | |
788 | |
789 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following: | |
790 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint | |
791 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point) | |
792 When erase characters: toggles erasing | |
793 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square | |
794 When pasting: Pastes | |
795 | |
796 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw | |
797 | |
798 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char]. | |
799 | |
800 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling | |
801 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing | |
802 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing | |
803 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding | |
804 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings | |
805 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes | |
806 | |
807 | |
808 Arrows | |
809 | |
810 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning | |
811 of the line/poly-line | |
812 | |
813 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end | |
814 of the line/poly-line | |
815 | |
816 | |
817 Selecting operation | |
818 | |
819 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations: | |
820 | |
821 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines | |
822 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines | |
823 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles | |
824 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares | |
825 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines | |
826 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines | |
827 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses | |
828 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles | |
829 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru) | |
830 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite) | |
831 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can | |
832 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can | |
833 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters | |
834 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles | |
835 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines | |
836 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines | |
837 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles | |
838 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles | |
839 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting | |
840 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling | |
841 | |
842 | |
843 Variables | |
844 | |
845 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info, | |
846 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET). | |
847 | |
848 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not | |
849 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point... | |
850 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding | |
851 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect | |
852 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows | |
853 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares | |
854 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings | |
855 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling | |
856 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling | |
857 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing | |
858 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses | |
859 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses | |
860 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders | |
861 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible | |
862 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines | |
863 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings | |
864 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area | |
865 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color'' | |
866 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color'' | |
867 | |
868 Hooks | |
869 | |
870 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called. | |
871 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called. | |
872 | |
873 | |
874 Keymap summary | |
875 | |
876 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil) | |
877 | |
878 ;;;*** | |
879 | |
35668 | 880 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804 |
39611 | 881 ;;;;;; 36495)) |
25876 | 882 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el |
883 | |
884 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\ | |
885 Major mode for editing typical assembler code. | |
886 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings: | |
887 | |
888 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop. | |
889 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop. | |
890 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop. | |
891 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments. | |
892 | |
893 The character used for making comments is set by the variable | |
894 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;'). | |
895 | |
896 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook', | |
897 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization. | |
898 | |
899 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization. | |
900 | |
901 Special commands: | |
902 \\{asm-mode-map} | |
903 " t nil) | |
904 | |
905 ;;;*** | |
906 | |
35196 | 907 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el" |
39611 | 908 ;;;;;; (15192 12237)) |
35196 | 909 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el |
25876 | 910 |
911 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\ | |
25998 | 912 Obsolete.") |
25876 | 913 |
914 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\ | |
25998 | 915 This command is obsolete." t nil) |
25876 | 916 |
917 ;;;*** | |
918 | |
29505 | 919 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el" |
33357 | 920 ;;;;;; (14777 22131)) |
28919 | 921 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el |
922 | |
33357 | 923 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\ |
924 Toggle Autoarg mode on or off. | |
925 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
926 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
927 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.") | |
928 | |
929 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
930 | |
931 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg)) | |
932 | |
28919 | 933 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\ |
29505 | 934 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally. |
28919 | 935 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. |
936 \\<autoarg-mode-map> | |
937 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they | |
938 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and | |
939 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence | |
940 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer. | |
941 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is | |
942 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off. | |
943 | |
944 For example: | |
945 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'. | |
946 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer. | |
947 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and | |
948 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]. | |
949 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times. | |
950 | |
951 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil) | |
952 | |
33357 | 953 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\ |
954 Toggle Autoarg-Kp mode on or off. | |
955 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
956 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
957 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.") | |
958 | |
959 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
960 | |
961 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg)) | |
962 | |
29505 | 963 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\ |
964 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally. | |
965 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
966 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map> | |
967 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1' | |
968 &c to supply digit arguments. | |
969 | |
970 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil) | |
971 | |
28919 | 972 ;;;*** |
973 | |
28077 | 974 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" |
39611 | 975 ;;;;;; (15192 12240)) |
28077 | 976 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el |
977 | |
978 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\ | |
979 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil) | |
980 | |
981 ;;;*** | |
982 | |
25876 | 983 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert) |
40341 | 984 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14900 37239)) |
25876 | 985 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el |
986 | |
987 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
32115 | 988 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil. |
25876 | 989 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil) |
990 | |
991 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
992 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'. | |
993 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION, | |
994 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil) | |
995 | |
32115 | 996 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\ |
40341 | 997 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled. |
33357 | 998 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
32115 | 999 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
1000 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.") | |
1001 | |
1002 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
1003 | |
1004 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert)) | |
1005 | |
25876 | 1006 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\ |
26724 | 1007 Toggle Auto-insert mode. |
1008 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
1009 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on). | |
1010 | |
1011 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can | |
25876 | 1012 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil) |
1013 | |
1014 ;;;*** | |
1015 | |
1016 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories | |
1017 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" | |
40341 | 1018 ;;;;;; (15301 19232)) |
25876 | 1019 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el |
1020 | |
1021 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
1022 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file' | |
39590 | 1023 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables). |
1024 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it." t nil) | |
25876 | 1025 |
1026 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\ | |
1027 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones. | |
1028 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil) | |
1029 | |
1030 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
1031 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode. | |
1032 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil) | |
1033 | |
1034 ;;;*** | |
1035 | |
1036 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode | |
27949 | 1037 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" |
39611 | 1038 ;;;;;; (15192 12207)) |
25876 | 1039 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el |
1040 | |
25998 | 1041 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\ |
1042 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active. | |
1043 | |
1044 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' | |
1045 instead.") | |
1046 | |
27949 | 1047 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\ |
1048 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change. | |
1049 | |
1050 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the | |
1051 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.") | |
1052 | |
1053 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
1054 | |
1055 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert)) | |
1056 | |
25876 | 1057 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ |
1058 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes. | |
1059 | |
1060 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
1061 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer. | |
1062 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil) | |
1063 | |
1064 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
1065 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode. | |
1066 | |
1067 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | |
1068 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil) | |
1069 | |
1070 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
1071 Revert any buffer when file on disk change. | |
1072 | |
1073 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive. | |
1074 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers. | |
1075 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil) | |
1076 | |
1077 ;;;*** | |
1078 | |
28162 | 1079 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" |
39611 | 1080 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15198 49176)) |
25876 | 1081 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el |
1082 | |
28162 | 1083 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\ |
31388 | 1084 Activate mouse avoidance mode. |
28162 | 1085 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values. |
1086 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
1087 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.") | |
1088 | |
1089 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
1090 | |
1091 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid)) | |
1092 | |
25876 | 1093 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\ |
1094 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE. | |
1095 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate', | |
1096 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'. | |
1097 | |
31388 | 1098 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish' |
25876 | 1099 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated |
1100 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'. | |
1101 | |
31388 | 1102 Effects of the different modes: |
25876 | 1103 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress. |
1104 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close, | |
1105 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way. | |
1106 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse | |
1107 a random distance & direction. | |
1108 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion. | |
1109 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'. | |
1110 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too. | |
1111 | |
1112 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised. | |
1113 | |
1114 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\", | |
1115 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for | |
1116 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil) | |
1117 | |
1118 ;;;*** | |
1119 | |
40341 | 1120 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15306 |
1121 ;;;;;; 37170)) | |
25876 | 1122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el |
1123 | |
1124 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\ | |
1125 Major mode for editing AWK code. | |
33357 | 1126 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap |
1127 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing | |
25876 | 1128 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table. |
1129 | |
33357 | 1130 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil) |
25876 | 1131 |
1132 ;;;*** | |
1133 | |
1134 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" | |
40341 | 1135 ;;;;;; (15252 33904)) |
25876 | 1136 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el |
1137 | |
1138 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\ | |
1139 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build. | |
1140 | |
1141 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain | |
1142 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in. | |
1143 | |
1144 For example: | |
1145 | |
1146 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value | |
1147 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote | |
1148 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b | |
1149 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b | |
1150 | |
1151 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro)) | |
1152 | |
1153 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote))) | |
1154 | |
1155 ;;;*** | |
1156 | |
1157 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el" | |
39611 | 1158 ;;;;;; (15223 37886)) |
25876 | 1159 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el |
1160 | |
1161 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\ | |
1162 Display battery status information in the echo area. | |
26899 | 1163 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables |
25876 | 1164 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil) |
1165 | |
1166 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\ | |
1167 Display battery status information in the mode line. | |
33002 | 1168 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables |
25876 | 1169 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'. |
1170 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval' | |
1171 seconds." t nil) | |
1172 | |
1173 ;;;*** | |
1174 | |
39611 | 1175 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15054 |
1176 ;;;;;; 33529)) | |
25876 | 1177 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el |
1178 | |
1179 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\ | |
1180 Major mode for editing BibTeX files. | |
1181 | |
1182 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a | |
1183 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
1184 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
1185 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the | |
1186 message. | |
1187 | |
1188 | |
1189 General information on working with BibTeX mode: | |
1190 | |
1191 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a | |
1192 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using | |
1193 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled | |
1194 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry | |
1195 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
1196 | |
1197 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable | |
1198 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will | |
1199 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries | |
1200 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have | |
1201 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new | |
1202 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
1203 | |
1204 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function | |
1205 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of | |
1206 BibTeX mode. | |
1207 | |
1208 | |
1209 Special information: | |
1210 | |
1211 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry. | |
1212 | |
1213 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX. | |
1214 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT. | |
1215 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT]. | |
1216 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one. | |
1217 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely. | |
1218 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the | |
1219 current field. | |
1220 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field. | |
1221 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}. | |
1222 | |
1223 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT | |
1224 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required | |
1225 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of | |
1226 bibtex-entry-format. | |
1227 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special | |
1228 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad | |
1229 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format. | |
1230 | |
1231 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field. | |
1232 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field. | |
1233 | |
1234 The following may be of interest as well: | |
1235 | |
1236 Functions: | |
1237 bibtex-entry | |
1238 bibtex-kill-entry | |
1239 bibtex-yank-pop | |
1240 bibtex-pop-previous | |
1241 bibtex-pop-next | |
1242 bibtex-complete-string | |
1243 bibtex-complete-key | |
1244 bibtex-print-help-message | |
1245 bibtex-generate-autokey | |
1246 bibtex-beginning-of-entry | |
1247 bibtex-end-of-entry | |
1248 bibtex-reposition-window | |
1249 bibtex-mark-entry | |
1250 bibtex-ispell-abstract | |
1251 bibtex-ispell-entry | |
1252 bibtex-narrow-to-entry | |
1253 bibtex-sort-buffer | |
1254 bibtex-validate | |
1255 bibtex-count | |
1256 bibtex-fill-entry | |
1257 bibtex-reformat | |
1258 bibtex-convert-alien | |
1259 | |
1260 Variables: | |
1261 bibtex-field-delimiters | |
1262 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref | |
1263 bibtex-include-OPTkey | |
1264 bibtex-user-optional-fields | |
1265 bibtex-entry-format | |
1266 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries | |
1267 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries | |
1268 bibtex-entry-field-alist | |
1269 bibtex-predefined-strings | |
1270 bibtex-string-files | |
1271 | |
1272 --------------------------------------------------------- | |
1273 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is | |
1274 non-nil. | |
1275 | |
1276 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil) | |
1277 | |
1278 ;;;*** | |
1279 | |
39611 | 1280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15192 12228)) |
32115 | 1281 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el |
1282 | |
1283 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$") | |
1284 | |
1285 ;;;*** | |
1286 | |
25876 | 1287 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229 |
25998 | 1288 ;;;;;; 27947)) |
25876 | 1289 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el |
1290 | |
1291 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\ | |
1292 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; | |
1293 the default is 4. | |
1294 | |
1295 What is blackbox? | |
1296 | |
1297 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the | |
1298 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several | |
1299 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and | |
1300 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of | |
1301 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower | |
1302 your score. | |
1303 | |
1304 Overview of play: | |
1305 | |
1306 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument | |
1307 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is | |
1308 four. | |
1309 | |
1310 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor | |
1311 movement keys. | |
1312 | |
1313 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC. | |
1314 The result will be determined and the playfield updated. | |
1315 | |
1316 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the | |
1317 box and pressing \\[bb-romp]. | |
1318 | |
1319 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct, | |
1320 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or | |
1321 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and | |
1322 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly | |
1323 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be | |
1324 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'. | |
1325 | |
1326 Details: | |
1327 | |
1328 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box: | |
1329 | |
1330 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than | |
1331 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are | |
1332 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the | |
1333 ray went in, and the other where it came out. | |
1334 | |
1335 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place | |
1336 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are | |
1337 denoted by the letter `R'. | |
1338 | |
1339 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does | |
1340 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are | |
1341 denoted by the letter `H'. | |
1342 | |
1343 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by | |
1344 example. | |
1345 | |
1346 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can | |
1347 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes | |
1348 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball. | |
1349 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as | |
1350 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit | |
1351 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the | |
1352 ray. | |
1353 | |
1354 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety | |
1355 degree deflection it causes. | |
1356 | |
1357 1 | |
1358 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1359 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1360 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O - | |
1361 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - - | |
1362 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - - | |
1363 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - - | |
1364 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - - | |
1365 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O - | |
1366 2 3 | |
1367 | |
1368 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point | |
1369 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways: | |
1370 | |
1371 | |
1372 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1373 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1374 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - - | |
1375 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - - | |
1376 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1377 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1378 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1379 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1380 | |
1381 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper | |
1382 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to | |
1383 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third | |
1384 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the | |
1385 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray | |
1386 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately | |
1387 emerging from the box. | |
1388 | |
1389 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball: | |
1390 | |
1391 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1392 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - | |
1393 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - - | |
1394 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - - | |
1395 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - - | |
1396 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1397 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1398 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1399 | |
1400 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of | |
1401 a reflection." t nil) | |
1402 | |
1403 ;;;*** | |
1404 | |
1405 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate | |
1406 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list | |
1407 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete | |
1408 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location | |
1409 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" | |
39732 | 1410 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15296 35571)) |
25876 | 1411 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el |
1412 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) | |
1413 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) | |
1414 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list) | |
1415 | |
1416 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\ | |
1417 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions. | |
1418 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it | |
1419 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a | |
1420 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark | |
1421 functions have a binding in this keymap.") | |
1422 | |
1423 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map)) | |
1424 | |
1425 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set)) | |
1426 | |
1427 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set)) | |
1428 | |
1429 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump)) | |
1430 | |
1431 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump)) | |
1432 | |
1433 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert)) | |
1434 | |
1435 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks)) | |
1436 | |
1437 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | |
1438 | |
1439 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename)) | |
1440 | |
1441 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete)) | |
1442 | |
1443 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load)) | |
1444 | |
1445 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write)) | |
1446 | |
1447 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save)) | |
1448 | |
1449 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\ | |
1450 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file. | |
1451 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted. | |
1452 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name | |
1453 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\" | |
1454 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set | |
1455 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time, | |
1456 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most | |
1457 recent one. | |
1458 | |
1459 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the | |
1460 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's | |
1461 yank successive words. | |
1462 | |
1463 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer | |
1464 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress | |
1465 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the | |
1466 name of the file being visited. | |
1467 | |
1468 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name, | |
1469 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from | |
1470 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil) | |
1471 | |
1472 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1473 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). |
25876 | 1474 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable |
1475 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1476 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1477 this. | |
1478 | |
1479 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked | |
1480 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump | |
1481 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place | |
1482 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil) | |
1483 | |
1484 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\ | |
1485 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer). | |
1486 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of | |
1487 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed | |
1488 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil) | |
1489 | |
1490 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\ | |
1491 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. | |
1492 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the | |
1493 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil) | |
1494 | |
1495 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | |
1496 | |
1497 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
1498 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name. | |
1499 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from | |
1500 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW. | |
1501 | |
1502 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an | |
1503 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You | |
1504 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp. | |
1505 | |
1506 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1507 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1508 name." t nil) | |
1509 | |
1510 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1511 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. |
25876 | 1512 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable |
1513 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1514 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1515 this." t nil) | |
1516 | |
1517 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1518 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list. |
25876 | 1519 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If |
1520 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1521 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1522 one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1523 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer, | |
1524 probably because we were called from there." t nil) | |
1525 | |
1526 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\ | |
1527 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer). | |
1528 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil) | |
1529 | |
1530 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\ | |
1531 Save currently defined bookmarks. | |
1532 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable | |
1533 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE | |
1534 \(second argument). | |
1535 | |
1536 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG | |
1537 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then | |
1538 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE | |
1539 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the | |
1540 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in. | |
1541 | |
1542 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use | |
1543 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you | |
1544 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable | |
1545 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil) | |
1546 | |
1547 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\ | |
1548 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format). | |
1549 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If | |
1550 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are | |
1551 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages | |
1552 while loading. | |
1553 | |
1554 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you | |
1555 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load | |
1556 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first | |
1557 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is | |
1558 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it | |
1559 explicitly. | |
1560 | |
1561 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as | |
1562 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get | |
1563 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same | |
1564 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil) | |
1565 | |
1566 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\ | |
1567 Display a list of existing bookmarks. | |
1568 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'. | |
1569 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for | |
1570 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil) | |
1571 | |
1572 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1573 | |
1574 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1575 | |
1576 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1577 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. |
25876 | 1578 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable |
1579 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1580 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1581 this. | |
1582 | |
1583 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1584 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1585 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1586 | |
1587 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1588 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). |
25876 | 1589 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable |
1590 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1591 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1592 this. | |
1593 | |
1594 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1595 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1596 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1597 | |
1598 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1599 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. |
25876 | 1600 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file). |
1601 | |
1602 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1603 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1604 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1605 | |
1606 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1607 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME. |
25876 | 1608 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME. |
1609 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1610 prompts for NEWNAME. |
25876 | 1611 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was |
1612 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting | |
1613 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp. | |
1614 | |
1615 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1616 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1617 name. | |
1618 | |
1619 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1620 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1621 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1622 | |
1623 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1624 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list. |
25876 | 1625 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If |
1626 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1627 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1628 one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1629 | |
1630 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1631 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1632 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1633 | |
1634 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions")) | |
1635 | |
1636 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map))) | |
1637 | |
1638 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) | |
1639 | |
1640 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) | |
1641 | |
1642 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) | |
1643 | |
1644 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) | |
1645 | |
1646 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete))) | |
1647 | |
1648 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename))) | |
1649 | |
1650 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate))) | |
1651 | |
1652 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert))) | |
1653 | |
1654 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))) | |
1655 | |
1656 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump))) | |
1657 | |
1658 ;;;*** | |
1659 | |
38398 | 1660 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail |
1661 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm | |
1662 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic | |
1663 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz | |
1664 ;;;;;; browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point | |
1665 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file | |
1666 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program | |
1667 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-flag | |
1668 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" | |
39611 | 1669 ;;;;;; (15192 12237)) |
28212 | 1670 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el |
25876 | 1671 |
38398 | 1672 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\ |
25876 | 1673 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser. |
1674 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and | |
1675 `browse-url-of-file' commands. | |
1676 | |
1677 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs | |
1678 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one | |
1679 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The | |
1680 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last | |
1681 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.") | |
1682 | |
37617 | 1683 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\ |
25876 | 1684 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers. |
1685 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser | |
1686 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version | |
1687 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.") | |
1688 | |
1689 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\ | |
1690 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.") | |
1691 | |
1692 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\ | |
1693 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file. | |
1694 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.") | |
1695 | |
1696 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\ | |
1697 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.") | |
1698 | |
1699 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1700 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE. | |
1701 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called | |
1702 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function | |
1703 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the | |
1704 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil) | |
1705 | |
1706 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\ | |
1707 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER. | |
1708 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the | |
1709 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is | |
1710 narrowed." t nil) | |
1711 | |
1712 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1713 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil) | |
1714 | |
1715 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\ | |
1716 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil) | |
1717 | |
1718 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\ | |
1719 Ask a WWW browser to load URL. | |
1720 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable | |
1721 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil) | |
1722 | |
1723 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\ | |
1724 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point. | |
1725 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable | |
1726 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil) | |
1727 | |
1728 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\ | |
1729 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse. | |
1730 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click | |
1731 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like | |
1732 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser | |
1733 to use." t nil) | |
1734 | |
1735 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\ | |
1736 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL. | |
1737 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1738 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape. | |
1739 | |
37617 | 1740 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
25876 | 1741 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a |
1742 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
37617 | 1743 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
25876 | 1744 |
1745 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
37617 | 1746 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil) |
25876 | 1747 |
33002 | 1748 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\ |
1749 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'. | |
1750 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1751 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed. | |
1752 | |
37617 | 1753 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
33002 | 1754 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an |
1755 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the | |
37617 | 1756 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
33002 | 1757 |
1758 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
37617 | 1759 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil) |
33002 | 1760 |
25876 | 1761 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\ |
1762 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1763 | |
1764 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1765 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the | |
1766 program is invoked according to the variable | |
1767 `browse-url-mosaic-program'. | |
1768 | |
37617 | 1769 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
25876 | 1770 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a |
1771 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
37617 | 1772 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
25876 | 1773 |
1774 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
37617 | 1775 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil) |
25876 | 1776 |
1777 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\ | |
1778 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'. | |
1779 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.") | |
1780 | |
1781 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\ | |
1782 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL. | |
1783 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the | |
1784 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil) | |
1785 | |
1786 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\ | |
1787 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1788 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
1789 | |
1790 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must | |
1791 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the | |
1792 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'. | |
1793 | |
37617 | 1794 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
25876 | 1795 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a |
1796 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
37617 | 1797 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
25876 | 1798 |
1799 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
37617 | 1800 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil) |
25876 | 1801 |
1802 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1803 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1804 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1805 | |
1806 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\ | |
1807 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL. | |
1808 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
1809 | |
37617 | 1810 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
25876 | 1811 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive |
37617 | 1812 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
25876 | 1813 |
1814 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
37617 | 1815 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil) |
25876 | 1816 |
1817 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\ | |
1818 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser. | |
1819 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by | |
1820 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1821 | |
1822 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\ | |
1823 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
1824 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run | |
1825 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program' | |
1826 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil) | |
1827 | |
1828 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\ | |
1829 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
1830 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run | |
1831 a new Lynx process in a new buffer. | |
1832 | |
37617 | 1833 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
25876 | 1834 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window, |
1835 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
37617 | 1836 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
25876 | 1837 |
1838 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
37617 | 1839 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil) |
25876 | 1840 |
1841 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\ | |
1842 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL. | |
1843 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1844 | |
1845 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\ | |
1846 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs. | |
1847 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the | |
1848 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
1849 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the | |
1850 current one. | |
1851 | |
37617 | 1852 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
25876 | 1853 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A |
1854 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of | |
37617 | 1855 `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
25876 | 1856 |
1857 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
37617 | 1858 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil) |
25876 | 1859 |
1860 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1861 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL. | |
1862 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the | |
1863 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments | |
1864 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which | |
1865 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil) | |
1866 | |
38398 | 1867 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\ |
1868 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL. | |
1869 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1870 | |
25876 | 1871 ;;;*** |
1872 | |
1873 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607 | |
25998 | 1874 ;;;;;; 42538)) |
25876 | 1875 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el |
1876 | |
1877 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\ | |
1878 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil) | |
1879 | |
1880 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\ | |
1881 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil) | |
1882 | |
1883 ;;;*** | |
1884 | |
27016 | 1885 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next) |
40341 | 1886 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15297 22172)) |
27016 | 1887 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el |
1888 | |
1889 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\ | |
1890 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling. | |
1891 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined | |
1892 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil) | |
1893 | |
1894 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\ | |
1895 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling. | |
1896 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined | |
1897 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil) | |
1898 | |
1899 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\ | |
1900 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil) | |
1901 | |
1902 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\ | |
31388 | 1903 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list. |
27016 | 1904 \\<bs-mode-map> |
1905 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for | |
1906 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself. | |
1907 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer | |
1908 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC] | |
1909 | |
1910 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection. | |
1911 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available. | |
1912 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function | |
1913 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly | |
1914 name of buffer configuration." t nil) | |
1915 | |
1916 ;;;*** | |
1917 | |
39732 | 1918 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button |
40341 | 1919 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15306 |
1920 ;;;;;; 37162)) | |
39732 | 1921 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el |
1922 | |
41587
1337babcd9ab
Regenerate due to renaming of help-funs.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40341
diff
changeset
|
1923 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\ |
39732 | 1924 Keymap used by buttons.") |
1925 | |
1926 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\ | |
1927 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons. | |
1928 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.") | |
1929 | |
1930 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\ | |
1931 Define a `button type' called NAME. | |
1932 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | |
1933 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type | |
1934 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when | |
40341 | 1935 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument). |
1936 | |
1937 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a | |
1938 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values | |
1939 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent | |
1940 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes)." nil nil) | |
39732 | 1941 |
1942 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\ | |
1943 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer. | |
1944 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | |
40341 | 1945 specifying properties to add to the button. |
1946 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a | |
1947 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see | |
1948 `define-button-type'. | |
39732 | 1949 |
1950 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'." nil nil) | |
1951 | |
1952 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\ | |
1953 Insert a button with the label LABEL. | |
1954 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | |
40341 | 1955 specifying properties to add to the button. |
1956 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a | |
1957 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see | |
1958 `define-button-type'. | |
39732 | 1959 |
1960 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'." nil nil) | |
1961 | |
1962 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\ | |
1963 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer. | |
1964 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | |
40341 | 1965 specifying properties to add to the button. |
1966 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a | |
1967 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see | |
1968 `define-button-type'. | |
39732 | 1969 |
1970 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually | |
1971 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating | |
1972 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using | |
1973 `make-text-button'. | |
1974 | |
1975 Also see `insert-text-button'." nil nil) | |
1976 | |
1977 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\ | |
1978 Insert a button with the label LABEL. | |
1979 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | |
40341 | 1980 specifying properties to add to the button. |
1981 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a | |
1982 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see | |
1983 `define-button-type'. | |
39732 | 1984 |
1985 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is | |
1986 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. | |
1987 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using | |
1988 `insert-text-button'. | |
1989 | |
1990 Also see `make-text-button'." nil nil) | |
1991 | |
1992 ;;;*** | |
1993 | |
25876 | 1994 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile |
1995 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file | |
1996 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" | |
40341 | 1997 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (15311 55090)) |
25876 | 1998 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el |
1999 | |
2000 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2001 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file. | |
2002 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil) | |
2003 | |
2004 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2005 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation. | |
2006 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file. | |
2007 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also. | |
2008 | |
2009 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled. | |
2010 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user, | |
2011 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means | |
2012 don't ask and compile the file anyway. | |
2013 | |
2014 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory. | |
2015 | |
2016 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, | |
2017 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil) | |
2018 | |
2019 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2020 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code. | |
2021 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME. | |
39590 | 2022 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling. |
25876 | 2023 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil) |
2024 | |
2025 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2026 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form. | |
2027 Print the result in the minibuffer. | |
2028 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil) | |
2029 | |
2030 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2031 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition. | |
2032 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil) | |
2033 | |
2034 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2035 Display a call graph of a specified file. | |
2036 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called | |
2037 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions | |
2038 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as | |
2039 all functions called by those functions. | |
2040 | |
2041 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or | |
2042 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq, | |
2043 cons, etc.). | |
2044 | |
2045 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called | |
2046 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be | |
2047 invoked interactively." t nil) | |
2048 | |
2049 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2050 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
2051 Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
2052 it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
2053 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
2054 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil) | |
2055 | |
2056 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2057 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line. | |
2058 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion. | |
2059 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil) | |
2060 | |
2061 ;;;*** | |
2062 | |
39611 | 2063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15192 12220)) |
25876 | 2064 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el |
2065 | |
2066 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2067 | |
2068 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2069 | |
2070 ;;;*** | |
2071 | |
2072 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" | |
39611 | 2073 ;;;;;; (15192 12220)) |
25876 | 2074 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el |
2075 | |
2076 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\ | |
2077 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR. | |
2078 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken | |
2079 from the cursor position." t nil) | |
2080 | |
2081 ;;;*** | |
2082 | |
40341 | 2083 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15302 |
2084 ;;;;;; 65117)) | |
27949 | 2085 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el |
2086 | |
2087 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\ | |
34166 | 2088 Run the Emacs calculator. |
27949 | 2089 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil) |
2090 | |
2091 ;;;*** | |
2092 | |
25876 | 2093 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays |
2094 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays | |
2095 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks | |
2096 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook | |
2097 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook | |
2098 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form | |
2099 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style | |
2100 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string | |
2101 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol | |
25998 | 2102 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook |
2103 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook | |
2104 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays | |
2105 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially | |
26724 | 2106 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar |
2107 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset | |
2108 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" | |
40341 | 2109 ;;;;;; (15302 40107)) |
25876 | 2110 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el |
2111 | |
2112 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\ | |
2113 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins. | |
2114 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.") | |
2115 | |
2116 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\ | |
2117 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window. | |
2118 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left, | |
2119 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off | |
2120 the screen.") | |
2121 | |
2122 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\ | |
2123 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry. | |
2124 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed, | |
2125 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed | |
2126 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.") | |
2127 | |
2128 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\ | |
2129 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially. | |
32115 | 2130 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used, |
25876 | 2131 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For |
2132 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary | |
2133 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current | |
2134 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed. | |
2135 | |
2136 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value | |
2137 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries | |
2138 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday, | |
2139 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only | |
2140 Saturday's entries on Saturday. | |
2141 | |
2142 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command | |
2143 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the | |
2144 number of days of diary entries displayed.") | |
2145 | |
2146 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\ | |
2147 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window. | |
2148 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.") | |
2149 | |
26724 | 2150 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\ |
2151 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed. | |
2152 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.") | |
2153 | |
25876 | 2154 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\ |
2155 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry. | |
2156 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first | |
2157 displayed.") | |
2158 | |
2159 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\ | |
2160 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window. | |
2161 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.") | |
2162 | |
2163 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
2164 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar. | |
2165 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
2166 | |
2167 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.") | |
2168 | |
2169 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
2170 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar. | |
2171 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
2172 | |
2173 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian | |
2174 calendar.") | |
2175 | |
2176 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
2177 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar. | |
2178 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
2179 | |
2180 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic | |
2181 calendar.") | |
2182 | |
2183 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\ | |
2184 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded. | |
2185 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.") | |
2186 | |
2187 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\ | |
2188 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened. | |
2189 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but | |
2190 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command | |
2191 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.") | |
2192 | |
2193 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
2194 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible. | |
2195 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a | |
2196 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose: | |
2197 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date) | |
2198 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker'; | |
2199 a function is also provided for this: | |
2200 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today) | |
2201 | |
2202 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
2203 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
2204 date is not visible in the window. | |
2205 | |
2206 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
2207 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
2208 functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
2209 | |
2210 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
2211 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible. | |
2212 | |
2213 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
2214 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
2215 date is visible in the window. | |
2216 | |
2217 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
2218 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
2219 functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
2220 | |
25998 | 2221 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\ |
2222 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar. | |
2223 | |
26724 | 2224 For example, |
25998 | 2225 |
2226 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1))) | |
2227 | |
2228 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.") | |
2229 | |
25876 | 2230 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\ |
2231 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept. | |
2232 | |
2233 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms | |
2234 | |
2235 MONTH/DAY | |
2236 MONTH/DAY/YEAR | |
2237 MONTHNAME DAY | |
2238 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR | |
2239 DAYNAME | |
2240 | |
2241 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry | |
2242 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is | |
2243 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits. | |
2244 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year. | |
2245 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week. | |
2246 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three | |
2247 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY, | |
2248 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year, | |
2249 respectively. | |
2250 | |
2251 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used | |
2252 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set | |
2253 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are | |
2254 | |
2255 DAY/MONTH | |
2256 DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
2257 DAY MONTHNAME | |
2258 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
2259 DAYNAME | |
2260 | |
2261 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute | |
2262 `american-calendar' in the calendar. | |
2263 | |
2264 A diary entry can be preceded by the character | |
2265 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry | |
2266 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar | |
2267 window but will appear in a diary window. | |
2268 | |
2269 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with | |
2270 either a TAB or one or more spaces. | |
2271 | |
2272 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary | |
2273 entries (in the default American style): | |
2274 | |
2275 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!! | |
2276 &1/1. Happy New Year! | |
2277 10/22 Ruth's birthday. | |
2278 21: Payday | |
2279 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am | |
2280 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend. | |
2281 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!! | |
2282 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd. | |
2283 mar 16 Dad's birthday | |
2284 April 15, 1989 Income tax due. | |
2285 &* 15 time cards due. | |
2286 | |
2287 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with | |
2288 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the | |
2289 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the | |
2290 single diary entry | |
2291 | |
2292 02/11/1989 | |
2293 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today | |
2294 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting | |
2295 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative' | |
2296 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden | |
2297 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan | |
2298 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School | |
2299 | |
2300 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This | |
2301 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if | |
2302 used with more than one day's entries displayed. | |
2303 | |
2304 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry | |
2305 | |
2306 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation | |
2307 | |
2308 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November | |
2309 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary', | |
2310 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', | |
2311 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date', | |
2312 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date', | |
2313 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', | |
2314 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', | |
2315 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function | |
2316 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details. | |
2317 | |
2318 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also | |
2319 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored | |
2320 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the | |
2321 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation | |
2322 for these functions for details. | |
2323 | |
2324 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for | |
2325 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
2326 | |
2327 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\ | |
2328 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.") | |
2329 | |
2330 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\ | |
2331 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.") | |
2332 | |
2333 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\ | |
2334 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.") | |
2335 | |
2336 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\ | |
2337 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries. | |
2338 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.") | |
2339 | |
2340 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\ | |
32115 | 2341 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'. |
25876 | 2342 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.") |
2343 | |
2344 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\ | |
2345 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD. | |
2346 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars. | |
2347 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.") | |
2348 | |
2349 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\ | |
2350 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays. | |
2351 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1, | |
2352 1990. The accepted European date styles are | |
2353 | |
2354 DAY/MONTH | |
2355 DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
2356 DAY MONTHNAME | |
2357 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
2358 DAYNAME | |
2359 | |
2360 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three | |
2361 characters with or without a period.") | |
2362 | |
2363 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ | |
2364 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used. | |
2365 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
2366 | |
25998 | 2367 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ |
25876 | 2368 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used. |
2369 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
2370 | |
2371 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\ | |
2372 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style. | |
2373 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.") | |
2374 | |
2375 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\ | |
2376 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style. | |
2377 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.") | |
2378 | |
2379 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\ | |
2380 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared. | |
2381 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary | |
2382 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for | |
2383 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer | |
2384 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.") | |
2385 | |
2386 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
2387 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries. | |
2388 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file. | |
2389 | |
2390 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of | |
2391 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together | |
2392 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines | |
2393 of the form | |
2394 | |
2395 #include \"filename\" | |
2396 | |
2397 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
2398 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing | |
2399 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files' | |
2400 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
2401 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'. | |
2402 | |
2403 For example, you could use | |
2404 | |
2405 (setq list-diary-entries-hook | |
2406 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries)) | |
2407 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display) | |
2408 | |
2409 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with | |
2410 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into | |
2411 lexicographic order.") | |
2412 | |
2413 (defvar diary-hook nil "\ | |
2414 *List of functions called after the display of the diary. | |
2415 Can be used for appointment notification.") | |
2416 | |
2417 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\ | |
2418 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary. | |
2419 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no | |
2420 diary display. | |
2421 | |
2422 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in | |
2423 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these | |
2424 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order | |
2425 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR) | |
2426 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be | |
2427 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with | |
2428 holidays), or produce hard copy output. | |
2429 | |
2430 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative | |
2431 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary | |
2432 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement | |
2433 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the | |
2434 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy | |
2435 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even | |
2436 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy | |
2437 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.") | |
2438 | |
2439 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\ | |
2440 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files. | |
2441 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
2442 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
2443 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
2444 describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
2445 | |
2446 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
2447 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar. | |
2448 | |
2449 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the | |
32115 | 2450 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together |
25876 | 2451 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines |
2452 of the form | |
2453 #include \"filename\" | |
2454 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
2455 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the | |
2456 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as | |
2457 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
2458 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
2459 | |
2460 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\ | |
2461 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files. | |
2462 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
2463 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
2464 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
2465 describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
2466 | |
2467 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\ | |
2468 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries. | |
2469 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they | |
2470 are holidays.") | |
2471 | |
2472 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\ | |
2473 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display. | |
2474 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the | |
2475 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions | |
2476 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.") | |
2477 | |
2478 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2479 | |
2480 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\ | |
2481 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States. | |
2482 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2483 | |
2484 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2485 | |
2486 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\ | |
2487 *Oriental holidays. | |
2488 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2489 | |
2490 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2491 | |
2492 (defvar local-holidays nil "\ | |
2493 *Local holidays. | |
2494 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2495 | |
2496 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2497 | |
2498 (defvar other-holidays nil "\ | |
2499 *User defined holidays. | |
2500 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2501 | |
2502 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2503 | |
2504 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))) | |
2505 | |
2506 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2507 | |
2508 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))) | |
2509 | |
2510 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2511 | |
2512 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))) | |
2513 | |
2514 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2515 | |
2516 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))) | |
2517 | |
2518 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2519 | |
2520 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\ | |
2521 *Jewish holidays. | |
2522 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2523 | |
2524 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2525 | |
2526 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\ | |
2527 *Christian holidays. | |
2528 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2529 | |
2530 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2531 | |
2532 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\ | |
2533 *Islamic holidays. | |
2534 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2535 | |
2536 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2537 | |
2538 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\ | |
2539 *Sun-related holidays. | |
2540 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2541 | |
2542 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2543 | |
2544 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\ | |
2545 The frame set up of the calendar. | |
2546 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate, | |
2547 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated | |
2548 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with | |
2549 any other value the current frame is used.") | |
2550 | |
2551 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\ | |
2552 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays. | |
2553 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil) | |
2554 | |
2555 ;;;*** | |
2556 | |
39611 | 2557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15192 12240)) |
25876 | 2558 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el |
2559 | |
2560 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2561 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.") | |
2562 | |
2563 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2564 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.") | |
2565 | |
2566 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2567 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.") | |
2568 | |
2569 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2570 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.") | |
2571 | |
2572 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2573 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.") | |
2574 | |
2575 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2576 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.") | |
2577 | |
2578 ;;;*** | |
2579 | |
2580 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode | |
2581 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" | |
39611 | 2582 ;;;;;; (15122 26750)) |
25876 | 2583 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el |
2584 | |
2585 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil) | |
2586 | |
2587 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2588 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code. | |
2589 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2590 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version | |
2591 information already added. You just need to add a description of the | |
2592 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message. | |
2593 | |
2594 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2595 | |
2596 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is | |
2597 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is | |
2598 run first. | |
2599 | |
2600 Key bindings: | |
2601 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2602 | |
2603 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2604 Major mode for editing C++ code. | |
2605 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2606 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2607 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2608 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2609 message. | |
2610 | |
2611 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2612 | |
2613 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that | |
2614 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook | |
2615 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2616 | |
2617 Key bindings: | |
2618 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2619 | |
2620 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2621 Major mode for editing Objective C code. | |
2622 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2623 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2624 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2625 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2626 message. | |
2627 | |
2628 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2629 | |
2630 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2631 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' | |
2632 is run first. | |
2633 | |
2634 Key bindings: | |
2635 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2636 | |
2637 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2638 Major mode for editing Java code. | |
2639 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2640 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2641 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2642 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the | |
2643 message. | |
2644 | |
2645 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2646 | |
2647 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2648 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook | |
2649 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically | |
2650 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you | |
2651 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'. | |
2652 | |
2653 Key bindings: | |
2654 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2655 | |
2656 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2657 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code. | |
2658 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2659 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2660 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2661 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2662 message. | |
2663 | |
2664 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2665 | |
2666 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that | |
2667 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook | |
2668 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2669 | |
2670 Key bindings: | |
2671 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2672 | |
2673 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2674 Major mode for editing Pike code. | |
2675 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2676 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2677 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2678 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2679 message. | |
2680 | |
2681 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2682 | |
2683 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2684 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook | |
2685 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2686 | |
2687 Key bindings: | |
2688 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2689 | |
2690 ;;;*** | |
2691 | |
2692 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles" | |
39611 | 2693 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15192 12241)) |
25876 | 2694 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el |
2695 | |
2696 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2697 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles. | |
2698 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of | |
2699 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable | |
2700 for details of setting up styles. | |
2701 | |
2702 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current | |
26899 | 2703 style name. |
2704 | |
2705 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables | |
2706 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of | |
2707 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the | |
2708 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style' | |
2709 will be reassigned. | |
2710 | |
2711 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial | |
2712 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is | |
2713 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil) | |
25876 | 2714 |
2715 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2716 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one. | |
2717 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is | |
2718 an association list describing the style and must be of the form: | |
2719 | |
2720 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...]) | |
2721 | |
2722 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE, | |
2723 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to | |
2724 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil) | |
2725 | |
2726 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2727 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'. | |
2728 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new | |
26899 | 2729 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used |
2730 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil) | |
2731 | |
2732 ;;;*** | |
2733 | |
40341 | 2734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15306 37170)) |
25876 | 2735 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el |
2736 | |
2737 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\ | |
2738 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using. | |
2739 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different | |
2740 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current | |
2741 supported list, along with the values for this variable: | |
2742 | |
26899 | 2743 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit) |
2744 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit) | |
25876 | 2745 |
2746 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list: | |
2747 `infodock'.") | |
2748 | |
2749 ;;;*** | |
2750 | |
2751 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program | |
2752 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el" | |
39611 | 2753 ;;;;;; (15192 12231)) |
25876 | 2754 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el |
2755 | |
2756 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\ | |
36538 | 2757 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil) |
25876 | 2758 |
2759 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\ | |
2760 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil) | |
2761 | |
2762 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2763 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program. | |
2764 | |
2765 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of | |
2766 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not | |
2767 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But, | |
2768 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before | |
2769 execution. | |
2770 | |
2771 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro)) | |
2772 | |
2773 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2774 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
31388 | 2775 |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
2776 CCL-PROGRAM has this form: |
31388 | 2777 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION |
2778 CCL_MAIN_CODE | |
2779 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ]) | |
2780 | |
2781 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate | |
2782 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data | |
2783 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and | |
2784 `write' commands. | |
2785 | |
2786 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE | |
2787 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command | |
2788 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If | |
2789 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed. | |
2790 | |
2791 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines | |
2792 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the | |
2793 semantics. | |
2794 | |
2795 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK | |
2796 | |
2797 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK | |
2798 | |
2799 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) | |
2800 | |
2801 STATEMENT := | |
2802 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL | |
2803 | TRANSLATE | END | |
2804 | |
2805 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION) | |
2806 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION) | |
2807 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer). | |
2808 | integer | |
2809 | |
2810 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG) | |
2811 | |
38398 | 2812 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute |
31388 | 2813 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1. |
2814 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1) | |
2815 | |
2816 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute | |
2817 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N. | |
2818 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]) | |
2819 | |
2820 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed. | |
2821 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) | |
2822 | |
2823 ;; Terminate the most inner loop. | |
2824 BREAK := (break) | |
2825 | |
2826 REPEAT := | |
2827 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop. | |
2828 (repeat) | |
2829 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string]) | |
2830 ;; (repeat)) | |
2831 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string]) | |
2832 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY]) | |
2833 ;; (read REG) | |
2834 ;; (repeat)) | |
2835 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY]) | |
2836 ;; Same as: ((write integer) | |
2837 ;; (read REG) | |
2838 ;; (repeat)) | |
2839 | (write-read-repeat REG integer) | |
2840 | |
2841 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1 | |
2842 ;; to the next byte read, and so on. | |
2843 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...]) | |
2844 ;; Same as: ((read REG) | |
2845 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)) | |
2846 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1) | |
2847 ;; Same as: ((read REG) | |
2848 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])) | |
2849 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]) | |
2850 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing | |
2851 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of | |
2852 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the | |
2853 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1 | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
2854 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code |
31388 | 2855 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point. |
2856 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1) | |
2857 | |
2858 WRITE := | |
2859 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is | |
2860 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte | |
2861 ;; representation. | |
2862 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...]) | |
2863 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION) | |
2864 ;; (write r7)) | |
2865 | (write EXPRESSION) | |
2866 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it | |
2867 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte | |
2868 ;; representation. | |
2869 | (write integer) | |
2870 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output | |
2871 ;; buffer. | |
2872 | (write string) | |
2873 ;; Same as: (write string) | |
2874 | string | |
2875 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of | |
2876 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte | |
2877 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte | |
2878 ;; representation. | |
2879 | (write REG ARRAY) | |
2880 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose | |
2881 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the | |
2882 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 << | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
2883 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1 |
31388 | 2884 ;; is the second code point of the character. |
2885 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1) | |
2886 | |
2887 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name. | |
2888 CALL := (call ccl-program-name) | |
2889 | |
2890 ;; Terminate the CCL program. | |
2891 END := (end) | |
2892 | |
2893 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also | |
2894 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly. | |
2895 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7 | |
2896 | |
2897 ARG := REG | integer | |
2898 | |
2899 OPERATOR := | |
2900 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code). | |
2901 + | - | * | / | % | |
2902 | |
2903 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code) | |
2904 | & | `|' | ^ | |
2905 | |
2906 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code) | |
2907 | << | >> | |
2908 | |
2909 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means: | |
2910 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1)) | |
2911 | <8 | |
2912 | |
2913 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means: | |
2914 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8)) | |
2915 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255))) | |
2916 | >8 | |
2917 | |
2918 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means: | |
2919 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1)) | |
2920 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1))) | |
2921 | // | |
2922 | |
2923 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code) | |
2924 | < | > | == | <= | >= | != | |
2925 | |
2926 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS | |
2927 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character, | |
2928 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means: | |
2929 ;; ((REG = CODE0) | |
2930 ;; (r7 = CODE1)) | |
2931 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the | |
2932 ;; second code point of CHAR. | |
2933 | de-sjis | |
2934 | |
2935 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of | |
2936 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding | |
2937 ;; Shift-JIS code, | |
2938 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means: | |
2939 ;; ((REG = HIGH) | |
2940 ;; (r7 = LOW)) | |
2941 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower | |
2942 ;; byte of SJIS. | |
2943 | en-sjis | |
2944 | |
2945 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR := | |
2946 ;; Same meaning as C code | |
2947 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>= | |
2948 | |
2949 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as: | |
2950 ;; ((REG <<= 8) | |
2951 ;; (REG |= ARG)) | |
2952 | <8= | |
2953 | |
2954 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as: | |
2955 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255)) | |
2956 ;; (REG >>= 8)) | |
2957 | |
2958 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as: | |
2959 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG)) | |
2960 ;; (REG /= ARG)) | |
2961 | //= | |
2962 | |
2963 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]' | |
2964 | |
2965 | |
2966 TRANSLATE := | |
2967 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) | |
2968 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) | |
36101 | 2969 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'. |
31388 | 2970 MAP := |
2971 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs) | |
2972 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET)) | |
2973 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID) | |
2974 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ... | |
2975 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET | |
2976 MAP-ID := integer | |
2977 " nil (quote macro)) | |
25876 | 2978 |
2979 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2980 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
2981 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return | |
2982 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil. | |
2983 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied, | |
2984 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro)) | |
2985 | |
2986 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\ | |
2987 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args. | |
31388 | 2988 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers. |
2989 | |
2990 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil) | |
25876 | 2991 |
2992 ;;;*** | |
2993 | |
2994 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments | |
2995 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text | |
2996 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive | |
2997 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun | |
2998 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces | |
37617 | 2999 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer |
25876 | 3000 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive |
3001 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" | |
40341 | 3002 ;;;;;; (15319 49208)) |
25876 | 3003 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el |
3004 | |
3005 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3006 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors. | |
3007 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which | |
3008 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil) | |
3009 | |
3010 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3011 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors. | |
3012 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
3013 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
3014 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
3015 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
3016 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
3017 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil) | |
3018 | |
3019 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3020 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors. | |
3021 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
3022 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
3023 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
3024 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
3025 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
3026 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil) | |
3027 | |
3028 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3029 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer. | |
3030 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that | |
3031 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue | |
3032 spacing are all verified." t nil) | |
3033 | |
3034 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3035 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces. | |
3036 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES), | |
3037 store all errors found in a warnings buffer, | |
3038 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil) | |
3039 | |
3040 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3041 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors. | |
3042 Only documentation strings are checked. | |
3043 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed. | |
3044 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into | |
3045 a separate buffer." t nil) | |
3046 | |
3047 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3048 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error. | |
3049 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and | |
3050 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT | |
3051 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil) | |
3052 | |
37617 | 3053 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\ |
3054 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file. | |
3055 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a | |
3056 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error | |
3057 if there is one." t nil) | |
3058 | |
25876 | 3059 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\ |
3060 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file. | |
3061 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a | |
3062 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error | |
3063 if there is one. | |
3064 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil) | |
3065 | |
3066 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3067 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text. | |
3068 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil) | |
3069 | |
3070 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3071 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation. | |
3072 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the | |
3073 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display | |
3074 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil) | |
3075 | |
3076 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3077 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point. | |
3078 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is | |
3079 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead. | |
3080 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white | |
3081 space at the end of each line." t nil) | |
3082 | |
3083 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3084 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively. | |
3085 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3086 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil) | |
3087 | |
3088 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3089 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
3090 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3091 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil) | |
3092 | |
3093 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3094 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively. | |
3095 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3096 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil) | |
3097 | |
3098 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3099 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
3100 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3101 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil) | |
3102 | |
3103 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3104 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
3105 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3106 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil) | |
3107 | |
3108 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3109 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
3110 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3111 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil) | |
3112 | |
3113 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3114 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point. | |
3115 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3116 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil) | |
3117 | |
3118 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3119 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments. | |
3120 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3121 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil) | |
3122 | |
3123 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3124 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell. | |
3125 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3126 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil) | |
3127 | |
3128 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3129 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings. | |
3130 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
3131 | |
3132 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is | |
34166 | 3133 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include |
25876 | 3134 checking of documentation strings. |
3135 | |
34166 | 3136 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil) |
25876 | 3137 |
3138 ;;;*** | |
3139 | |
3140 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer | |
39611 | 3141 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15192 |
3142 ;;;;;; 12234)) | |
25876 | 3143 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el |
3144 | |
3145 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | |
3146 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region. | |
3147 Return the length of resulting text." t nil) | |
3148 | |
3149 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
3150 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil) | |
3151 | |
3152 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | |
3153 Encode the text in the current region to HZ. | |
3154 Return the length of resulting text." t nil) | |
3155 | |
3156 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
3157 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil) | |
3158 | |
3159 ;;;*** | |
3160 | |
27321 | 3161 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) |
40341 | 3162 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14884 48970)) |
25876 | 3163 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el |
3164 | |
3165 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\ | |
3166 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN. | |
3167 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select | |
3168 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the | |
3169 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for | |
3170 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil) | |
3171 | |
3172 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\ | |
3173 List history of commands typed to minibuffer. | |
3174 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. | |
3175 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history | |
3176 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list. | |
3177 | |
3178 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil) | |
3179 | |
27321 | 3180 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\ |
3181 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer. | |
25876 | 3182 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. |
3183 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil. | |
3184 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line. | |
3185 | |
3186 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion | |
3187 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent. | |
3188 \\{command-history-map} | |
27321 | 3189 |
3190 This command always recompiles the Command History listing | |
3191 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil) | |
25876 | 3192 |
3193 ;;;*** | |
3194 | |
40341 | 3195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15297 22177)) |
25876 | 3196 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el |
3197 | |
3198 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\ | |
3199 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing. | |
3200 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the | |
3201 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to | |
3202 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the | |
3203 printer proceeds to the next function on the list. | |
3204 | |
3205 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that | |
3206 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.") | |
3207 | |
3208 ;;;*** | |
3209 | |
3210 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" | |
39611 | 3211 ;;;;;; (15226 33281)) |
25876 | 3212 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el |
3213 | |
3214 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil) | |
3215 | |
3216 ;;;*** | |
3217 | |
3218 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" | |
39611 | 3219 ;;;;;; (15251 43415)) |
25876 | 3220 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el |
3221 | |
3222 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\ | |
3223 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor. | |
3224 Normally display output in temp buffer, but | |
3225 prefix arg means replace the region with it. | |
3226 | |
3227 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use. | |
3228 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include') | |
3229 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil. | |
3230 | |
3231 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST. | |
3232 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil) | |
3233 | |
3234 ;;;*** | |
3235 | |
39611 | 3236 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15192 |
3237 ;;;;;; 12207)) | |
25876 | 3238 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el |
3239 | |
3240 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\ | |
3241 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*. | |
3242 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer. | |
3243 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
34166 | 3244 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' |
25876 | 3245 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). |
3246 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
3247 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*") | |
3248 | |
3249 ;;;*** | |
3250 | |
3251 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage | |
3252 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) | |
39611 | 3253 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15192 12231)) |
25876 | 3254 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el |
3255 | |
3256 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
3257 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME | |
3258 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit | |
3259 ASCII table. | |
3260 | |
3261 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-, | |
3262 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding | |
3263 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the | |
3264 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil) | |
3265 | |
3266 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
3267 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE. | |
3268 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
3269 | |
3270 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
3271 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE. | |
3272 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
3273 | |
3274 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
3275 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE. | |
3276 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
3277 | |
3278 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\ | |
3279 Return an alist of supported codepages. | |
3280 | |
3281 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the | |
3282 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match | |
3283 for the character set supported by that codepage. | |
3284 | |
3285 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists, | |
3286 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil) | |
3287 | |
3288 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\ | |
3289 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE. | |
3290 | |
3291 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII | |
3292 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files | |
3293 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil) | |
3294 | |
3295 ;;;*** | |
3296 | |
26724 | 3297 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list |
3298 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command | |
33002 | 3299 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el" |
40341 | 3300 ;;;;;; (15309 60248)) |
25876 | 3301 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el |
3302 | |
33002 | 3303 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\ |
3304 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM. | |
3305 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s. | |
3306 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create | |
3307 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP | |
3308 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a | |
3309 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg | |
3310 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process. | |
3311 | |
3312 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
3313 | |
25876 | 3314 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\ |
3315 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
3316 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
3317 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create | |
3318 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP | |
3319 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a | |
3320 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg | |
3321 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process. | |
3322 | |
3323 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
3324 | |
3325 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\ | |
3326 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it. | |
3327 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s. | |
3328 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any | |
3329 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer. | |
3330 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil) | |
3331 | |
26724 | 3332 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\ |
3333 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | |
3334 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. | |
3335 | |
3336 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil) | |
3337 | |
3338 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\ | |
3339 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | |
3340 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. | |
3341 | |
3342 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil) | |
3343 | |
3344 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\ | |
33002 | 3345 Send COMMAND to current process. |
26724 | 3346 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. |
26899 | 3347 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil) |
26724 | 3348 |
3349 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\ | |
33002 | 3350 Send COMMAND to PROCESS. |
26724 | 3351 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. |
26899 | 3352 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil) |
26724 | 3353 |
25876 | 3354 ;;;*** |
3355 | |
39611 | 3356 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15192 |
3357 ;;;;;; 12207)) | |
25876 | 3358 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el |
3359 | |
3360 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\ | |
3361 Compare text in current window with text in next window. | |
3362 Compares the text starting at point in each window, | |
3363 moving over text in each one as far as they match. | |
3364 | |
3365 This command pushes the mark in each window | |
3366 at the prior location of point in that window. | |
3367 If both windows display the same buffer, | |
3368 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer: | |
3369 first in the other window, then in the selected window. | |
3370 | |
3371 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. | |
3372 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped. | |
3373 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil) | |
3374 | |
3375 ;;;*** | |
3376 | |
3377 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode | |
3378 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path | |
3379 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook) | |
40341 | 3380 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15320 3854)) |
25876 | 3381 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el |
3382 | |
3383 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\ | |
3384 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').") | |
3385 | |
3386 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\ | |
3387 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.") | |
3388 | |
3389 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\ | |
3390 *Function to call to customize the compilation process. | |
3391 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is | |
3392 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used | |
3393 while processing the output of the compilation process.") | |
3394 | |
3395 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\ | |
3396 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer. | |
3397 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the | |
3398 compilation buffer. It should return a string. | |
3399 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.") | |
3400 | |
3401 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\ | |
3402 Function to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
3403 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string | |
3404 describing how the process finished.") | |
3405 | |
3406 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\ | |
3407 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
3408 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, | |
3409 and a string describing how the process finished.") | |
3410 | |
3411 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\ | |
26724 | 3412 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling. |
25876 | 3413 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.") |
3414 | |
3415 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\ | |
3416 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages. | |
3417 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories. | |
3418 nil as an element means to try the default directory.") | |
3419 | |
3420 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\ | |
3421 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'. | |
3422 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously | |
3423 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'. | |
3424 | |
3425 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message | |
3426 and move to the source code that caused it. | |
3427 | |
3428 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is | |
3429 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts. | |
3430 | |
3431 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the | |
3432 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer]. | |
3433 Then start the next one. | |
3434 | |
3435 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by | |
3436 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that | |
3437 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil) | |
3438 | |
3439 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\ | |
3440 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer. | |
3441 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), | |
3442 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines | |
3443 where grep found matches. | |
3444 | |
31388 | 3445 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can |
25876 | 3446 easily repeat a grep command. |
3447 | |
3448 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current | |
3449 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command | |
3450 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' | |
3451 if that history list is empty)." t nil) | |
3452 | |
3453 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\ | |
26724 | 3454 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS. |
3455 Collect output in a buffer. | |
25876 | 3456 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command |
3457 to find the text that grep hits refer to. | |
3458 | |
3459 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can | |
3460 easily repeat a find command." t nil) | |
3461 | |
3462 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\ | |
3463 Major mode for compilation log buffers. | |
3464 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error, | |
3465 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error]. | |
3466 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation]. | |
3467 | |
3468 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil) | |
3469 | |
3470 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
3471 Toggle compilation shell minor mode. | |
3472 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
3473 See `compilation-mode'. | |
3474 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
3475 | |
3476 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
3477 Toggle compilation minor mode. | |
3478 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
3479 See `compilation-mode'. | |
3480 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
3481 | |
3482 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\ | |
3483 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code. | |
3484 | |
3485 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already, | |
3486 the message buffer is checked for new ones. | |
3487 | |
31388 | 3488 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move; |
25876 | 3489 negative means move back to previous error messages. |
31388 | 3490 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer |
25876 | 3491 and start at the first error. |
3492 | |
3493 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or | |
3494 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from | |
3495 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any | |
3496 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To | |
3497 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type | |
3498 \\[next-error] in that buffer. | |
3499 | |
3500 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages, | |
3501 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which | |
3502 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode. | |
3503 | |
3504 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and | |
3505 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil) | |
3506 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error) | |
3507 | |
3508 ;;;*** | |
3509 | |
32115 | 3510 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el" |
39611 | 3511 ;;;;;; (15192 12207)) |
25876 | 3512 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el |
3513 | |
29505 | 3514 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\ |
36101 | 3515 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled. |
33357 | 3516 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
32115 | 3517 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
3518 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.") | |
29505 | 3519 |
3520 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
3521 | |
3522 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete)) | |
3523 | |
25876 | 3524 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\ |
3525 Toggle Partial Completion mode. | |
3526 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive. | |
3527 | |
3528 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is | |
3529 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is | |
3530 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed | |
32115 | 3531 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names. |
25876 | 3532 |
3533 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other | |
3534 command begins with that sequence of characters, and | |
3535 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no | |
3536 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters. | |
3537 | |
36101 | 3538 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted |
25876 | 3539 specially in \\[find-file]. For example, |
36101 | 3540 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'. |
25876 | 3541 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil) |
3542 | |
3543 ;;;*** | |
3544 | |
3545 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el" | |
39611 | 3546 ;;;;;; (15192 12207)) |
25876 | 3547 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el |
3548 | |
3549 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\ | |
3550 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil) | |
3551 | |
3552 ;;;*** | |
3553 | |
26899 | 3554 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after |
3555 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string | |
3556 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el" | |
39611 | 3557 ;;;;;; (15192 12207)) |
26899 | 3558 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el |
3559 | |
3560 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\ | |
3561 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points. | |
3562 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition | |
3563 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and | |
3564 `make-composition'. | |
3565 | |
3566 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows: | |
3567 | |
3568 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left | |
3569 | | 1:tc or top-center | |
3570 | | 2:tr or top-right | |
3571 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left | |
3572 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center | |
3573 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right | |
3574 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left | |
3575 | | 7:bc or bottom-center | |
3576 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right | |
3577 | |
3578 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition | |
3579 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where | |
3580 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already | |
3581 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to | |
3582 be added. | |
3583 | |
3584 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and | |
37246 | 3585 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as |
26899 | 3586 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points): |
3587 | |
3588 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent | |
3589 | | | | |
3590 | global| | | |
3591 | glyph | | | |
3592 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change) | |
3593 +----+--*--+ | |
3594 | | new | | |
3595 | |glyph| | |
3596 +----+-----+ <--- new descent | |
3597 ") | |
3598 | |
3599 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\ | |
3600 Compose characters in the current region. | |
3601 | |
3602 When called from a program, expects these four arguments. | |
3603 | |
3604 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers) | |
3605 specifying the region. | |
3606 | |
3607 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a | |
3608 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. | |
3609 | |
3610 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead | |
3611 of the text in the region. | |
3612 | |
3613 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters. | |
3614 | |
3615 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and | |
3616 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th | |
3617 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th | |
3618 elements with previously composed N glyphs. | |
3619 | |
3620 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point | |
3621 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more | |
3622 detail. | |
3623 | |
3624 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to | |
3625 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of | |
3626 text in the composition." t nil) | |
3627 | |
3628 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\ | |
3629 Decompose text in the current region. | |
3630 | |
3631 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
3632 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
3633 | |
3634 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\ | |
3635 Compose characters in string STRING. | |
3636 | |
3637 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all | |
3638 the characters in it. | |
3639 | |
3640 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of | |
3641 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of | |
3642 STRING respectively. | |
3643 | |
3644 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a | |
3645 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function | |
3646 `compose-region' for more detail. | |
3647 | |
3648 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to | |
3649 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of | |
3650 text in the composition." nil nil) | |
3651 | |
3652 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\ | |
3653 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil) | |
3654 | |
3655 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\ | |
3656 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed. | |
3657 For relative composition, arguments are characters. | |
3658 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are | |
3659 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules. | |
3660 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form | |
3661 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of | |
3662 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil) | |
3663 | |
3664 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\ | |
3665 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS. | |
3666 | |
3667 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list | |
3668 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P. | |
3669 | |
3670 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition' | |
3671 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid. | |
3672 | |
3673 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT | |
3674 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT. | |
3675 | |
3676 If no composition is found, return nil. | |
3677 | |
3678 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a | |
3679 composition in; nil means the current buffer. | |
3680 | |
3681 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P | |
3682 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS, | |
3683 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH. | |
3684 | |
3685 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P. | |
3686 | |
3687 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil. | |
3688 | |
3689 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be | |
3690 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters | |
3691 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'. | |
3692 | |
3693 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition. | |
3694 | |
3695 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil) | |
30565 | 3696 |
26899 | 3697 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\ |
3698 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS. | |
3699 | |
3700 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by | |
3701 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the | |
3702 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are | |
3703 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS | |
3704 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three | |
3705 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text | |
3706 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return | |
3707 nil. | |
3708 | |
3709 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value | |
3710 is: | |
3711 nil -- if no characters were composed. | |
3712 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed. | |
3713 | |
3714 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text. | |
3715 | |
33357 | 3716 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the |
3717 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string. | |
3718 | |
26899 | 3719 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil) |
3720 | |
3721 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\ | |
3722 Compose last characters. | |
35196 | 3723 The argument is a parameterized event of the form |
3724 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS), | |
3725 where N is the number of characters before point to compose, | |
3726 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region' | |
3727 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called, | |
3728 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters. | |
26899 | 3729 This function is intended to be used from input methods. |
3730 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this | |
35196 | 3731 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS) |
26899 | 3732 after a sequence character events." t nil) |
3733 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars) | |
3734 | |
3735 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\ | |
3736 Convert CHAR to string. | |
3737 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier. | |
3738 | |
3739 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or | |
3740 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or | |
3741 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil) | |
3742 | |
3743 ;;;*** | |
3744 | |
25876 | 3745 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) |
31388 | 3746 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14747 44775)) |
25876 | 3747 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el |
3748 | |
3749 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\ | |
3750 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file | |
3751 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil) | |
3752 | |
3753 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\ | |
3754 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file | |
3755 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil) | |
3756 | |
3757 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\ | |
3758 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings. | |
3759 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second | |
3760 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil) | |
3761 | |
3762 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\ | |
3763 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil) | |
3764 | |
3765 ;;;*** | |
3766 | |
3767 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" | |
40341 | 3768 ;;;;;; (15301 19232)) |
25876 | 3769 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el |
3770 | |
3771 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\ | |
3772 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate | |
3773 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the | |
3774 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and | |
3775 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the | |
3776 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil) | |
3777 | |
3778 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\ | |
3779 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil) | |
3780 | |
3781 ;;;*** | |
3782 | |
3783 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" | |
40341 | 3784 ;;;;;; (15306 37171)) |
25876 | 3785 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el |
3786 | |
3787 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\ | |
3788 Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
3789 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
3790 Tab indents for Perl code. | |
3791 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
3792 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
3793 | |
3794 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [], | |
3795 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as | |
3796 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by | |
3797 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left | |
3798 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special, | |
3799 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess | |
3800 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it | |
3801 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that | |
3802 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical. | |
3803 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'. | |
3804 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens | |
3805 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.' | |
3806 | |
3807 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs: | |
3808 | |
33002 | 3809 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do, |
25876 | 3810 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy. |
3811 | |
3812 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.) | |
3813 | |
3814 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which | |
3815 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where | |
3816 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space | |
3817 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if () | |
3818 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then | |
3819 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that, | |
3820 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a | |
3821 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD | |
33002 | 3822 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted). |
25876 | 3823 |
3824 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like | |
3825 | |
3826 bite if angry; | |
3827 | |
3828 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable | |
3829 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the | |
3830 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword' | |
3831 to nil.) | |
3832 | |
3833 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage | |
3834 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if | |
3835 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like | |
3836 | |
3837 foreach (@lines) {print; print} | |
3838 | |
3839 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will | |
3840 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an | |
33002 | 3841 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual |
3842 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent], | |
25876 | 3843 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'. |
3844 | |
3845 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form | |
3846 | |
3847 if (A) { B } | |
3848 | |
3849 into | |
3850 | |
3851 B if A; | |
3852 | |
3853 \\{cperl-mode-map} | |
3854 | |
3855 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode | |
3856 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches | |
3857 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is | |
3858 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl | |
3859 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'), | |
3860 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of | |
3861 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which | |
3862 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these | |
3863 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting | |
3864 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off | |
3865 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra | |
3866 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by | |
3867 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace]. | |
3868 | |
3869 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands | |
3870 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it. | |
3871 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and | |
3872 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable | |
33002 | 3873 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings' |
25876 | 3874 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy'). |
3875 | |
3876 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style | |
3877 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or | |
3878 man via menu. | |
3879 | |
3880 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time. | |
3881 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with | |
3882 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5 | |
3883 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the | |
3884 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'. | |
3885 | |
3886 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the | |
3887 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region | |
3888 span the needed amount of lines. | |
3889 | |
3890 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify', | |
3891 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and | |
3892 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used | |
3893 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only. | |
3894 | |
3895 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
3896 `cperl-tab-always-indent' | |
3897 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line, | |
3898 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
3899 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments' | |
3900 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent. | |
3901 `cperl-auto-newline' | |
3902 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, | |
3903 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following | |
3904 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace. | |
33002 | 3905 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and |
3906 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set. | |
25876 | 3907 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' |
3908 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons. | |
3909 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting. | |
3910 `cperl-indent-level' | |
3911 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. | |
3912 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
3913 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
3914 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' | |
3915 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
3916 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation. | |
3917 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' | |
3918 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
3919 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
3920 `cperl-brace-offset' | |
3921 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
3922 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset' | |
3923 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started | |
3924 this far to the right of the actual line indentation. | |
3925 `cperl-label-offset' | |
3926 Extra indentation for line that is a label. | |
3927 `cperl-min-label-indent' | |
3928 Minimal indentation for line that is a label. | |
3929 | |
3930 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are | |
3931 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8 | |
3932 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8 | |
3933 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8 | |
3934 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8 | |
3935 | |
3936 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the | |
3937 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use | |
3938 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values | |
3939 \(both available from menu). | |
3940 | |
3941 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in | |
33002 | 3942 column 0 is indented on |
25876 | 3943 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'. |
3944 | |
3945 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook' | |
3946 with no args. | |
3947 | |
3948 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu) | |
3949 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems', | |
3950 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil) | |
3951 | |
3952 ;;;*** | |
3953 | |
3954 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" | |
39611 | 3955 ;;;;;; (15192 12242)) |
25876 | 3956 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el |
3957 | |
3958 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\ | |
3959 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals. | |
3960 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify | |
3961 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting. | |
3962 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil) | |
3963 | |
3964 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\ | |
3965 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil) | |
3966 | |
3967 ;;;*** | |
3968 | |
3969 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" | |
29505 | 3970 ;;;;;; (14634 20465)) |
25876 | 3971 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el |
3972 | |
3973 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\ | |
3974 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode. | |
3975 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t | |
3976 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled. | |
3977 | |
3978 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
3979 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.") | |
3980 | |
3981 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
3982 | |
3983 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp)) | |
3984 | |
3985 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\ | |
29505 | 3986 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode. |
25876 | 3987 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil) |
3988 | |
29505 | 3989 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode)) |
3990 | |
25876 | 3991 ;;;*** |
3992 | |
28710 | 3993 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" |
40341 | 3994 ;;;;;; (14600 38414)) |
28710 | 3995 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el |
3996 | |
3997 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\ | |
3998 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion. | |
3999 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a | |
4000 single prompt, optionally using completion. | |
4001 | |
4002 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with | |
4003 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator | |
4004 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be | |
4005 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'. | |
4006 | |
4007 The default value for the separator character is the value of | |
4008 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be | |
4009 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'. | |
4010 | |
4011 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as | |
4012 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice', | |
4013 'bob', and 'eve'. | |
4014 | |
4015 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the | |
4016 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between | |
4017 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'. | |
4018 | |
4019 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings. | |
4020 | |
4021 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments: | |
4022 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and | |
4023 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil) | |
4024 | |
4025 ;;;*** | |
4026 | |
25876 | 4027 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all |
4028 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window | |
4029 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces | |
4030 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved | |
4031 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face | |
4032 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option | |
4033 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable | |
4034 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" | |
40341 | 4035 ;;;;;; (15297 22173)) |
25876 | 4036 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el |
4037 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'") | |
4038 | |
4039 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4040 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
4041 | |
4042 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
4043 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
4044 | |
4045 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 4046 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
4047 | |
4048 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 4049 |
4050 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4051 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
4052 | |
4053 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
4054 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
4055 | |
4056 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
4057 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
4058 | |
4059 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
4060 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
4061 | |
4062 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 4063 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
4064 | |
4065 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 4066 |
4067 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4068 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions. | |
4069 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
4070 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
4071 | |
4072 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
4073 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
4074 | |
4075 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
4076 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
4077 | |
4078 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 4079 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
4080 | |
4081 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 4082 |
4083 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4084 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options. | |
4085 User options are structured into \"groups\". | |
4086 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups | |
4087 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil) | |
4088 | |
4089 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4090 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil) | |
4091 | |
4092 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4093 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil) | |
4094 | |
4095 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option)) | |
4096 | |
4097 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4098 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil) | |
4099 | |
4100 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4101 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself. | |
4102 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new | |
4103 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default | |
4104 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release. | |
4105 | |
4106 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option | |
4107 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that | |
4108 version." t nil) | |
4109 | |
4110 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window)) | |
4111 | |
4112 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4113 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable. | |
4114 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil) | |
4115 | |
4116 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4117 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil. | |
4118 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil) | |
4119 | |
4120 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
28162 | 4121 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil) |
25876 | 4122 |
4123 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4124 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil) | |
4125 | |
4126 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4127 Customize all already saved user options." t nil) | |
4128 | |
4129 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4130 Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
4131 If ALL is `options', include only options. | |
4132 If ALL is `faces', include only faces. | |
4133 If ALL is `groups', include only groups. | |
4134 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not | |
4135 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil) | |
4136 | |
4137 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4138 Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
4139 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil) | |
4140 | |
4141 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4142 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
4143 | |
4144 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4145 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
4146 | |
4147 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4148 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
4149 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
4150 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
4151 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
4152 that option." nil nil) | |
4153 | |
4154 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4155 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
4156 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
4157 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
4158 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
4159 that option." nil nil) | |
4160 | |
4161 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4162 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil) | |
4163 | |
4164 (defvar custom-file nil "\ | |
4165 File used for storing customization information. | |
4166 The default is nil, which means to use your init file | |
4167 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file, | |
26899 | 4168 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect. |
4169 | |
4170 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file | |
4171 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' | |
4172 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find) | |
4173 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.") | |
25876 | 4174 |
4175 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4176 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil) | |
4177 | |
4178 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4179 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil) | |
4180 | |
4181 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4182 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
4183 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
4184 | |
4185 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4186 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
25998 | 4187 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu. |
25876 | 4188 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'. |
4189 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
4190 | |
4191 ;;;*** | |
4192 | |
4193 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" | |
40341 | 4194 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15297 22173)) |
25876 | 4195 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el |
4196 | |
4197 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\ | |
4198 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil) | |
4199 | |
4200 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\ | |
4201 Initialize faces according to user preferences. | |
4202 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form: | |
4203 | |
25998 | 4204 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]]) |
25876 | 4205 |
4206 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE. | |
4207 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC. | |
25998 | 4208 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE. |
25876 | 4209 |
4210 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil) | |
4211 | |
4212 ;;;*** | |
4213 | |
28288 | 4214 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el" |
39611 | 4215 ;;;;;; (14910 483)) |
28162 | 4216 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el |
4217 | |
4218 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\ | |
28288 | 4219 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil) |
28162 | 4220 |
4221 ;;;*** | |
4222 | |
26963 | 4223 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) |
40341 | 4224 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15315 52173)) |
26963 | 4225 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el |
4226 | |
4227 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
31388 | 4228 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions. |
26963 | 4229 |
4230 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must | |
4231 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and | |
4232 C++ modes are included. | |
4233 | |
4234 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
4235 | |
4236 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
4237 Turn on CWarn mode. | |
4238 | |
4239 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | |
4240 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil) | |
4241 | |
4242 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
4243 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers. | |
4244 | |
4245 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
4246 | |
4247 ;;;*** | |
4248 | |
25876 | 4249 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char |
28919 | 4250 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" |
39611 | 4251 ;;;;;; (15192 12234)) |
25876 | 4252 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el |
4253 | |
4254 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\ | |
4255 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
4256 | |
4257 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\ | |
4258 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
4259 | |
4260 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\ | |
4261 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration. | |
4262 For readability, the table is slightly | |
4263 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'. | |
4264 | |
4265 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using; | |
4266 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly. | |
4267 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'. | |
4268 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration. | |
4269 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil) | |
4270 | |
4271 ;;;*** | |
4272 | |
4273 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" | |
39611 | 4274 ;;;;;; (15155 16524)) |
25876 | 4275 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el |
4276 | |
4277 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand)) | |
4278 | |
4279 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion)) | |
4280 | |
4281 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\ | |
4282 Completion on current word. | |
4283 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer | |
4284 and presents suggestions for completion. | |
4285 | |
4286 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the | |
4287 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the | |
4288 completions. | |
4289 | |
4290 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u), | |
4291 then it searches *all* buffers. | |
4292 | |
4293 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list | |
4294 if there is a suitable one already." t nil) | |
4295 | |
4296 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\ | |
4297 Expand previous word \"dynamically\". | |
4298 | |
4299 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix. | |
4300 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are | |
4301 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the | |
4302 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable | |
4303 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'. | |
4304 | |
4305 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct* | |
4306 possibility. A negative argument says search forward. | |
4307 | |
4308 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and | |
4309 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion | |
4310 with the next possible expansion not yet tried. | |
4311 | |
4312 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the | |
4313 direction of search to backward if set non-nil. | |
4314 | |
4315 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil) | |
4316 | |
4317 ;;;*** | |
4318 | |
39611 | 4319 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15054 |
4320 ;;;;;; 32604)) | |
25876 | 4321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el |
4322 | |
4323 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\ | |
4324 Major mode for editing DCL-files. | |
4325 | |
4326 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between | |
4327 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and | |
4328 dcl-block-end-regexp.) | |
4329 | |
4330 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block. | |
4331 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented. | |
4332 Data lines are not indented. | |
4333 | |
4334 Key bindings: | |
4335 | |
4336 \\{dcl-mode-map} | |
4337 Commands not usually bound to keys: | |
4338 | |
4339 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options | |
4340 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options | |
4341 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option | |
4342 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode | |
4343 | |
4344 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
4345 | |
4346 dcl-basic-offset | |
4347 Extra indentation within blocks. | |
4348 | |
4349 dcl-continuation-offset | |
4350 Extra indentation for continued lines. | |
4351 | |
4352 dcl-margin-offset | |
4353 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE. | |
4354 | |
4355 dcl-margin-label-offset | |
4356 Indentation for a label. | |
4357 | |
4358 dcl-comment-line-regexp | |
4359 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented. | |
4360 | |
4361 dcl-block-begin-regexp | |
4362 dcl-block-end-regexp | |
4363 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively, | |
4364 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation. | |
4365 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables | |
4366 make it possible to define other places to indent. | |
4367 Set to nil to disable this feature. | |
4368 | |
4369 dcl-calc-command-indent-function | |
4370 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines. | |
4371 Two such functions are included in the package: | |
4372 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple | |
4373 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang | |
4374 | |
4375 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function | |
4376 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines. | |
4377 One such function is included in the package: | |
4378 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default) | |
4379 | |
4380 dcl-tab-always-indent | |
4381 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line. | |
4382 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left | |
4383 margin. | |
4384 | |
4385 dcl-electric-characters | |
4386 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is | |
4387 typed. | |
4388 | |
4389 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps | |
4390 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize | |
4391 which words trigger electric indentation. | |
4392 | |
4393 dcl-tempo-comma | |
4394 dcl-tempo-left-paren | |
4395 dcl-tempo-right-paren | |
4396 These variables control the look of expanded templates. | |
4397 | |
4398 dcl-imenu-generic-expression | |
4399 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes | |
4400 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for | |
4401 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements. | |
4402 | |
4403 dcl-imenu-label-labels | |
4404 dcl-imenu-label-goto | |
4405 dcl-imenu-label-gosub | |
4406 dcl-imenu-label-call | |
4407 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu. | |
4408 | |
4409 Loading this package calls the value of the variable | |
4410 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
4411 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook' | |
4412 with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
4413 | |
4414 | |
4415 The following example uses the default values for all variables: | |
4416 | |
4417 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches | |
4418 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp) | |
4419 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset. | |
4420 $ i = 1 | |
4421 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines. | |
4422 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset: | |
4423 $ label: | |
4424 $ if i.eq.1 | |
4425 $ then | |
4426 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are | |
4427 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset | |
4428 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp... | |
4429 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset | |
4430 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line | |
4431 \"lined up with the command line\" | |
4432 $ type sys$input | |
4433 Data lines are not indented at all. | |
4434 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp | |
4435 $ endif | |
4436 $ | |
4437 " t nil) | |
4438 | |
4439 ;;;*** | |
4440 | |
4441 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" | |
31388 | 4442 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14763 42852)) |
25876 | 4443 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el |
4444 | |
4445 (setq debugger (quote debug)) | |
4446 | |
4447 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\ | |
4448 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'. | |
4449 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals | |
4450 of the evaluator. | |
4451 | |
4452 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and | |
4453 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the | |
4454 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil) | |
4455 | |
4456 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
4457 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called. | |
4458 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. | |
4459 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION, | |
4460 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined. | |
4461 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command. | |
4462 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil) | |
4463 | |
4464 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
4465 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION. | |
4466 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil) | |
4467 | |
4468 ;;;*** | |
4469 | |
4470 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el" | |
39611 | 4471 ;;;;;; (15192 12238)) |
25876 | 4472 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el |
4473 | |
4474 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\ | |
4475 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil) | |
4476 | |
4477 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\ | |
4478 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers. | |
4479 Lower-case letters enter plaintext. | |
4480 Upper-case letters are commands. | |
4481 | |
4482 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot | |
4483 modify it. | |
4484 | |
4485 The most useful commands are: | |
4486 \\<decipher-mode-map> | |
4487 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency | |
4488 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter | |
4489 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it) | |
4490 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint) | |
4491 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil) | |
4492 | |
4493 ;;;*** | |
4494 | |
33002 | 4495 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region |
40341 | 4496 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15306 |
4497 ;;;;;; 37162)) | |
25998 | 4498 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el |
4499 | |
33002 | 4500 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\ |
4501 Customization of `columns' group." t nil) | |
4502 | |
25998 | 4503 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\ |
4504 Prettify all columns in a text region. | |
4505 | |
4506 START and END delimits the text region." t nil) | |
4507 | |
4508 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\ | |
4509 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle. | |
4510 | |
4511 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil) | |
4512 | |
4513 ;;;*** | |
4514 | |
39611 | 4515 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15192 |
4516 ;;;;;; 12242)) | |
25998 | 4517 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el |
4518 | |
4519 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\ | |
4520 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map> | |
4521 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code. | |
4522 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file. | |
4523 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment. | |
4524 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line. | |
4525 | |
4526 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region. | |
4527 | |
4528 Customization: | |
4529 | |
4530 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3) | |
4531 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block. | |
4532 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0) | |
4533 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements. | |
4534 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0) | |
4535 Extra indentation for case statement labels. | |
4536 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t) | |
4537 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line, | |
4538 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
4539 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t) | |
4540 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current | |
4541 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the | |
4542 blank line. | |
4543 `delphi-search-path' (default .) | |
4544 Directories to search when finding external units. | |
4545 `delphi-verbose' (default nil) | |
4546 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user. | |
4547 | |
4548 Coloring: | |
4549 | |
4550 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face) | |
4551 Face used to color delphi comments. | |
4552 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face) | |
4553 Face used to color delphi strings. | |
4554 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face) | |
4555 Face used to color delphi keywords. | |
4556 `delphi-other-face' (default nil) | |
4557 Face used to color everything else. | |
4558 | |
4559 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with | |
4560 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
4561 | |
4562 ;;;*** | |
4563 | |
39611 | 4564 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15209 |
4565 ;;;;;; 13374)) | |
25876 | 4566 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el |
4567 | |
4568 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode)) | |
4569 | |
32115 | 4570 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\ |
39050 | 4571 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled. |
33357 | 4572 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
32115 | 4573 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
4574 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.") | |
4575 | |
4576 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
4577 | |
4578 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel)) | |
4579 | |
25876 | 4580 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\ |
4581 Toggle Delete Selection mode. | |
4582 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is | |
4583 positive. | |
4584 | |
4585 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also | |
4586 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is | |
4587 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of | |
4588 any selection." t nil) | |
4589 | |
4590 ;;;*** | |
4591 | |
34166 | 4592 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode) |
40341 | 4593 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15319 49207)) |
25876 | 4594 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el |
4595 | |
34166 | 4596 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\ |
4597 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode. | |
4598 | |
4599 The arguments to this command are as follow: | |
4600 | |
4601 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode. | |
39590 | 4602 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode') |
4603 or nil if there is no parent. | |
34166 | 4604 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\") |
4605 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one, | |
4606 the function will attempt to invent something useful. | |
4607 BODY: forms to execute just before running the | |
4608 hooks for the new mode. | |
4609 | |
4610 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode: | |
4611 | |
4612 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\") | |
4613 | |
4614 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map' | |
4615 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty, | |
4616 and DOCSTRING is generated by default. | |
4617 | |
4618 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as | |
4619 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil: | |
4620 | |
4621 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\" | |
4622 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\" | |
4623 (setq case-fold-search nil)) | |
4624 | |
4625 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have | |
4626 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro)) | |
4627 | |
25876 | 4628 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\ |
26724 | 4629 Initialise variables for a new MODE. |
25876 | 4630 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an |
4631 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged | |
4632 the first time the mode is used." nil nil) | |
4633 | |
4634 ;;;*** | |
4635 | |
4636 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el" | |
40341 | 4637 ;;;;;; (15318 28377)) |
25876 | 4638 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el |
4639 | |
4640 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\ | |
4641 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies. | |
4642 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil) | |
4643 | |
4644 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\ | |
4645 Load the `default' start-up library manually. | |
4646 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file | |
4647 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil) | |
4648 | |
4649 ;;;*** | |
4650 | |
4651 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region | |
4652 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region | |
4653 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region | |
4654 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region | |
4655 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string | |
4656 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian | |
28919 | 4657 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" |
39611 | 4658 ;;;;;; (15192 12234)) |
25876 | 4659 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el |
4660 | |
4661 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4662 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters. |
4663 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil) | |
25876 | 4664 |
4665 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4666 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters. |
4667 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil) | |
25876 | 4668 |
4669 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4670 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters. |
4671 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
4672 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
25876 | 4673 |
4674 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4675 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters. |
4676 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
4677 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
25876 | 4678 |
4679 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4680 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil) |
25876 | 4681 |
4682 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4683 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs. |
25876 | 4684 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil) |
4685 | |
4686 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4687 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil) |
25876 | 4688 |
4689 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4690 | |
4691 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
4692 | |
4693 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4694 | |
4695 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
4696 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil) | |
4697 | |
4698 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
4699 | |
4700 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
4701 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil) | |
4702 | |
4703 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
4704 | |
4705 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4706 | |
4707 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4708 | |
4709 ;;;*** | |
4710 | |
4711 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" | |
40341 | 4712 ;;;;;; (15297 22176)) |
25876 | 4713 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el |
4714 | |
4715 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\ | |
4716 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date. | |
4717 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed | |
4718 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for | |
4719 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil) | |
4720 | |
4721 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\ | |
4722 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days. | |
4723 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'. | |
4724 | |
4725 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job. | |
4726 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since | |
4727 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that | |
4728 all relevant variables are set, as done here. | |
4729 | |
4730 #!/bin/sh | |
4731 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder | |
4732 emacs -batch \\ | |
4733 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\ | |
4734 european-calendar-style t \\ | |
4735 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\ | |
39732 | 4736 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries |
25876 | 4737 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow |
4738 | |
4739 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your | |
4740 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry: | |
4741 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh | |
4742 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil) | |
4743 | |
4744 ;;;*** | |
4745 | |
4746 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" | |
40341 | 4747 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15301 19231)) |
25876 | 4748 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el |
4749 | |
4750 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\ | |
4751 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.") | |
4752 | |
4753 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\ | |
4754 *The command to use to run diff.") | |
4755 | |
4756 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\ | |
4757 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files. | |
4758 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW | |
4759 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD. | |
4760 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil) | |
4761 | |
4762 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\ | |
4763 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
4764 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
4765 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
4766 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil) | |
4767 | |
4768 ;;;*** | |
4769 | |
26899 | 4770 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el" |
39437 | 4771 ;;;;;; (15279 8859)) |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4772 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4773 |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4774 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\ |
26899 | 4775 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs. |
39437 | 4776 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) |
4777 normal diffs. | |
4778 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary." t nil) | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4779 |
26899 | 4780 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\ |
4781 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs. | |
4782 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil) | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4783 |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4784 ;;;*** |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4785 |
25876 | 4786 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window |
4787 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink | |
4788 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename | |
4789 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches) | |
39437 | 4790 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15279 8859)) |
25876 | 4791 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el |
4792 | |
4793 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\ | |
4794 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option. | |
4795 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l'; | |
4796 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable | |
4797 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.") | |
4798 | |
4799 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\ | |
4800 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').") | |
4801 | |
4802 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\ | |
4803 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links. | |
4804 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by | |
4805 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link | |
4806 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix). | |
4807 | |
4808 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to | |
4809 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t. | |
4810 | |
4811 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a | |
4812 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and | |
4813 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can | |
4814 always set this variable to t.") | |
4815 | |
4816 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\ | |
4817 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory. | |
4818 A value of nil means move to the subdir line. | |
4819 A value of t means move to first file.") | |
4820 | |
4821 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\ | |
4822 *Controls marking of renamed files. | |
4823 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed. | |
4824 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not) | |
4825 are afterward marked with that character.") | |
4826 | |
4827 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\ | |
4828 *Controls marking of copied files. | |
4829 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were. | |
4830 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4831 | |
4832 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\ | |
4833 *Controls marking of newly made hard links. | |
4834 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
4835 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4836 | |
4837 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\ | |
4838 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links. | |
4839 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
4840 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4841 | |
4842 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\ | |
4843 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory. | |
4844 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window, | |
4845 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer. | |
4846 | |
4847 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.") | |
4848 | |
4849 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\ | |
4850 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy. | |
4851 \(This works on only some systems.)") | |
4852 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired) | |
4853 | |
4854 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\ | |
4855 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it. | |
4856 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used. | |
4857 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.) | |
4858 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have | |
4859 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons, | |
4860 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit | |
4861 list of files to make directory entries for. | |
4862 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands. | |
4863 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then | |
4864 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete]. | |
4865 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info. | |
4866 | |
4867 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil) | |
4868 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window) | |
4869 | |
4870 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\ | |
4871 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil) | |
4872 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame) | |
4873 | |
4874 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\ | |
4875 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil) | |
4876 | |
4877 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\ | |
4878 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil) | |
4879 | |
4880 ;;;*** | |
4881 | |
30565 | 4882 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp |
4883 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down | |
4884 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir | |
28939 | 4885 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir |
4886 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp | |
26899 | 4887 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename |
4888 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory | |
4889 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file | |
4890 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile | |
4891 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines | |
4892 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp | |
4893 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux" | |
39437 | 4894 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15279 8859)) |
25876 | 4895 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el |
4896 | |
4897 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4898 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'. | |
37617 | 4899 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by |
4900 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.) | |
25876 | 4901 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'. |
4902 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES, | |
4903 which is options for `diff'." t nil) | |
4904 | |
4905 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4906 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
4907 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
4908 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
4909 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'. | |
4910 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil) | |
4911 | |
4912 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4913 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4914 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil) | |
4915 | |
4916 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4917 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4918 | |
4919 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4920 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4921 | |
4922 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4923 Print the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4924 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and | |
4925 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil) | |
4926 | |
4927 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4928 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files. | |
4929 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given, | |
4930 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file. | |
4931 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate. | |
4932 | |
4933 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer. | |
4934 | |
4935 Normally the command is run on each file individually. | |
4936 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run | |
4937 just once with the entire file list substituted there. | |
4938 | |
26899 | 4939 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run |
4940 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there | |
37203 | 4941 instead of at the end of the command. |
26899 | 4942 |
25876 | 4943 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no |
4944 telling what files the command may have changed. Type | |
4945 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files. | |
4946 | |
4947 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so | |
25998 | 4948 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir. |
4949 | |
4950 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify | |
4951 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil) | |
25876 | 4952 |
4953 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4954 Kill all marked lines (not the files). | |
4955 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line. | |
4956 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.) | |
4957 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line | |
4958 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil) | |
4959 | |
4960 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4961 | |
4962 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4963 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4964 | |
4965 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4966 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil) | |
4967 | |
4968 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4969 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil) | |
4970 | |
4971 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4972 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4973 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case, | |
4974 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil) | |
4975 | |
4976 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4977 | |
4978 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4979 | |
4980 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4981 | |
4982 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4983 | |
4984 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4985 | |
4986 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4987 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil) | |
4988 | |
4989 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4990 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file. | |
4991 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying. | |
4992 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4993 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory, | |
4994 and new copies of these files are made in that directory | |
37617 | 4995 with the same names that the files currently have. The default |
4996 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of | |
4997 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil) | |
25876 | 4998 |
4999 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5000 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
5001 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
5002 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
5003 and new symbolic links are made in that directory | |
37617 | 5004 with the same names that the files currently have. The default |
5005 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of | |
5006 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil) | |
25876 | 5007 |
5008 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5009 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
5010 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
5011 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
5012 and new hard links are made in that directory | |
37617 | 5013 with the same names that the files currently have. The default |
5014 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of | |
5015 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil) | |
25876 | 5016 |
5017 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5018 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
5019 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
37617 | 5020 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory. |
5021 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value | |
5022 of `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil) | |
25876 | 5023 |
5024 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
37617 | 5025 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. |
5026 | |
5027 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG | |
5028 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current | |
5029 file if none are marked. | |
5030 | |
25876 | 5031 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying |
5032 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time. | |
5033 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'. | |
5034 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used. | |
5035 | |
5036 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name. | |
5037 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil) | |
5038 | |
5039 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
37617 | 5040 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. |
25876 | 5041 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) |
5042 | |
5043 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
37617 | 5044 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. |
25876 | 5045 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) |
5046 | |
5047 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
37617 | 5048 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. |
25876 | 5049 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) |
5050 | |
5051 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5052 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil) | |
5053 | |
5054 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5055 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil) | |
5056 | |
5057 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5058 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | |
5059 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh), | |
5060 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | |
5061 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing. | |
5062 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | |
5063 this subdirectory. | |
5064 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil) | |
5065 | |
26899 | 5066 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
5067 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | |
5068 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry, | |
5069 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | |
5070 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing. | |
5071 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | |
5072 this subdirectory. | |
5073 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil) | |
5074 | |
25876 | 5075 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
5076 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level. | |
5077 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil) | |
5078 | |
5079 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5080 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer. | |
5081 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil. | |
5082 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil) | |
5083 | |
5084 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5085 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory. | |
5086 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command | |
5087 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil) | |
5088 | |
5089 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5090 Remove all lines of current subdirectory. | |
5091 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil) | |
5092 | |
5093 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5094 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil) | |
5095 | |
5096 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5097 Go down in the dired tree." t nil) | |
5098 | |
5099 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5100 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory. | |
5101 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor. | |
5102 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil) | |
5103 | |
5104 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5105 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines. | |
5106 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again. | |
5107 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil) | |
5108 | |
5109 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5110 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP. | |
5111 Stops when a match is found. | |
5112 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil) | |
5113 | |
28939 | 5114 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ |
25876 | 5115 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files. |
5116 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. | |
5117 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace | |
5118 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil) | |
5119 | |
30565 | 5120 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\ |
5121 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command. | |
5122 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is | |
5123 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil) | |
5124 | |
25876 | 5125 ;;;*** |
5126 | |
39611 | 5127 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15246 17699)) |
25876 | 5128 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el |
5129 | |
5130 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\ | |
5131 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer. | |
5132 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line. | |
5133 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line. | |
5134 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired | |
5135 buffer and try again." t nil) | |
5136 | |
5137 ;;;*** | |
5138 | |
39611 | 5139 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (15054 32525)) |
25876 | 5140 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el |
5141 | |
5142 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\ | |
5143 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt. | |
5144 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'. | |
5145 | |
5146 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'. | |
5147 | |
5148 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the | |
5149 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output. | |
5150 | |
5151 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to | |
5152 `comint-output-filter-functions'. | |
5153 " nil nil) | |
5154 | |
5155 ;;;*** | |
5156 | |
5157 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776 | |
25998 | 5158 ;;;;;; 9615)) |
25876 | 5159 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el |
5160 | |
5161 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\ | |
5162 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER. | |
5163 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself | |
5164 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object). | |
5165 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not | |
5166 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil) | |
5167 | |
5168 ;;;*** | |
5169 | |
5170 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline | |
5171 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii | |
5172 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table | |
5173 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot | |
39611 | 5174 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15192 12208)) |
25876 | 5175 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el |
5176 | |
5177 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
5178 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil) | |
5179 | |
5180 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
5181 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT. | |
5182 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). | |
5183 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
5184 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil) | |
5185 | |
5186 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
5187 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE. | |
5188 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol). | |
5189 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
5190 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil) | |
5191 | |
5192 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
5193 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil) | |
5194 | |
5195 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
5196 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil) | |
5197 | |
5198 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\ | |
5199 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil) | |
5200 | |
5201 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\ | |
5202 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil) | |
5203 | |
5204 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\ | |
5205 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil) | |
5206 | |
5207 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\ | |
5208 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set. | |
5209 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters; | |
5210 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil) | |
5211 | |
5212 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\ | |
5213 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set. | |
5214 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an | |
5215 X frame." nil nil) | |
5216 | |
5217 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\ | |
5218 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil) | |
5219 | |
30565 | 5220 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\ |
5221 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil) | |
25876 | 5222 |
5223 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\ | |
5224 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters. | |
5225 | |
5226 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with | |
5227 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled | |
5228 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment | |
5229 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'. | |
5230 | |
5231 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display | |
5232 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles | |
5233 European character display. | |
5234 | |
5235 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 | |
5236 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146 | |
5237 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the | |
5238 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space. | |
5239 | |
5240 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively | |
5241 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and | |
5242 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and | |
5243 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility | |
26724 | 5244 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil) |
25876 | 5245 |
5246 ;;;*** | |
5247 | |
5248 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" | |
39611 | 5249 ;;;;;; (15192 12238)) |
25876 | 5250 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el |
5251 | |
5252 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\ | |
5253 Dissociate the text of the current buffer. | |
5254 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*, | |
5255 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it. | |
5256 Every so often the user must say whether to continue. | |
5257 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity. | |
5258 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity. | |
5259 Default is 2." t nil) | |
5260 | |
5261 ;;;*** | |
5262 | |
40341 | 5263 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15318 28377)) |
25876 | 5264 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el |
5265 | |
5266 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\ | |
5267 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil) | |
5268 | |
5269 ;;;*** | |
5270 | |
25998 | 5271 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el" |
39611 | 5272 ;;;;;; (15192 12208)) |
25876 | 5273 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el |
5274 | |
25998 | 5275 (defvar double-mode nil "\ |
5276 Toggle Double mode. | |
5277 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
5278 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.") | |
5279 | |
5280 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
5281 | |
5282 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double)) | |
5283 | |
25876 | 5284 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\ |
5285 Toggle Double mode. | |
5286 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive. | |
5287 | |
5288 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings | |
5289 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil) | |
5290 | |
5291 ;;;*** | |
5292 | |
39611 | 5293 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15192 12238)) |
25876 | 5294 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el |
5295 | |
5296 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\ | |
5297 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil) | |
5298 | |
5299 ;;;*** | |
5300 | |
5301 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el" | |
40341 | 5302 ;;;;;; (15234 3951)) |
25876 | 5303 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el |
5304 | |
5305 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\ | |
5306 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil) | |
5307 | |
5308 ;;;*** | |
5309 | |
34166 | 5310 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap |
5311 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" | |
39611 | 5312 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15223 37895)) |
25876 | 5313 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el |
5314 | |
26724 | 5315 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode)) |
5316 | |
5317 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ | |
25876 | 5318 Define a new minor mode MODE. |
29505 | 5319 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map, |
33357 | 5320 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook. |
25876 | 5321 |
5322 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command. | |
26724 | 5323 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable. |
29505 | 5324 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on. |
25876 | 5325 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap. |
29505 | 5326 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap' |
33357 | 5327 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use |
5328 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument. | |
5329 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are | |
5330 used (see below). | |
5331 | |
26724 | 5332 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated. |
29505 | 5333 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks. |
5334 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments. | |
33357 | 5335 The following keyword arguments are supported: |
5336 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'. | |
5337 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be | |
5338 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local. | |
5339 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument. | |
5340 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro)) | |
29505 | 5341 |
5342 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ | |
33357 | 5343 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE. |
29505 | 5344 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer |
5345 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer. | |
5346 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments: | |
5347 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro)) | |
25876 | 5348 |
32115 | 5349 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\ |
5350 Return a keymap built from bindings BS. | |
5351 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where | |
5352 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'. | |
5353 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'. | |
5354 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map. | |
34166 | 5355 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil) |
32115 | 5356 |
28162 | 5357 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro)) |
5358 | |
33002 | 5359 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\ |
5360 Define variable ST as a syntax-table. | |
37617 | 5361 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX)." nil (quote macro)) |
28162 | 5362 |
25876 | 5363 ;;;*** |
5364 | |
5365 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define | |
39611 | 5366 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15192 |
5367 ;;;;;; 12223)) | |
25876 | 5368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el |
5369 | |
35196 | 5370 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun)) |
5371 | |
25876 | 5372 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\ |
5373 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU. | |
5374 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value | |
5375 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL. | |
5376 | |
5377 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name. | |
5378 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs | |
5379 | |
5380 :filter FUNCTION | |
5381 | |
5382 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual | |
5383 menu displayed. | |
5384 | |
5385 :visible INCLUDE | |
5386 | |
5387 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this | |
5388 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'. | |
5389 | |
5390 :active ENABLE | |
5391 | |
5392 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection | |
5393 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
5394 | |
5395 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items. | |
5396 | |
5397 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE] | |
5398 | |
5399 NAME is a string--the menu item name. | |
5400 | |
5401 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, | |
5402 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen. | |
5403 | |
5404 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
5405 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
5406 | |
26724 | 5407 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form: |
25876 | 5408 |
5409 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ] | |
5410 | |
5411 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below. | |
5412 | |
5413 :keys KEYS | |
5414 | |
5415 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item. | |
5416 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually | |
5417 computed automatically. | |
5418 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used. | |
5419 | |
5420 :key-sequence KEYS | |
5421 | |
30565 | 5422 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this |
25876 | 5423 menu item. |
30565 | 5424 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of |
25876 | 5425 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no |
5426 keyboard equivalent. | |
5427 | |
5428 :active ENABLE | |
5429 | |
5430 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
5431 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
5432 | |
5433 :included INCLUDE | |
5434 | |
5435 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this | |
5436 expression has a non-nil value. | |
5437 | |
30565 | 5438 :suffix FORM |
5439 | |
5440 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose | |
5441 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME. | |
25876 | 5442 |
5443 :style STYLE | |
26724 | 5444 |
25876 | 5445 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are |
26724 | 5446 defined: |
25876 | 5447 |
5448 toggle: A checkbox. | |
5449 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not. | |
5450 radio: A radio button. | |
5451 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not. | |
30565 | 5452 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the |
25876 | 5453 menu bar itself. |
5454 anything else means an ordinary menu item. | |
5455 | |
5456 :selected SELECTED | |
5457 | |
5458 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected | |
5459 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
5460 | |
28523 | 5461 :help HELP |
5462 | |
5463 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item. | |
5464 | |
25876 | 5465 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as |
5466 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed | |
5467 as a solid horizontal line. | |
5468 | |
5469 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro)) | |
5470 | |
5471 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil) | |
5472 | |
5473 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\ | |
5474 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS. | |
5475 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items | |
5476 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
5477 | |
5478 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\ | |
5479 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS. | |
25998 | 5480 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that |
5481 should contain a submenu named NAME. | |
5482 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'. | |
5483 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu. | |
5484 | |
5485 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one. | |
5486 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before | |
5487 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu. | |
25876 | 5488 |
5489 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter, | |
5490 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil) | |
5491 | |
5492 ;;;*** | |
5493 | |
27545 | 5494 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style |
5495 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup | |
5496 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer | |
5497 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer | |
39611 | 5498 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15281 51220)) |
27545 | 5499 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el |
5500 | |
5501 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5502 Customization for ebnf group." t nil) | |
5503 | |
5504 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5505 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer. | |
5506 | |
5507 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for | |
5508 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending | |
5509 it to the printer. | |
5510 | |
5511 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it | |
5512 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
5513 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a | |
5514 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil) | |
5515 | |
5516 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5517 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region. | |
5518 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil) | |
5519 | |
5520 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5521 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer. | |
5522 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a | |
5523 local buffer to be sent to the printer later. | |
5524 | |
5525 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
5526 | |
5527 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5528 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally. | |
5529 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. | |
5530 | |
5531 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
5532 | |
5533 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5534 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file. | |
5535 | |
5536 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. | |
5537 The EPS file name has the following form: | |
5538 | |
5539 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps | |
5540 | |
5541 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. | |
5542 The default value is \"ebnf--\". | |
5543 | |
5544 <PRODUCTION> is the production name. | |
5545 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. | |
5546 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to | |
5547 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\". | |
5548 | |
5549 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil) | |
5550 | |
5551 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5552 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file. | |
5553 | |
5554 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. | |
5555 The EPS file name has the following form: | |
5556 | |
5557 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps | |
5558 | |
5559 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. | |
5560 The default value is \"ebnf--\". | |
5561 | |
5562 <PRODUCTION> is the production name. | |
5563 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. | |
5564 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to | |
5565 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\". | |
5566 | |
5567 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil) | |
5568 | |
5569 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool)) | |
5570 | |
5571 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5572 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil) | |
5573 | |
5574 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5575 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil) | |
5576 | |
5577 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5578 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil) | |
5579 | |
5580 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5581 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil) | |
5582 | |
5583 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5584 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil) | |
5585 | |
5586 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5587 Set STYLE to current style. | |
5588 | |
5589 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5590 | |
5591 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5592 Reset current style. | |
5593 | |
5594 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5595 | |
5596 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5597 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style. | |
5598 | |
5599 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5600 | |
5601 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5602 Pop a style and set it to current style. | |
5603 | |
5604 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5605 | |
5606 ;;;*** | |
5607 | |
37617 | 5608 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree |
5609 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack | |
5610 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use | |
5611 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol | |
5612 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" | |
40341 | 5613 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15318 48330)) |
28523 | 5614 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el |
5615 | |
5616 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5617 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers. | |
5618 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree. | |
5619 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands. | |
5620 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures. | |
5621 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from. | |
5622 | |
5623 Tree mode key bindings: | |
28542 | 5624 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil) |
28523 | 5625 |
5626 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5627 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil) | |
5628 | |
30565 | 5629 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\ |
5630 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point. | |
5631 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match. | |
5632 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with | |
5633 completion." t nil) | |
28523 | 5634 |
5635 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5636 Repeat last operation on files in tree. | |
5637 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time. | |
5638 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil) | |
5639 | |
5640 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5641 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree. | |
5642 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil) | |
5643 | |
37617 | 5644 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\ |
5645 Search for call sites of a member. | |
5646 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member. | |
5647 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer. | |
5648 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that | |
5649 looks like a function call to the member." t nil) | |
5650 | |
5651 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5652 Move backward in the position stack. | |
5653 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil) | |
5654 | |
5655 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5656 Move forward in the position stack. | |
5657 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil) | |
5658 | |
5659 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5660 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer." t nil) | |
5661 | |
5662 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5663 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from." t nil) | |
5664 | |
28523 | 5665 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\ |
5666 Write the current tree data structure to a file. | |
5667 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive. | |
5668 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil) | |
5669 | |
37617 | 5670 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\ |
5671 Display statistics for a class tree." t nil) | |
5672 | |
28523 | 5673 ;;;*** |
5674 | |
25876 | 5675 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" |
39611 | 5676 ;;;;;; (15238 19581)) |
25876 | 5677 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el |
5678 | |
5679 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\ | |
5680 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers. | |
5681 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer | |
5682 listing with menuoid buffer selection. | |
5683 | |
5684 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list | |
5685 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list | |
5686 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted. | |
5687 | |
5688 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on | |
5689 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are | |
5690 much like those of buffer-menu-mode. | |
5691 | |
5692 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil. | |
5693 | |
5694 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil) | |
5695 | |
5696 ;;;*** | |
5697 | |
5698 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" | |
39611 | 5699 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15192 12208)) |
25876 | 5700 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el |
5701 | |
5702 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\ | |
5703 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result. | |
5704 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil) | |
5705 | |
5706 ;;;*** | |
5707 | |
5708 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms | |
39611 | 5709 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15292 25969)) |
25876 | 5710 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el |
5711 | |
5712 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\ | |
5713 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
5714 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and | |
5715 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by | |
5716 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'. | |
5717 | |
5718 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this | |
5719 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with | |
5720 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your | |
5721 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.") | |
5722 | |
5723 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\ | |
5724 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
5725 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer. | |
5726 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.") | |
5727 | |
5728 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\ | |
27321 | 5729 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC. |
25876 | 5730 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol |
5731 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro)) | |
5732 | |
5733 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form)) | |
5734 | |
5735 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\ | |
5736 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro. | |
5737 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug. | |
5738 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is, | |
5739 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil) | |
5740 | |
5741 ;;;*** | |
5742 | |
5743 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision | |
5744 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer | |
5745 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions | |
5746 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor | |
5747 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise | |
5748 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor | |
5749 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor | |
5750 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions | |
5751 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3 | |
39050 | 5752 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15195 56516)) |
25876 | 5753 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el |
5754 | |
5755 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\ | |
5756 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil) | |
5757 | |
5758 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\ | |
5759 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil) | |
5760 | |
5761 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3)) | |
5762 | |
5763 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files)) | |
5764 | |
5765 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
5766 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil) | |
5767 | |
5768 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers)) | |
5769 | |
5770 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\ | |
5771 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil) | |
5772 | |
5773 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3)) | |
5774 | |
5775 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
5776 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have | |
26724 | 5777 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression |
5778 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
25876 | 5779 |
5780 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories)) | |
5781 | |
5782 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
5783 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions. | |
5784 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 5785 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 5786 |
5787 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions)) | |
5788 | |
5789 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\ | |
5790 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that | |
26724 | 5791 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular |
25876 | 5792 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) |
5793 | |
5794 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3)) | |
5795 | |
5796 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
5797 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have | |
26724 | 5798 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression |
5799 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
25876 | 5800 |
5801 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories)) | |
5802 | |
5803 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5804 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors. | |
26724 | 5805 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files |
25876 | 5806 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge |
26724 | 5807 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that |
25876 | 5808 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) |
5809 | |
5810 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
5811 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions. | |
5812 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 5813 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 5814 |
5815 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) | |
5816 | |
5817 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5818 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors. | |
5819 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 5820 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 5821 |
5822 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) | |
5823 | |
5824 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) | |
5825 | |
5826 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
5827 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise. | |
5828 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
5829 follows: | |
5830 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
5831 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil) | |
5832 | |
5833 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
5834 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise. | |
5835 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
5836 follows: | |
5837 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
5838 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil) | |
5839 | |
5840 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
5841 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers. | |
5842 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance. | |
5843 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200 | |
26724 | 5844 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil) |
25876 | 5845 |
5846 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
5847 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers. | |
5848 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance. | |
5849 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines. | |
5850 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200 | |
26724 | 5851 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil) |
25876 | 5852 |
5853 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files)) | |
5854 | |
5855 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\ | |
5856 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil) | |
5857 | |
5858 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5859 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil) | |
5860 | |
5861 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) | |
5862 | |
5863 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
5864 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil) | |
5865 | |
5866 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5867 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil) | |
5868 | |
5869 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
5870 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file. | |
5871 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
5872 buffer." t nil) | |
5873 | |
5874 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5875 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor. | |
5876 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
5877 buffer." t nil) | |
5878 | |
5879 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
5880 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file. | |
26724 | 5881 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a |
25876 | 5882 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil) |
5883 | |
5884 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\ | |
26724 | 5885 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME. |
5886 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer | |
5887 and don't ask the user. | |
5888 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a | |
5889 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil) | |
25876 | 5890 |
5891 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
35196 | 5892 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME. |
5893 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for | |
5894 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer. | |
5895 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file. | |
5896 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil) | |
25876 | 5897 |
5898 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file)) | |
5899 | |
5900 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer)) | |
5901 | |
5902 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\ | |
5903 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file. | |
35196 | 5904 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt. |
5905 Default: the file visited by the current buffer. | |
5906 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil) | |
25876 | 5907 |
5908 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision)) | |
5909 | |
5910 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\ | |
5911 Return string describing the version of Ediff. | |
5912 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil) | |
5913 | |
5914 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\ | |
5915 Display Ediff's manual. | |
5916 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil) | |
5917 | |
5918 ;;;*** | |
5919 | |
27949 | 5920 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el" |
39611 | 5921 ;;;;;; (15192 12209)) |
27949 | 5922 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el |
5923 | |
5924 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil) | |
5925 | |
5926 ;;;*** | |
5927 | |
39611 | 5928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (15192 12209)) |
26724 | 5929 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el |
5930 | |
5931 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function) | |
5932 | |
35668 | 5933 (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) |
26724 | 5934 |
5935 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))) | |
5936 | |
5937 ;;;*** | |
5938 | |
25876 | 5939 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el" |
39611 | 5940 ;;;;;; (15292 25968)) |
25876 | 5941 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el |
5942 | |
5943 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\ | |
5944 Display Ediff's registry." t nil) | |
5945 | |
5946 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry)) | |
5947 | |
5948 ;;;*** | |
5949 | |
5950 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) | |
39050 | 5951 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15195 56516)) |
25876 | 5952 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el |
5953 | |
5954 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\ | |
5955 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back. | |
5956 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function', | |
5957 which see." t nil) | |
5958 | |
5959 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\ | |
5960 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar. | |
5961 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars. | |
5962 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil) | |
5963 | |
5964 ;;;*** | |
5965 | |
5966 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro | |
5967 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el" | |
39611 | 5968 ;;;;;; (15192 12209)) |
25876 | 5969 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el |
5970 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro) | |
5971 | |
5972 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\ | |
5973 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact. | |
5974 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.") | |
5975 | |
5976 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5977 Edit a keyboard macro. | |
5978 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro. | |
5979 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit | |
5980 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by | |
5981 its command name. | |
5982 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil) | |
5983 | |
5984 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5985 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil) | |
5986 | |
5987 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5988 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil) | |
5989 | |
5990 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5991 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition. | |
5992 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\". | |
5993 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details. | |
5994 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored. | |
5995 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro. | |
5996 | |
5997 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case | |
5998 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro. | |
5999 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector. | |
6000 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil) | |
6001 | |
6002 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
6003 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string. | |
6004 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'. | |
6005 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments. | |
6006 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted | |
6007 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil) | |
6008 | |
6009 ;;;*** | |
6010 | |
35196 | 6011 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" |
39611 | 6012 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15192 12224)) |
25876 | 6013 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el |
6014 | |
35196 | 6015 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\ |
6016 Set scroll margins. | |
6017 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window. | |
6018 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil) | |
6019 | |
25876 | 6020 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\ |
6021 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil) | |
6022 | |
6023 ;;;*** | |
6024 | |
6025 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el" | |
39611 | 6026 ;;;;;; (15054 32526)) |
25876 | 6027 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el |
6028 | |
6029 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\ | |
6030 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer. | |
6031 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT. | |
6032 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the | |
6033 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be | |
6034 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will | |
6035 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to | |
6036 the buffer specified by BUFFER. | |
6037 | |
6038 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
6039 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. | |
6040 | |
6041 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window | |
6042 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer | |
6043 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if | |
6044 this value is non-nil. | |
6045 | |
6046 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
32115 | 6047 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil. |
6048 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. | |
25876 | 6049 |
36538 | 6050 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help |
6051 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and | |
25876 | 6052 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil) |
6053 | |
6054 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil) | |
6055 | |
6056 ;;;*** | |
6057 | |
30565 | 6058 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string |
40341 | 6059 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14891 22286)) |
25876 | 6060 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el |
6061 | |
6062 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\ | |
6063 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point. | |
6064 | |
6065 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is | |
6066 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area. | |
6067 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is | |
6068 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained | |
6069 from the documentation string if possible. | |
6070 | |
6071 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring | |
6072 instead. | |
6073 | |
6074 This variable is buffer-local.") | |
6075 | |
30565 | 6076 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\ |
6077 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.") | |
6078 | |
6079 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string))))))) | |
6080 | |
25876 | 6081 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ |
6082 *Enable or disable eldoc mode. | |
6083 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details. | |
6084 | |
6085 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition | |
6086 of the mode. | |
6087 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable | |
6088 the mode, respectively." t nil) | |
6089 | |
6090 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ | |
6091 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil) | |
6092 | |
6093 ;;;*** | |
6094 | |
39611 | 6095 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15192 |
6096 ;;;;;; 12209)) | |
26899 | 6097 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el |
6098 | |
6099 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\ | |
6100 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'. | |
6101 | |
6102 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show | |
6103 an elided material again. | |
6104 | |
6105 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil) | |
6106 | |
6107 ;;;*** | |
6108 | |
25876 | 6109 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" |
39611 | 6110 ;;;;;; (15192 12223)) |
25876 | 6111 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el |
6112 | |
6113 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\ | |
6114 Initialize elint." t nil) | |
6115 | |
6116 ;;;*** | |
6117 | |
29505 | 6118 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list |
39611 | 6119 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15192 |
6120 ;;;;;; 12223)) | |
25876 | 6121 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el |
6122 | |
6123 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\ | |
6124 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling. | |
6125 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil) | |
6126 | |
6127 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\ | |
6128 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'. | |
6129 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil) | |
6130 | |
6131 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\ | |
6132 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX. | |
6133 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following: | |
6134 | |
6135 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil) | |
6136 | |
6137 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\ | |
6138 Display current profiling results. | |
6139 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling | |
6140 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are | |
6141 displayed." t nil) | |
6142 | |
6143 ;;;*** | |
6144 | |
6145 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" | |
40341 | 6146 ;;;;;; (15251 13047)) |
25876 | 6147 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el |
6148 | |
6149 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\ | |
6150 Report a bug in GNU Emacs. | |
6151 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil) | |
6152 | |
6153 ;;;*** | |
6154 | |
6155 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor | |
6156 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote | |
6157 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor | |
6158 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" | |
39611 | 6159 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15192 12209)) |
25876 | 6160 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el |
6161 | |
6162 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge")) | |
6163 | |
6164 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu))) | |
6165 | |
6166 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))) | |
6167 | |
6168 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))) | |
6169 | |
6170 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))) | |
6171 | |
6172 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))) | |
6173 | |
6174 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files))) | |
6175 | |
6176 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))) | |
6177 | |
6178 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))) | |
6179 | |
6180 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\ | |
6181 Run Emerge on two files." t nil) | |
6182 | |
6183 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
6184 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil) | |
6185 | |
6186 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\ | |
6187 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil) | |
6188 | |
6189 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
6190 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil) | |
6191 | |
6192 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
6193 | |
6194 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
6195 | |
6196 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
6197 | |
6198 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
6199 | |
6200 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\ | |
6201 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil) | |
6202 | |
6203 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
6204 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil) | |
6205 | |
6206 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil) | |
6207 | |
6208 ;;;*** | |
6209 | |
6210 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el" | |
39611 | 6211 ;;;;;; (15192 12231)) |
25876 | 6212 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el |
6213 | |
6214 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\ | |
6215 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode. | |
6216 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
6217 | |
6218 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command | |
6219 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode | |
6220 automatically. | |
6221 | |
6222 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted | |
6223 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by | |
6224 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil) | |
6225 | |
6226 ;;;*** | |
6227 | |
6228 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) | |
39611 | 6229 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14886 12681)) |
25876 | 6230 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el |
6231 | |
6232 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\ | |
6233 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files. | |
6234 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard | |
6235 text/enriched format. | |
6236 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'. | |
6237 | |
6238 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file | |
6239 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory. | |
6240 | |
6241 Commands: | |
6242 | |
6243 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil) | |
6244 | |
6245 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil) | |
6246 | |
6247 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil) | |
6248 | |
6249 ;;;*** | |
6250 | |
39611 | 6251 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15192 |
6252 ;;;;;; 12227)) | |
30565 | 6253 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el |
6254 | |
6255 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\ | |
6256 Emacs shell interactive mode. | |
6257 | |
6258 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
6259 | |
6260 ;;;*** | |
6261 | |
39611 | 6262 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15192 |
6263 ;;;;;; 12228)) | |
30565 | 6264 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el |
6265 | |
6266 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\ | |
6267 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil) | |
6268 | |
6269 ;;;*** | |
6270 | |
6271 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command | |
39611 | 6272 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15192 12228)) |
30565 | 6273 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el |
6274 | |
6275 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\ | |
6276 Create an interactive Eshell buffer. | |
6277 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of | |
6278 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in | |
6279 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session | |
6280 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix | |
6281 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil) | |
6282 | |
6283 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\ | |
6284 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND. | |
6285 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil) | |
6286 | |
6287 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\ | |
6288 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result. | |
6289 The result might be any Lisp object. | |
6290 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the | |
6291 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned | |
6292 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil) | |
6293 | |
6294 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\ | |
6295 Report a bug in Eshell. | |
6296 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer. | |
6297 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil) | |
6298 | |
6299 ;;;*** | |
6300 | |
25876 | 6301 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags |
6302 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file | |
6303 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window | |
6304 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table | |
37203 | 6305 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list |
6306 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" | |
40341 | 6307 ;;;;;; (15320 19403)) |
25876 | 6308 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el |
6309 | |
6310 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\ | |
6311 *File name of tags table. | |
6312 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
6313 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'. | |
6314 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
6315 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ") | |
6316 | |
28288 | 6317 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\ |
6318 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive. | |
6319 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive. | |
6320 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.") | |
6321 | |
25876 | 6322 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\ |
6323 *List of file names of tags tables to search. | |
6324 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory. | |
6325 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
6326 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'. | |
6327 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
6328 | |
37203 | 6329 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\ |
6330 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used. | |
6331 An empty string means search the non-compressed file. | |
6332 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated | |
38398 | 6333 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function |
6334 `auto-compression-mode').") | |
37203 | 6335 |
25876 | 6336 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\ |
6337 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list. | |
6338 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list). | |
6339 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table | |
6340 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).") | |
6341 | |
6342 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\ | |
6343 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'. | |
6344 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used, | |
6345 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.") | |
6346 | |
6347 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\ | |
6348 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag. | |
6349 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode' | |
6350 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used. | |
6351 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.") | |
6352 | |
6353 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
6354 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE. | |
6355 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program. | |
6356 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory. | |
6357 | |
6358 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'. | |
6359 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. | |
6360 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag | |
6361 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags | |
6362 file the tag was in." t nil) | |
6363 | |
6364 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\ | |
6365 Return a list of files in the current tags table. | |
6366 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned | |
6367 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually | |
6368 without directory names." nil nil) | |
6369 | |
6370 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\ | |
6371 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
6372 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there, | |
6373 but does not select the buffer. | |
6374 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point. | |
6375 | |
6376 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
6377 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
6378 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
6379 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
6380 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
6381 | |
6382 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
6383 | |
6384 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6385 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6386 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6387 | |
6388 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6389 | |
6390 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\ | |
6391 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
6392 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there. | |
6393 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point. | |
6394 | |
6395 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
6396 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
6397 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
6398 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
6399 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
6400 | |
6401 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
6402 | |
6403 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6404 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6405 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6406 | |
6407 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6408 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag) | |
6409 | |
6410 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\ | |
6411 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
6412 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and | |
6413 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
6414 around or before point. | |
6415 | |
6416 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
6417 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
6418 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
6419 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
6420 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
6421 | |
6422 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
6423 | |
6424 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6425 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6426 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6427 | |
6428 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6429 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window) | |
6430 | |
6431 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\ | |
6432 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
6433 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and | |
6434 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
6435 around or before point. | |
6436 | |
6437 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
6438 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
6439 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
6440 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
6441 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
6442 | |
6443 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
6444 | |
6445 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6446 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6447 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6448 | |
6449 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6450 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame) | |
6451 | |
6452 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\ | |
6453 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP. | |
6454 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there. | |
6455 | |
6456 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
6457 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
6458 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
6459 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
6460 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
6461 | |
6462 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window. | |
6463 | |
6464 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6465 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6466 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6467 | |
6468 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6469 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp) | |
6470 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark) | |
6471 | |
6472 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\ | |
6473 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked. | |
6474 | |
6475 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument | |
6476 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from | |
6477 where they were found." t nil) | |
6478 | |
6479 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\ | |
6480 Select next file among files in current tags table. | |
6481 | |
6482 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the | |
6483 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is | |
6484 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files. | |
6485 | |
6486 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer | |
6487 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings. | |
6488 | |
6489 Value is nil if the file was already visited; | |
6490 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil) | |
6491 | |
6492 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\ | |
6493 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command. | |
6494 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the | |
6495 argument is passed to `next-file', which see). | |
6496 | |
6497 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of | |
6498 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is | |
6499 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to | |
6500 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to | |
6501 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil) | |
6502 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue) | |
6503 | |
6504 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\ | |
6505 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP. | |
6506 Stops when a match is found. | |
6507 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
6508 | |
6509 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6510 | |
6511 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\ | |
33002 | 6512 `Query-replace-regexp' FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table. |
25876 | 6513 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. |
6514 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace | |
6515 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
6516 | |
6517 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6518 | |
6519 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\ | |
6520 Display list of tags in file FILE. | |
6521 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables. | |
6522 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a | |
6523 directory specification." t nil) | |
6524 | |
6525 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\ | |
6526 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil) | |
6527 | |
6528 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
6529 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used. | |
6530 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list'; | |
6531 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil) | |
6532 | |
6533 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\ | |
6534 Perform tags completion on the text around point. | |
6535 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table. | |
6536 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default | |
6537 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil) | |
6538 | |
6539 ;;;*** | |
6540 | |
6541 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer | |
6542 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer | |
6543 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel | |
6544 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker | |
6545 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker | |
6546 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker | |
28919 | 6547 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) |
39611 | 6548 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15192 12234)) |
25876 | 6549 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el |
6550 | |
6551 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil) | |
6552 | |
6553 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6554 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL. | |
6555 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language | |
6556 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6557 | |
6558 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region | |
6559 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
6560 language. | |
6561 | |
6562 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion | |
6563 even if the buffer is read-only. | |
6564 | |
6565 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6566 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
6567 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil) | |
6568 | |
6569 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6570 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL. | |
6571 | |
6572 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
6573 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6574 | |
6575 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer | |
6576 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
6577 language. | |
6578 | |
6579 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the | |
6580 buffer is read-only. | |
6581 | |
6582 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6583 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
6584 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil) | |
6585 | |
6586 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6587 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
6588 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil) | |
6589 | |
6590 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6591 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news. | |
6592 | |
6593 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\", | |
6594 convert the segments between them into FIDEL. | |
6595 | |
6596 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field | |
6597 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil) | |
6598 | |
6599 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6600 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL. | |
6601 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'. | |
6602 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil) | |
6603 | |
6604 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6605 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format. | |
6606 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
6607 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6608 | |
6609 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert | |
6610 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with | |
6611 the primary language. | |
6612 | |
6613 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the | |
6614 buffer is read-only. | |
6615 | |
6616 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6617 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
6618 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil) | |
6619 | |
6620 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6621 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format. | |
6622 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
6623 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6624 | |
6625 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the | |
6626 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the | |
6627 primary language. | |
6628 | |
6629 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the | |
6630 buffer is read-only. | |
6631 | |
6632 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6633 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
6634 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil) | |
6635 | |
6636 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6637 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
6638 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil) | |
6639 | |
6640 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6641 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news. | |
6642 | |
6643 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character, | |
6644 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body, | |
6645 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and | |
6646 3) convert the body into SERA. | |
6647 | |
6648 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil) | |
6649 | |
6650 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6651 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA. | |
6652 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil) | |
6653 | |
6654 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6655 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil) | |
6656 | |
6657 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6658 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region. | |
6659 | |
6660 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two | |
6661 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should | |
6662 be 1, 2, or 3. | |
6663 | |
6664 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space. | |
6665 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces. | |
6666 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator. | |
6667 | |
6668 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil) | |
6669 | |
6670 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6671 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil) | |
6672 | |
6673 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6674 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command. | |
6675 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil) | |
6676 | |
6677 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6678 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil) | |
6679 | |
6680 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6681 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences. | |
6682 | |
6683 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the | |
6684 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode. | |
6685 | |
6686 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f]. | |
6687 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil) | |
6688 | |
6689 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6690 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil) | |
6691 | |
6692 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6693 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil) | |
6694 | |
6695 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6696 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil) | |
6697 | |
6698 ;;;*** | |
6699 | |
27321 | 6700 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline |
6701 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el" | |
36101 | 6702 ;;;;;; (14463 4091)) |
27321 | 6703 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el |
6704 | |
6705 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\ | |
6706 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL. | |
6707 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default | |
6708 server for future sessions." t nil) | |
6709 | |
6710 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\ | |
6711 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil) | |
6712 | |
6713 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\ | |
6714 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil) | |
6715 | |
6716 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\ | |
6717 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point. | |
6718 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to | |
6719 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line. | |
6720 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the | |
6721 individual inline query words with directory attribute names. | |
6722 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by | |
6723 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point. | |
6724 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer. | |
6725 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE. | |
6726 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match, | |
6727 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil) | |
6728 | |
6729 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\ | |
6730 Display a form to query the directory server. | |
6731 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first | |
6732 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil) | |
6733 | |
6734 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\ | |
6735 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client. | |
6736 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil) | |
6737 | |
27326 | 6738 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu))))))))))) |
6739 | |
27321 | 6740 ;;;*** |
6741 | |
6742 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline | |
6743 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary) | |
39611 | 6744 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15192 12237)) |
27321 | 6745 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el |
6746 | |
6747 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6748 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil) | |
6749 | |
6750 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6751 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil) | |
6752 | |
6753 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6754 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil) | |
6755 | |
6756 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6757 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil) | |
6758 | |
6759 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6760 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil) | |
6761 | |
6762 ;;;*** | |
6763 | |
6764 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) | |
39611 | 6765 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15192 12237)) |
27321 | 6766 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el |
6767 | |
6768 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\ | |
6769 Insert record at point into the BBDB database. | |
6770 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil) | |
6771 | |
6772 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\ | |
6773 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil) | |
6774 | |
6775 ;;;*** | |
6776 | |
6777 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" | |
39611 | 6778 ;;;;;; (15192 12237)) |
27321 | 6779 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el |
6780 | |
6781 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\ | |
6782 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil) | |
6783 | |
6784 ;;;*** | |
6785 | |
30565 | 6786 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p |
6787 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find) | |
40341 | 6788 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15306 37171)) |
25876 | 6789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el |
6790 | |
30565 | 6791 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\ |
40341 | 6792 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name. |
30565 | 6793 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil) |
6794 | |
25876 | 6795 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\ |
6796 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT. | |
6797 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix', | |
6798 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control | |
6799 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made | |
6800 executable." t nil) | |
6801 | |
6802 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\ | |
6803 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command. | |
6804 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil) | |
6805 | |
30565 | 6806 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\ |
6807 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable. | |
6808 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing | |
6809 file modes." nil nil) | |
6810 | |
25876 | 6811 ;;;*** |
6812 | |
6813 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot | |
40341 | 6814 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15306 37162)) |
25876 | 6815 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el |
6816 | |
6817 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\ | |
6818 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE. | |
6819 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry | |
6820 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG). | |
6821 | |
6822 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace. | |
6823 | |
6824 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the | |
6825 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages | |
6826 to generate such functions. | |
6827 | |
6828 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of | |
6829 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the | |
6830 beginning of the expanded text. | |
6831 | |
6832 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first | |
6833 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions | |
6834 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and | |
6835 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'. | |
6836 | |
6837 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil) | |
6838 | |
6839 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\ | |
6840 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
6841 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil) | |
6842 | |
6843 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\ | |
6844 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
6845 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil) | |
6846 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot) | |
6847 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot) | |
6848 | |
6849 ;;;*** | |
6850 | |
40341 | 6851 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14970 28801)) |
25876 | 6852 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el |
6853 | |
6854 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\ | |
6855 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format. | |
6856 | |
6857 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line. | |
6858 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly. | |
6859 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram. | |
6860 | |
6861 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords. | |
6862 | |
6863 Key definitions: | |
6864 \\{f90-mode-map} | |
6865 | |
6866 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
6867 | |
6868 f90-do-indent | |
6869 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) | |
6870 f90-if-indent | |
6871 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3) | |
6872 f90-type-indent | |
6873 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3) | |
6874 f90-program-indent | |
6875 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks. | |
6876 (default 2) | |
6877 f90-continuation-indent | |
6878 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5) | |
6879 f90-comment-region | |
6880 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in | |
6881 region. (default \"!!!$\") | |
6882 f90-indented-comment-re | |
6883 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code. | |
6884 (default \"!\") | |
6885 f90-directive-comment-re | |
6886 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented. | |
6887 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\") | |
6888 f90-break-delimiters | |
6889 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken. | |
6890 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\") | |
6891 f90-break-before-delimiters | |
6892 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters. | |
6893 (default t) | |
6894 f90-beginning-ampersand | |
6895 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t) | |
6896 f90-smart-end | |
6897 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start. | |
6898 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine | |
6899 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink) | |
6900 f90-auto-keyword-case | |
6901 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil) | |
6902 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word. | |
6903 f90-leave-line-no | |
6904 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil) | |
6905 f90-startup-message | |
6906 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t) | |
6907 f90-keywords-re | |
6908 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc. | |
6909 | |
6910 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook' | |
6911 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
6912 | |
6913 ;;;*** | |
6914 | |
6915 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at | |
6916 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props | |
6917 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible | |
6918 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground | |
40341 | 6919 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15319 49208)) |
25876 | 6920 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el |
6921 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap) | |
6922 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap) | |
6923 | |
6924 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\ | |
6925 Menu keymap for faces.") | |
6926 | |
6927 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu) | |
6928 | |
6929 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\ | |
6930 Menu keymap for foreground colors.") | |
6931 | |
6932 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu) | |
6933 | |
6934 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\ | |
30565 | 6935 Menu keymap for background colors.") |
25876 | 6936 |
6937 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu) | |
6938 | |
27545 | 6939 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\ |
25876 | 6940 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.") |
6941 | |
6942 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu) | |
6943 | |
27545 | 6944 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\ |
25876 | 6945 Submenu for text justification commands.") |
6946 | |
6947 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu) | |
6948 | |
27545 | 6949 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\ |
25876 | 6950 Submenu for indentation commands.") |
6951 | |
6952 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu) | |
6953 | |
6954 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\ | |
6955 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.") | |
6956 | |
6957 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties")) | |
6958 | |
27545 | 6959 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--")))) |
6960 | |
6961 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu)))) | |
25876 | 6962 |
6963 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu) | |
6964 | |
6965 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\ | |
6966 Add FACE to the region or next character typed. | |
40341 | 6967 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that |
25876 | 6968 will not show through at all will be removed. |
6969 | |
40341 | 6970 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer. |
6971 | |
6972 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode) | |
6973 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the | |
6974 requested face. | |
25876 | 6975 |
6976 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
6977 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6978 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
6979 | |
6980 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\ | |
30565 | 6981 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed. |
25876 | 6982 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created). |
40341 | 6983 |
6984 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode) | |
6985 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the | |
6986 requested face. | |
6987 | |
6988 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
6989 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6990 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
25876 | 6991 |
6992 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\ | |
30565 | 6993 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed. |
40341 | 6994 Reads the color in the minibuffer. |
6995 | |
6996 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode) | |
6997 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the | |
6998 requested face. | |
6999 | |
7000 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
7001 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
7002 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
25876 | 7003 |
7004 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\ | |
30565 | 7005 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed. |
25876 | 7006 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use |
7007 is the menu item's name. | |
7008 | |
40341 | 7009 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode) |
7010 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the | |
7011 requested face. | |
25876 | 7012 |
7013 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
7014 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
7015 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
7016 | |
7017 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\ | |
7018 Make the region invisible. | |
7019 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with | |
7020 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
7021 | |
7022 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\ | |
7023 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it. | |
7024 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with | |
7025 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
7026 | |
7027 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\ | |
7028 Make the region unmodifiable. | |
7029 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with | |
7030 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
7031 | |
7032 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\ | |
7033 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil) | |
7034 | |
7035 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\ | |
7036 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil) | |
7037 | |
7038 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\ | |
7039 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region. | |
7040 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil) | |
7041 | |
7042 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\ | |
7043 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil) | |
7044 | |
7045 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\ | |
7046 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil) | |
7047 | |
7048 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\ | |
7049 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like. | |
7050 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of | |
7051 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list | |
7052 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil) | |
7053 | |
7054 ;;;*** | |
7055 | |
7056 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" | |
39611 | 7057 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15192 12210)) |
25876 | 7058 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el |
7059 | |
7060 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\ | |
7061 Toggle Fast Lock mode. | |
7062 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer | |
7063 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
7064 | |
7065 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode) | |
7066 | |
7067 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text | |
7068 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the | |
7069 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using. | |
7070 | |
7071 Font Lock caches may be saved: | |
7072 - When you save the file's buffer. | |
7073 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer. | |
7074 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers. | |
7075 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'. | |
7076 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'. | |
7077 | |
7078 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad. | |
7079 | |
7080 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general, | |
7081 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'. | |
7082 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events', | |
7083 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil) | |
7084 | |
7085 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\ | |
7086 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil) | |
7087 | |
7088 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil)) | |
7089 | |
7090 ;;;*** | |
7091 | |
7092 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue | |
34166 | 7093 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts |
39611 | 7094 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15292 25972)) |
25876 | 7095 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el |
7096 | |
34166 | 7097 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\ |
35668 | 7098 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package. |
7099 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used | |
7100 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil) | |
34166 | 7101 |
25876 | 7102 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\ |
7103 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil) | |
7104 | |
7105 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\ | |
7106 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt. | |
7107 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can | |
7108 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil) | |
7109 | |
7110 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\ | |
7111 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out. | |
7112 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of | |
7113 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly | |
7114 backup file names and the like)." t nil) | |
7115 | |
7116 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\ | |
7117 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages. | |
7118 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event | |
7119 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which | |
7120 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up | |
7121 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed | |
7122 internally by feedmail): | |
7123 | |
7124 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode) | |
7125 after-queue (a message has just been queued) | |
7126 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory) | |
7127 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages) | |
7128 | |
7129 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If | |
7130 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected | |
7131 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions | |
7132 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders, | |
7133 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil) | |
7134 | |
7135 ;;;*** | |
7136 | |
35196 | 7137 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu |
39611 | 7138 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15155 16525)) |
25876 | 7139 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el |
7140 | |
7141 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\ | |
7142 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap. | |
7143 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards. | |
7144 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary. | |
7145 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards, | |
7146 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards. | |
7147 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil) | |
7148 | |
7149 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
7150 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point. | |
7151 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL. | |
7152 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'. | |
7153 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed. | |
7154 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt', | |
7155 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'. | |
7156 | |
7157 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil) | |
26899 | 7158 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point) |
25876 | 7159 |
7160 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\ | |
7161 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer. | |
7162 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is | |
7163 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'. | |
7164 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces | |
7165 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil) | |
7166 | |
7167 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\ | |
7168 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click. | |
7169 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found. | |
7170 Return value: | |
7171 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it) | |
7172 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns | |
7173 * otherwise, nil" t nil) | |
7174 | |
7175 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
7176 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil) | |
7177 | |
35196 | 7178 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\ |
7179 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil) | |
7180 | |
25876 | 7181 ;;;*** |
7182 | |
7183 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el" | |
39611 | 7184 ;;;;;; (14887 35754)) |
25876 | 7185 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el |
7186 | |
7187 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\ | |
7188 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache. | |
7189 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in | |
7190 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through | |
31388 | 7191 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument, |
7192 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution | |
25876 | 7193 \(directories) is done." t nil) |
7194 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
7195 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
7196 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
7197 | |
7198 ;;;*** | |
7199 | |
7200 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options | |
39611 | 7201 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15192 12210)) |
25876 | 7202 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el |
7203 | |
7204 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\ | |
7205 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing. | |
7206 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION | |
7207 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output. | |
7208 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.") | |
7209 | |
7210 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\ | |
7211 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible. | |
7212 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it. | |
7213 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.") | |
7214 | |
7215 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
7216 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output. | |
7217 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
7218 | |
7219 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls | |
7220 | |
7221 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use | |
7222 as the final argument." t nil) | |
7223 | |
7224 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
7225 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN, | |
7226 and run dired on those files. | |
7227 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted. | |
7228 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
7229 | |
7230 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil) | |
7231 | |
7232 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
7233 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output. | |
7234 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
7235 | |
7236 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls | |
7237 | |
7238 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil) | |
7239 | |
7240 ;;;*** | |
7241 | |
7242 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file | |
7243 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el" | |
39611 | 7244 ;;;;;; (15173 51739)) |
25876 | 7245 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el |
7246 | |
7247 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
7248 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
31388 | 7249 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'. |
25876 | 7250 |
7251 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil) | |
7252 | |
7253 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
7254 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
7255 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file. | |
7256 | |
7257 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window. | |
7258 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines. | |
7259 | |
7260 Variables of interest include: | |
7261 | |
31388 | 7262 - `ff-case-fold-search' |
7263 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search'). | |
25876 | 7264 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil. |
7265 | |
31388 | 7266 - `ff-always-in-other-window' |
25876 | 7267 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an |
31388 | 7268 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'. |
7269 | |
7270 - `ff-ignore-include' | |
25876 | 7271 If non-nil, ignores #include lines. |
7272 | |
31388 | 7273 - `ff-always-try-to-create' |
25876 | 7274 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found. |
7275 | |
31388 | 7276 - `ff-quiet-mode' |
25876 | 7277 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched. |
7278 | |
31388 | 7279 - `ff-special-constructs' |
7280 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special | |
7281 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for | |
25876 | 7282 extracting the filename from that construct. |
7283 | |
31388 | 7284 - `ff-other-file-alist' |
25876 | 7285 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension. |
7286 | |
31388 | 7287 - `ff-search-directories' |
25876 | 7288 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in |
31388 | 7289 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension. |
7290 | |
7291 - `ff-pre-find-hooks' | |
25876 | 7292 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts. |
7293 | |
31388 | 7294 - `ff-pre-load-hooks' |
25876 | 7295 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded. |
7296 | |
31388 | 7297 - `ff-post-load-hooks' |
25876 | 7298 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded. |
7299 | |
31388 | 7300 - `ff-not-found-hooks' |
25876 | 7301 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found. |
7302 | |
31388 | 7303 - `ff-file-created-hooks' |
25876 | 7304 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil) |
7305 | |
7306 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
7307 Visit the file you click on." t nil) | |
7308 | |
7309 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\ | |
31388 | 7310 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil) |
25876 | 7311 |
7312 ;;;*** | |
7313 | |
7314 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point | |
7315 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame | |
7316 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect | |
7317 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function | |
7318 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" | |
39611 | 7319 ;;;;;; (15199 61891)) |
25876 | 7320 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el |
7321 | |
7322 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
7323 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION. | |
7324 | |
7325 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION | |
7326 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
7327 not selected. | |
7328 | |
7329 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is | |
7330 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise | |
7331 in `load-path'." nil nil) | |
7332 | |
7333 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\ | |
7334 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point. | |
7335 | |
7336 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function | |
7337 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and | |
7338 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
7339 it is one of the current buffers. | |
7340 | |
7341 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in | |
7342 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
7343 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil) | |
7344 | |
7345 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
7346 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
7347 | |
7348 See `find-function' for more details." t nil) | |
7349 | |
7350 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
7351 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
7352 | |
7353 See `find-function' for more details." t nil) | |
7354 | |
7355 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
7356 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL. | |
7357 | |
7358 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL | |
7359 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
7360 not selected. | |
7361 | |
7362 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in | |
7363 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil) | |
7364 | |
7365 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\ | |
7366 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point. | |
7367 | |
7368 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable | |
7369 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and | |
7370 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
7371 it is one of the current buffers. | |
7372 | |
7373 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in | |
7374 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
7375 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil) | |
7376 | |
7377 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
7378 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
7379 | |
7380 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil) | |
7381 | |
7382 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
7383 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
7384 | |
7385 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil) | |
7386 | |
7387 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\ | |
7388 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string. | |
7389 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil) | |
7390 | |
7391 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
7392 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil) | |
7393 | |
7394 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
7395 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil) | |
7396 | |
7397 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\ | |
7398 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil) | |
7399 | |
7400 ;;;*** | |
7401 | |
37617 | 7402 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories |
39611 | 7403 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15192 12210)) |
37617 | 7404 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el |
7405 | |
7406 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\ | |
7407 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
7408 | |
7409 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\ | |
7410 Find all subdirectories of DIR." t nil) | |
7411 | |
7412 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\ | |
7413 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP." t nil) | |
7414 | |
7415 ;;;*** | |
7416 | |
28530 | 7417 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords) |
39611 | 7418 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15192 12210)) |
28530 | 7419 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el |
7420 | |
7421 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\ | |
7422 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil) | |
7423 | |
7424 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\ | |
7425 Display FILE's commentary section. | |
7426 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil) | |
7427 | |
7428 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\ | |
7429 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil) | |
7430 | |
7431 ;;;*** | |
7432 | |
25876 | 7433 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" |
25998 | 7434 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450)) |
25876 | 7435 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el |
7436 | |
7437 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
7438 Toggle flow control handling. | |
7439 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^. | |
7440 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil) | |
7441 | |
7442 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
7443 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types. | |
7444 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control | |
7445 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled, | |
7446 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^ | |
7447 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil) | |
7448 | |
7449 ;;;*** | |
7450 | |
36538 | 7451 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off |
7452 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string) | |
39437 | 7453 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15279 11558)) |
25876 | 7454 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el |
7455 | |
30565 | 7456 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\ |
7457 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active. | |
7458 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.") | |
7459 | |
7460 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\ | |
7461 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil) | |
7462 | |
7463 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap)) | |
7464 | |
25876 | 7465 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\ |
7466 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking. | |
7467 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words. | |
7468 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words. | |
7469 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode. | |
7470 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
7471 | |
7472 Bindings: | |
7473 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell). | |
7474 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word. | |
7475 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words. | |
7476 | |
7477 Hooks: | |
7478 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered. | |
7479 | |
7480 Remark: | |
7481 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are | |
7482 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by | |
7483 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'. | |
7484 | |
7485 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance | |
7486 consider adding: | |
7487 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex)))) | |
7488 in your .emacs file. | |
7489 | |
7490 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region. | |
7491 | |
7492 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil) | |
7493 | |
30565 | 7494 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist)))) |
7495 | |
25876 | 7496 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\ |
7497 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil) | |
7498 | |
36538 | 7499 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\ |
7500 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil) | |
7501 | |
7502 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\ | |
7503 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil) | |
7504 | |
25876 | 7505 ;;;*** |
7506 | |
7507 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode | |
7508 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el" | |
39611 | 7509 ;;;;;; (15192 12210)) |
25876 | 7510 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el |
7511 | |
7512 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
7513 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil) | |
7514 | |
7515 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
7516 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil) | |
7517 | |
7518 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
7519 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window. | |
7520 | |
7521 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use | |
7522 of two major techniques: | |
7523 | |
7524 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer. | |
7525 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the | |
7526 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.) | |
7527 | |
7528 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another | |
7529 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This | |
7530 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor | |
7531 movement commands. | |
7532 | |
7533 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two | |
7534 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow | |
7535 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been | |
7536 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, | |
7537 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your | |
7538 mileage may vary). | |
7539 | |
7540 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands | |
7541 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used. | |
7542 | |
7543 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other. | |
7544 | |
7545 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode | |
7546 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly. | |
7547 \(This is the default.) | |
7548 | |
7549 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook' | |
7550 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called. | |
7551 | |
7552 Keys specific to Follow mode: | |
7553 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil) | |
7554 | |
7555 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\ | |
7556 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode. | |
7557 | |
7558 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text | |
7559 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current | |
7560 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two | |
7561 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the | |
7562 two windows always will display two successive pages. | |
7563 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.) | |
7564 | |
7565 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative, | |
7566 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is | |
7567 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame. | |
7568 | |
7569 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line | |
7570 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key: | |
7571 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil) | |
7572 | |
7573 ;;;*** | |
7574 | |
7575 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode | |
33357 | 7576 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock |
39437 | 7577 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15280 18506)) |
25876 | 7578 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el |
7579 | |
33002 | 7580 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults)) |
7581 | |
25876 | 7582 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\ |
7583 Toggle Font Lock mode. | |
37617 | 7584 With arg, turn Font Lock mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive |
7585 number; if arg is nil, toggle Font Lock mode; anything else turns Font | |
7586 Lock on. | |
33002 | 7587 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".) |
25876 | 7588 |
7589 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it: | |
7590 | |
7591 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face'; | |
7592 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face'; | |
7593 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the | |
7594 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | |
7595 | |
33002 | 7596 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for |
7597 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face]. | |
7598 | |
25876 | 7599 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in |
7600 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
7601 | |
7602 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock) | |
7603 | |
7604 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font | |
7605 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one | |
7606 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
7607 | |
7608 (global-font-lock-mode t) | |
7609 | |
7610 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode | |
7611 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where | |
7612 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable | |
7613 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer. | |
7614 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though | |
7615 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'. | |
7616 | |
7617 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support | |
7618 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
7619 | |
7620 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | |
7621 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t) | |
7622 | |
7623 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting | |
7624 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can | |
7625 use `font-lock-add-keywords'. | |
7626 | |
7627 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer | |
7628 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer]. | |
7629 | |
7630 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of | |
7631 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused | |
7632 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | |
7633 | |
7634 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default | |
7635 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a | |
7636 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil) | |
7637 | |
7638 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\ | |
34166 | 7639 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil) |
25876 | 7640 |
7641 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\ | |
26899 | 7642 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. |
7643 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' | |
25876 | 7644 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer. |
7645 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | |
7646 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list. | |
7647 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current | |
7648 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the | |
7649 end of the current highlighting list. | |
7650 | |
7651 For example: | |
7652 | |
7653 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode | |
7654 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend) | |
7655 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face))) | |
7656 | |
7657 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in | |
7658 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords. | |
7659 | |
38398 | 7660 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended |
7661 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid | |
7662 subtle problems due to details of the implementation. | |
7663 | |
25876 | 7664 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g., |
7665 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types', | |
7666 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil) | |
7667 | |
26899 | 7668 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\ |
27949 | 7669 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. |
7670 | |
7671 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' | |
38398 | 7672 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer. |
7673 | |
7674 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended | |
7675 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid | |
7676 subtle problems due to details of the implementation." nil nil) | |
26899 | 7677 |
25998 | 7678 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\ |
36538 | 7679 Non-nil if Global-Font-Lock mode is enabled. |
33357 | 7680 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
25998 | 7681 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
7682 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.") | |
7683 | |
7684 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
7685 | |
7686 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock)) | |
7687 | |
33357 | 7688 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\ |
7689 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer. | |
7690 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
7691 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those | |
7692 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil) | |
7693 | |
25876 | 7694 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\ |
26724 | 7695 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil) |
25876 | 7696 |
7697 ;;;*** | |
7698 | |
7699 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el" | |
40341 | 7700 ;;;;;; (15318 48329)) |
25876 | 7701 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el |
7702 | |
7703 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\ | |
7704 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC. | |
7705 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format: | |
7706 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ... | |
7707 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas. | |
7708 | |
28288 | 7709 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward |
7710 compatibility. | |
25876 | 7711 |
7712 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is | |
7713 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil. | |
7714 | |
7715 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil) | |
7716 | |
7717 ;;;*** | |
7718 | |
39611 | 7719 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15192 |
7720 ;;;;;; 12235)) | |
26963 | 7721 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el |
7722 | |
7723 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\ | |
7724 Toggle footnote minor mode. | |
7725 \\<message-mode-map> | |
7726 key binding | |
7727 --- ------- | |
7728 | |
7729 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes | |
7730 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote | |
7731 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote | |
7732 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style | |
7733 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message | |
7734 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote | |
7735 " t nil) | |
7736 | |
7737 ;;;*** | |
7738 | |
25876 | 7739 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) |
39611 | 7740 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15192 12211)) |
25876 | 7741 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el |
7742 | |
7743 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\ | |
7744 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form. | |
7745 | |
7746 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode: | |
7747 TAB forms-next-field TAB | |
7748 C-c TAB forms-next-field | |
7749 C-c < forms-first-record < | |
7750 C-c > forms-last-record > | |
7751 C-c ? describe-mode ? | |
7752 C-c C-k forms-delete-record | |
7753 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q | |
7754 C-c C-o forms-insert-record | |
7755 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l | |
7756 C-c C-n forms-next-record n | |
7757 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p | |
7758 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r | |
7759 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s | |
7760 C-c C-x forms-exit x | |
7761 " t nil) | |
7762 | |
7763 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\ | |
7764 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil) | |
7765 | |
7766 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\ | |
7767 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil) | |
7768 | |
7769 ;;;*** | |
7770 | |
7771 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" | |
39611 | 7772 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15192 12243)) |
25876 | 7773 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el |
7774 | |
7775 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\ | |
7776 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode. | |
7777 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control. | |
7778 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked | |
7779 with a character in column 6.") | |
7780 | |
7781 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\ | |
7782 Major mode for editing Fortran code. | |
7783 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly. | |
7784 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE. | |
7785 | |
7786 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for | |
7787 Fortran keywords. | |
7788 | |
7789 Key definitions: | |
7790 \\{fortran-mode-map} | |
7791 | |
7792 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
7793 | |
7794 `comment-start' | |
30565 | 7795 If you want to use comments starting with `!', |
7796 set this to the string \"!\". | |
25876 | 7797 `fortran-do-indent' |
7798 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) | |
7799 `fortran-if-indent' | |
7800 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3) | |
7801 `fortran-structure-indent' | |
7802 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks. | |
7803 (default 3) | |
7804 `fortran-continuation-indent' | |
7805 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5) | |
7806 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' | |
7807 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0) | |
7808 `fortran-comment-indent-style' | |
7809 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments, | |
7810 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond | |
7811 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed | |
7812 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | |
7813 (for TAB format continuation style). | |
7814 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the | |
7815 indentation for a line of code. | |
7816 (default 'fixed) | |
7817 `fortran-comment-indent-char' | |
7818 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for | |
7819 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \") | |
7820 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' | |
7821 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6) | |
7822 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | |
7823 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9) | |
7824 `fortran-line-number-indent' | |
7825 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get | |
7826 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching | |
7827 column 5. (default 1) | |
7828 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do' | |
7829 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\" | |
7830 statements. (default nil) | |
7831 `fortran-blink-matching-if' | |
7832 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on | |
7833 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE] | |
7834 statement. (default nil) | |
7835 `fortran-continuation-string' | |
7836 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation | |
7837 line. (default \"$\") | |
7838 `fortran-comment-region' | |
7839 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in | |
7840 region. (default \"c$$$\") | |
7841 `fortran-electric-line-number' | |
7842 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column | |
7843 as typed. (default t) | |
7844 `fortran-break-before-delimiters' | |
26724 | 7845 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters. |
25876 | 7846 (default t) |
7847 | |
7848 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook' | |
7849 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
7850 | |
7851 ;;;*** | |
7852 | |
37617 | 7853 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region |
39611 | 7854 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15197 18454)) |
37617 | 7855 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el |
7856 | |
7857 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\ | |
7858 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE. | |
7859 | |
7860 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument, | |
7861 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil) | |
7862 | |
7863 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\ | |
7864 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file. | |
7865 | |
7866 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument, | |
7867 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil) | |
7868 | |
7869 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\ | |
7870 Compile fortune file. | |
7871 | |
7872 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses | |
7873 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories." t nil) | |
7874 | |
7875 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\ | |
7876 Create signature from output of the fortune program. | |
7877 | |
7878 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from, | |
7879 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune | |
7880 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix | |
7881 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil) | |
7882 | |
7883 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\ | |
7884 Display a fortune cookie. | |
7885 | |
7886 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from, | |
7887 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune | |
7888 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix | |
7889 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil) | |
7890 | |
7891 ;;;*** | |
7892 | |
25876 | 7893 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el" |
39611 | 7894 ;;;;;; (15192 12211)) |
25876 | 7895 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el |
7896 | |
7897 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
7898 Create a new generic mode with NAME. | |
7899 | |
7900 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST | |
7901 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION) | |
7902 | |
7903 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function | |
7904 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new | |
7905 function. | |
7906 | |
7907 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character, | |
7908 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character | |
7909 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with | |
33002 | 7910 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the |
7911 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively. | |
25876 | 7912 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters. |
7913 | |
7914 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'. | |
7915 Each keyword should be a string. | |
7916 | |
7917 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry | |
7918 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist' | |
7919 | |
33002 | 7920 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'. |
7921 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode' | |
25876 | 7922 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed. |
7923 | |
7924 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup. | |
7925 | |
7926 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil) | |
7927 | |
7928 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
7929 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files. | |
7930 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have | |
7931 comment characters, keywords, and the like.) | |
7932 | |
7933 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'. | |
7934 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil) | |
7935 | |
7936 ;;;*** | |
7937 | |
27545 | 7938 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" |
40341 | 7939 ;;;;;; (15252 33905)) |
27545 | 7940 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el |
7941 | |
7942 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\ | |
7943 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable. | |
7944 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores) | |
7945 at places they belong to." t nil) | |
7946 | |
7947 ;;;*** | |
7948 | |
25876 | 7949 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server |
40341 | 7950 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15252 33904)) |
25876 | 7951 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el |
7952 | |
7953 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
7954 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil) | |
7955 | |
7956 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
7957 Read network news. | |
7958 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
7959 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. | |
7960 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
7961 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use. | |
7962 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil) | |
7963 | |
7964 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\ | |
7965 Read news as a slave." t nil) | |
7966 | |
7967 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\ | |
7968 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil) | |
7969 | |
7970 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\ | |
7971 Read network news. | |
7972 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
7973 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
7974 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil) | |
7975 | |
7976 ;;;*** | |
7977 | |
7978 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize | |
7979 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" | |
39611 | 7980 ;;;;;; (15192 12228)) |
25876 | 7981 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el |
7982 | |
7983 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
7984 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil) | |
7985 | |
7986 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
7987 Start Gnus plugged." t nil) | |
7988 | |
7989 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
7990 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader. | |
7991 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the | |
7992 last form in your `.gnus.el' file: | |
7993 | |
7994 \(gnus-agentize) | |
7995 | |
7996 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method', | |
7997 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus | |
7998 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil) | |
7999 | |
8000 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
8001 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil) | |
8002 | |
8003 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil) | |
8004 | |
8005 ;;;*** | |
8006 | |
32115 | 8007 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" |
40341 | 8008 ;;;;;; (15272 19188)) |
32115 | 8009 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el |
8010 | |
8011 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\ | |
8012 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil) | |
8013 | |
8014 ;;;*** | |
8015 | |
25876 | 8016 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el" |
39611 | 8017 ;;;;;; (15192 12228)) |
25876 | 8018 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el |
8019 | |
8020 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\ | |
33002 | 8021 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil) |
25876 | 8022 |
8023 ;;;*** | |
8024 | |
8025 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active | |
40341 | 8026 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14863 |
8027 ;;;;;; 43073)) | |
25876 | 8028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el |
8029 | |
8030 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
8031 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache. | |
8032 | |
8033 Usage: | |
8034 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil) | |
8035 | |
8036 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
8037 Generate the cache active file." t nil) | |
8038 | |
8039 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
8040 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil) | |
8041 | |
8042 ;;;*** | |
8043 | |
8044 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group) | |
39611 | 8045 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14875 60440)) |
25876 | 8046 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el |
8047 | |
8048 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\ | |
8049 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP. | |
8050 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil) | |
8051 | |
8052 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\ | |
8053 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil) | |
8054 | |
8055 ;;;*** | |
8056 | |
8057 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" | |
33357 | 8058 ;;;;;; (14813 40531)) |
25876 | 8059 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el |
8060 | |
8061 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score)) | |
8062 | |
8063 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\ | |
8064 Run batched scoring. | |
8065 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil) | |
8066 | |
8067 ;;;*** | |
8068 | |
33357 | 8069 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) |
39611 | 8070 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15192 12228)) |
33357 | 8071 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el |
8072 | |
8073 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil) | |
8074 | |
8075 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\ | |
8076 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands. | |
8077 | |
8078 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil) | |
8079 | |
8080 ;;;*** | |
8081 | |
32115 | 8082 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update |
8083 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" | |
39611 | 8084 ;;;;;; (15192 12228)) |
32115 | 8085 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el |
8086 | |
8087 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
8088 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy. | |
8089 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail | |
8090 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with | |
8091 group parameters. | |
8092 | |
8093 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called | |
8094 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before | |
8095 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to | |
34166 | 8096 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook. |
8097 | |
8098 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of | |
8099 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used | |
8100 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is | |
8101 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as | |
8102 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy, | |
8103 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical | |
8104 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more | |
8105 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't | |
8106 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See | |
8107 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil) | |
32115 | 8108 |
8109 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
34166 | 8110 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by |
8111 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL). | |
8112 | |
8113 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used | |
8114 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil) | |
32115 | 8115 |
8116 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
8117 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. | |
8118 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information. | |
8119 | |
8120 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil) | |
8121 | |
8122 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
8123 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. It | |
8124 can be embedded into nnmail-split-fancy lists with the SPLIT | |
8125 | |
8126 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL) | |
8127 | |
8128 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will | |
8129 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all | |
8130 existing groups are considered. | |
8131 | |
8132 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned, | |
8133 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be | |
8134 returned. | |
8135 | |
8136 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC | |
8137 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this | |
8138 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or | |
8139 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is | |
8140 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if | |
8141 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it | |
8142 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT | |
8143 clauses will be generated. | |
8144 | |
34166 | 8145 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of |
8146 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no | |
8147 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is | |
8148 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy | |
8149 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list, | |
8150 as the last element of a '| SPLIT. | |
8151 | |
32115 | 8152 For example, given the following group parameters: |
8153 | |
8154 nnml:mail.bar: | |
8155 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\") | |
8156 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\")) | |
8157 nnml:mail.foo: | |
8158 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\") | |
8159 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\") | |
8160 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\") | |
8161 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\")) | |
8162 nnml:mail.others: | |
8163 \((split-spec . catch-all)) | |
8164 | |
8165 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns: | |
8166 | |
8167 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\" | |
8168 \"mail.bar\") | |
8169 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\" | |
8170 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\")) | |
8171 \"mail.others\")" nil nil) | |
8172 | |
8173 ;;;*** | |
8174 | |
25876 | 8175 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el" |
39611 | 8176 ;;;;;; (14791 59015)) |
25876 | 8177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el |
8178 | |
8179 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\ | |
8180 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER. | |
8181 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil) | |
8182 | |
8183 ;;;*** | |
8184 | |
35668 | 8185 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (14915 |
39611 | 8186 ;;;;;; 11613)) |
32115 | 8187 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el |
8188 | |
8189 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\ | |
8190 Start editing a mail message to be sent. | |
8191 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the | |
35196 | 8192 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil) |
8193 | |
8194 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) | |
32115 | 8195 |
25876 | 8196 ;;;*** |
8197 | |
33002 | 8198 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el" |
39611 | 8199 ;;;;;; (15192 12228)) |
33002 | 8200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el |
8201 | |
8202 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\ | |
8203 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM. | |
8204 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target. | |
8205 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr | |
8206 part is ignored. | |
8207 | |
8208 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is | |
8209 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist' | |
8210 rather than using this function." nil nil) | |
8211 | |
8212 ;;;*** | |
8213 | |
25876 | 8214 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el" |
39611 | 8215 ;;;;;; (14791 59020)) |
25876 | 8216 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el |
8217 | |
8218 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\ | |
8219 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line. | |
8220 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions | |
8221 for matching on group names. | |
8222 | |
8223 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as | |
8224 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like: | |
8225 | |
8226 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\" | |
8227 | |
8228 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil) | |
8229 | |
8230 ;;;*** | |
8231 | |
8232 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" | |
40341 | 8233 ;;;;;; (14863 43074)) |
25876 | 8234 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el |
8235 | |
8236 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\ | |
8237 Update the format specification near point." t nil) | |
8238 | |
8239 ;;;*** | |
8240 | |
8241 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start" | |
39611 | 8242 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15209 13375)) |
25876 | 8243 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el |
8244 | |
8245 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\ | |
32115 | 8246 Unload all Gnus features. |
8247 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names | |
8248 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use | |
8249 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil) | |
25876 | 8250 |
8251 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\ | |
8252 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil) | |
8253 | |
8254 ;;;*** | |
8255 | |
8256 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" | |
39611 | 8257 ;;;;;; (15275 13005)) |
25876 | 8258 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el |
8259 | |
8260 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\ | |
8261 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil) | |
8262 | |
8263 ;;;*** | |
8264 | |
40341 | 8265 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15306 37170)) |
25876 | 8266 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el |
8267 | |
8268 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\ | |
8269 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs. | |
8270 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it. | |
8271 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used. | |
8272 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for. | |
8273 | |
8274 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X | |
8275 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous | |
8276 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal. | |
8277 | |
8278 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting | |
8279 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays]. | |
8280 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil) | |
8281 | |
8282 ;;;*** | |
8283 | |
8284 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse) | |
40341 | 8285 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15302 40107)) |
28212 | 8286 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el |
25876 | 8287 |
8288 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\ | |
8289 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse. | |
8290 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for | |
8291 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
8292 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil) | |
8293 | |
8294 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\ | |
8295 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point. | |
8296 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for | |
8297 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
8298 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil) | |
8299 | |
8300 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\ | |
8301 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer. | |
8302 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL | |
8303 or to send e-mail. | |
8304 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET. | |
8305 | |
8306 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and | |
8307 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil) | |
8308 | |
8309 ;;;*** | |
8310 | |
39611 | 8311 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15292 25968)) |
25876 | 8312 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el |
8313 | |
8314 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\ | |
8315 Load a PS image for display on FRAME. | |
8316 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width | |
8317 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of | |
8318 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil) | |
8319 | |
8320 ;;;*** | |
8321 | |
8322 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el" | |
39437 | 8323 ;;;;;; (15263 18995)) |
25876 | 8324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el |
8325 | |
8326 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\ | |
8327 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
8328 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8329 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
8330 | |
8331 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\ | |
8332 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
8333 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8334 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
8335 | |
8336 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\ | |
8337 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
8338 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8339 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
8340 | |
8341 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\ | |
8342 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
8343 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8344 and source-file directory for your debugger. | |
8345 | |
8346 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source | |
8347 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil) | |
8348 | |
8349 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\ | |
8350 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
8351 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8352 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
8353 | |
8354 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\ | |
8355 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'. | |
8356 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8357 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
8358 | |
8359 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\ | |
8360 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named | |
8361 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" | |
8362 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace | |
8363 between it and it's value." t nil) | |
8364 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | |
8365 | |
8366 ;;;*** | |
8367 | |
39611 | 8368 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15192 |
8369 ;;;;;; 12238)) | |
25876 | 8370 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el |
8371 | |
8372 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\ | |
8373 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document. | |
8374 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt' | |
8375 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output. | |
8376 | |
8377 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12) | |
8378 handwrite-fontsize (default 11) | |
8379 handwrite-numlines (default 60) | |
8380 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil) | |
8381 | |
8382 ;;;*** | |
8383 | |
25998 | 8384 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" |
39611 | 8385 ;;;;;; (15192 12239)) |
25876 | 8386 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el |
8387 | |
8388 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\ | |
25998 | 8389 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil) |
8390 | |
8391 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\ | |
8392 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version. | |
8393 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per | |
8394 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT. | |
8395 | |
8396 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil) | |
8397 | |
8398 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\ | |
8399 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock. | |
8400 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the | |
8401 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need | |
8402 to be updated." t nil) | |
8403 | |
8404 ;;;*** | |
8405 | |
40341 | 8406 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1 |
41587
1337babcd9ab
Regenerate due to renaming of help-funs.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40341
diff
changeset
|
8407 ;;;;;; describe-function locate-library help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" |
1337babcd9ab
Regenerate due to renaming of help-funs.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40341
diff
changeset
|
8408 ;;;;;; "help-fns.el" (15315 52171)) |
1337babcd9ab
Regenerate due to renaming of help-funs.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40341
diff
changeset
|
8409 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el |
1337babcd9ab
Regenerate due to renaming of help-funs.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40341
diff
changeset
|
8410 |
1337babcd9ab
Regenerate due to renaming of help-funs.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40341
diff
changeset
|
8411 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\ |
39732 | 8412 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial. |
8413 If there is a tutorial version written in the language | |
8414 of the selected language environment, that version is used. | |
8415 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected. | |
8416 With arg, you are asked to choose which language." t nil) | |
8417 | |
41587
1337babcd9ab
Regenerate due to renaming of help-funs.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40341
diff
changeset
|
8418 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\ |
39732 | 8419 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY. |
8420 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `M-x load-library' | |
8421 to find the file that `M-x load-library RET LIBRARY RET' would load. | |
40341 | 8422 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes' |
39732 | 8423 to the specified name LIBRARY. |
8424 | |
8425 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories | |
8426 is used instead of `load-path'. | |
8427 | |
8428 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a | |
8429 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t, | |
8430 and the file name is displayed in the echo area." t nil) | |
8431 | |
41587
1337babcd9ab
Regenerate due to renaming of help-funs.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40341
diff
changeset
|
8432 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\ |
39732 | 8433 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol)." t nil) |
8434 | |
41587
1337babcd9ab
Regenerate due to renaming of help-funs.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40341
diff
changeset
|
8435 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" nil nil nil) |
1337babcd9ab
Regenerate due to renaming of help-funs.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40341
diff
changeset
|
8436 |
1337babcd9ab
Regenerate due to renaming of help-funs.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40341
diff
changeset
|
8437 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\ |
39732 | 8438 Return the bound variable symbol found around point. |
8439 Return 0 if there is no such symbol." nil nil) | |
8440 | |
41587
1337babcd9ab
Regenerate due to renaming of help-funs.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40341
diff
changeset
|
8441 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\ |
39732 | 8442 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol). |
8443 Returns the documentation as a string, also. | |
8444 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer), | |
8445 it is displayed along with the global value." t nil) | |
8446 | |
8447 ;;;*** | |
8448 | |
25998 | 8449 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el" |
39611 | 8450 ;;;;;; (15192 12211)) |
25876 | 8451 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el |
8452 | |
8453 (defvar three-step-help nil "\ | |
8454 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps. | |
8455 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, | |
8456 and window listing and describing the options. | |
8457 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that | |
8458 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.") | |
8459 | |
8460 ;;;*** | |
8461 | |
39732 | 8462 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button |
8463 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup | |
40341 | 8464 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (15317 28321)) |
39732 | 8465 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el |
8466 | |
8467 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\ | |
8468 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it. | |
8469 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'. | |
8470 Commands: | |
8471 \\{help-mode-map}" t nil) | |
8472 | |
8473 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" nil nil nil) | |
8474 | |
8475 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" nil nil nil) | |
8476 | |
8477 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\ | |
8478 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info. | |
8479 | |
8480 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help | |
8481 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the | |
8482 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of | |
40341 | 8483 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared. |
8484 | |
8485 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared, | |
8486 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can | |
8487 restore it properly when going back." nil nil) | |
39732 | 8488 |
8489 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\ | |
8490 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER. | |
8491 | |
8492 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and, if | |
8493 `help-highlight-p' is non-nil, highlight it with face defined by | |
8494 `help-highlight-face'; activate such cross references for selection | |
8495 with `help-follow'. Cross-references have the canonical form `...' | |
8496 and the type of reference may be disambiguated by the preceding | |
8497 word(s) used in `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. | |
8498 | |
8499 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also | |
8500 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment | |
8501 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate | |
8502 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. | |
8503 | |
8504 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of | |
8505 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for | |
8506 that." t nil) | |
8507 | |
8508 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\ | |
8509 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched. | |
8510 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched | |
8511 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are | |
8512 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked. | |
8513 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil) | |
8514 | |
8515 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\ | |
8516 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it. | |
8517 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed | |
8518 to the button's help-function when it is invoked. | |
8519 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil) | |
8520 | |
8521 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\ | |
8522 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO." nil nil) | |
8523 | |
8524 ;;;*** | |
8525 | |
25876 | 8526 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" |
39611 | 8527 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15192 12223)) |
25876 | 8528 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el |
8529 | |
8530 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\ | |
8531 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil) | |
8532 | |
8533 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\ | |
8534 Provide help for current mode." t nil) | |
8535 | |
8536 ;;;*** | |
8537 | |
8538 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" | |
39437 | 8539 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15279 8859)) |
25876 | 8540 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el |
8541 | |
8542 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\ | |
25998 | 8543 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format. |
8544 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects | |
8545 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit | |
8546 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'. | |
25876 | 8547 |
8548 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format | |
8549 using the function `hexlify-buffer'. | |
8550 | |
8551 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal) | |
8552 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line | |
8553 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal | |
8554 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values. | |
8555 | |
8556 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are | |
8557 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as | |
8558 periods. | |
8559 | |
8560 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be | |
8561 in hexl format. | |
8562 | |
8563 A sample format: | |
8564 | |
8565 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT | |
8566 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---------------- | |
8567 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod | |
8568 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re | |
8569 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte | |
8570 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal | |
8571 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print | |
8572 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara | |
8573 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont | |
8574 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII | |
8575 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are | |
8576 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per | |
8577 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin | |
8578 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character | |
8579 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region.. | |
8580 | |
8581 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most | |
8582 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line] | |
8583 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up). | |
8584 | |
8585 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are | |
8586 also supported. | |
8587 | |
8588 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode: | |
8589 | |
8590 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are | |
8591 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will | |
8592 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer. | |
8593 | |
8594 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if | |
8595 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place | |
8596 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation. | |
8597 | |
8598 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF) | |
8599 into the buffer at the current point. | |
8600 | |
8601 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377) | |
8602 into the buffer at the current point. | |
8603 | |
8604 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255) | |
8605 into the buffer at the current point. | |
8606 | |
8607 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode. | |
8608 | |
8609 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands | |
8610 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving. | |
8611 | |
25998 | 8612 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode. |
25876 | 8613 |
8614 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil) | |
8615 | |
8616 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\ | |
8617 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode. | |
8618 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil) | |
8619 | |
8620 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\ | |
8621 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format. | |
8622 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil) | |
8623 | |
8624 ;;;*** | |
8625 | |
30565 | 8626 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer |
36101 | 8627 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer |
39437 | 8628 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15251 |
40341 | 8629 ;;;;;; 13044)) |
30565 | 8630 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el |
8631 | |
8632 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces)) | |
8633 | |
8634 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\ | |
8635 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.") | |
8636 | |
8637 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
8638 | |
8639 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock)) | |
8640 | |
8641 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\ | |
8642 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns. | |
8643 | |
8644 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also | |
36101 | 8645 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" |
30565 | 8646 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, |
8647 which can be called interactively, are: | |
8648 | |
8649 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE | |
8650 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE. | |
8651 | |
36101 | 8652 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE |
8653 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE. | |
8654 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches | |
8655 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.) | |
8656 | |
30565 | 8657 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE |
8658 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE. | |
8659 | |
8660 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP | |
8661 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer. | |
8662 | |
8663 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns] | |
8664 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will | |
8665 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command | |
8666 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords. | |
8667 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns], | |
8668 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. | |
8669 | |
8670 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] | |
8671 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]). | |
8672 | |
8673 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the | |
8674 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form: | |
8675 Hi-lock: FOO | |
8676 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords | |
8677 already present. The patterns must start before position (number | |
8678 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns | |
8679 will be read until | |
8680 Hi-lock: end | |
8681 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil) | |
8682 | |
8683 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer)) | |
8684 | |
8685 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
36101 | 8686 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE. |
30565 | 8687 |
8688 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history | |
8689 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces. | |
8690 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item. | |
8691 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil) | |
8692 | |
8693 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer)) | |
8694 | |
8695 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
36101 | 8696 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE. |
30565 | 8697 |
8698 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history | |
8699 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces. | |
8700 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item. | |
8701 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil) | |
8702 | |
36101 | 8703 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)) |
8704 | |
8705 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
8706 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE. | |
8707 | |
8708 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial | |
8709 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil) | |
8710 | |
30565 | 8711 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer)) |
8712 | |
8713 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
36101 | 8714 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock. |
30565 | 8715 |
8716 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted | |
8717 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock | |
36101 | 8718 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.) |
30565 | 8719 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp. |
8720 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil) | |
8721 | |
8722 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\ | |
8723 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point. | |
8724 | |
8725 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using | |
8726 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can | |
8727 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil) | |
8728 | |
8729 ;;;*** | |
8730 | |
25876 | 8731 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially |
39611 | 8732 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15192 12243)) |
25876 | 8733 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el |
8734 | |
25998 | 8735 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\ |
8736 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.") | |
8737 | |
25876 | 8738 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\ |
8739 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one. | |
8740 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
8741 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor | |
8742 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect | |
8743 how the hiding is done: | |
8744 | |
8745 hide-ifdef-env | |
8746 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the | |
8747 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env' | |
8748 is used. | |
8749 | |
8750 hide-ifdef-define-alist | |
8751 An association list of defined symbol lists. | |
8752 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
8753 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
8754 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'. | |
8755 | |
8756 hide-ifdef-lines | |
8757 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and | |
8758 #endif lines when hiding. | |
8759 | |
8760 hide-ifdef-initially | |
8761 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode | |
8762 is activated. | |
8763 | |
8764 hide-ifdef-read-only | |
8765 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding. | |
8766 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value. | |
8767 | |
8768 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil) | |
8769 | |
8770 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\ | |
8771 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.") | |
8772 | |
8773 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\ | |
8774 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.") | |
8775 | |
8776 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\ | |
8777 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.") | |
8778 | |
8779 ;;;*** | |
8780 | |
27016 | 8781 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) |
39611 | 8782 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15243 30330)) |
25876 | 8783 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el |
8784 | |
8785 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\ | |
27016 | 8786 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.") |
8787 | |
8788 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\ | |
25876 | 8789 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes. |
27016 | 8790 Each element has the form |
25876 | 8791 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC). |
27016 | 8792 |
8793 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks | |
8794 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE. | |
8795 | |
8796 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is | |
8797 defined as text surrounded by START and END. | |
8798 | |
8799 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START | |
8800 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and | |
8801 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper | |
8802 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For | |
8803 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'. | |
8804 | |
8805 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those | |
8806 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead. | |
8807 | |
8808 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the | |
8809 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC. | |
8810 | |
8811 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess | |
8812 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing | |
8813 whitespace. Case does not matter.") | |
25876 | 8814 |
8815 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\ | |
8816 Toggle hideshow minor mode. | |
8817 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
8818 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow | |
8819 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. | |
8820 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'. | |
8821 | |
8822 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block', | |
32115 | 8823 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also |
27016 | 8824 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'. |
25876 | 8825 |
8826 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the | |
8827 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands. | |
8828 | |
27949 | 8829 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'. |
8830 | |
25876 | 8831 Key bindings: |
8832 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil) | |
8833 | |
8834 ;;;*** | |
8835 | |
8836 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file | |
8837 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change | |
8838 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight) | |
39611 | 8839 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15192 12212)) |
25876 | 8840 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el |
8841 | |
25998 | 8842 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil) |
8843 | |
25876 | 8844 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\ |
31388 | 8845 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END. |
25876 | 8846 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil) |
8847 | |
8848 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8849 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode. | |
8850 | |
31388 | 8851 Without an argument: |
8852 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active | |
8853 or passive state as determined by the variable | |
8854 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active | |
8855 and passive state. | |
8856 | |
8857 With an argument ARG: | |
8858 If ARG is positive, set state to active; | |
8859 If ARG is zero, set state to passive; | |
8860 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely. | |
8861 | |
8862 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face. | |
25876 | 8863 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are |
8864 not displayed in a different face. | |
8865 | |
8866 Functions: | |
8867 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change | |
8868 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change | |
8869 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this | |
8870 buffer with the contents of a file | |
8871 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region | |
8872 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through | |
8873 various faces. | |
8874 | |
8875 Hook variables: | |
31388 | 8876 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode. |
8877 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state | |
8878 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
25876 | 8879 |
8880 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8881 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
8882 | |
8883 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8884 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
8885 | |
8886 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8887 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode. | |
8888 | |
31388 | 8889 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element |
8890 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in | |
25876 | 8891 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain |
8892 shown in the last face in the list. | |
8893 | |
8894 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved | |
31388 | 8895 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the |
25876 | 8896 buffer to be saved): |
31388 | 8897 |
8898 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil) | |
25876 | 8899 |
8900 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8901 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences. | |
8902 | |
8903 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file, | |
31388 | 8904 and must not be read-only. |
8905 | |
8906 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when | |
8907 this function is called interactively. | |
8908 | |
8909 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it | |
8910 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is | |
8911 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted. | |
8912 | |
8913 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property | |
8914 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and | |
25876 | 8915 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil) |
8916 | |
8917 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8918 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode. | |
8919 | |
8920 When called interactively: | |
8921 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off | |
8922 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode | |
8923 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode | |
8924 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off | |
8925 | |
8926 When called from a program: | |
8927 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off | |
31388 | 8928 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode |
8929 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode | |
25876 | 8930 - otherwise just turn it on |
8931 | |
8932 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned | |
8933 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if | |
8934 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil). | |
31388 | 8935 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil) |
25876 | 8936 |
8937 ;;;*** | |
8938 | |
8939 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers | |
8940 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction | |
8941 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space | |
26724 | 8942 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" |
39611 | 8943 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15192 12212)) |
25876 | 8944 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el |
8945 | |
8946 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\ | |
8947 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'. | |
8948 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of, | |
8949 or insert functions in this list.") | |
8950 | |
8951 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\ | |
8952 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.") | |
8953 | |
8954 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\ | |
8955 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.") | |
8956 | |
8957 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\ | |
8958 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.") | |
8959 | |
8960 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\ | |
8961 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.") | |
8962 | |
8963 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\ | |
8964 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched. | |
8965 If nil, all buffers are searched.") | |
8966 | |
8967 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\ | |
8968 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current). | |
8969 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
8970 \(as atoms)") | |
8971 | |
8972 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\ | |
8973 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current). | |
8974 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
8975 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable | |
8976 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.") | |
8977 | |
8978 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
8979 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods. | |
8980 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are | |
8981 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated | |
8982 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible | |
8983 expansions. | |
8984 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next | |
8985 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument], | |
8986 undoes the expansion." t nil) | |
8987 | |
8988 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
8989 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'. | |
8990 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second | |
8991 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro)) | |
8992 | |
8993 ;;;*** | |
8994 | |
39050 | 8995 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" |
40341 | 8996 ;;;;;; (15241 63600)) |
25998 | 8997 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el |
8998 | |
8999 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\ | |
39050 | 9000 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window. |
25998 | 9001 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. |
9002 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on | |
9003 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil) | |
9004 | |
39050 | 9005 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\ |
9006 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled. | |
9007 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
9008 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
9009 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.") | |
9010 | |
9011 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
9012 | |
9013 (custom-add-load (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line)) | |
9014 | |
9015 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\ | |
9016 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer. | |
9017 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
9018 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those | |
9019 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on." t nil) | |
9020 | |
25998 | 9021 ;;;*** |
9022 | |
38398 | 9023 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" |
39611 | 9024 ;;;;;; (15122 26745)) |
25876 | 9025 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el |
9026 | |
38398 | 9027 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\ |
9028 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month. | |
9029 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. | |
9030 | |
9031 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
9032 | |
25876 | 9033 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\ |
9034 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive). | |
9035 | |
9036 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the | |
9037 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists. | |
9038 | |
9039 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil) | |
9040 | |
9041 ;;;*** | |
9042 | |
9043 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll) | |
36101 | 9044 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616)) |
35196 | 9045 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el |
25876 | 9046 |
9047 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\ | |
34166 | 9048 This function is obsolete. |
9049 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. | |
9050 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil) | |
25876 | 9051 |
9052 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
34166 | 9053 This function is obsolete. |
9054 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. | |
9055 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil) | |
25876 | 9056 |
9057 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
34166 | 9058 This function is obsolete. |
9059 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. | |
9060 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil) | |
25876 | 9061 |
9062 ;;;*** | |
9063 | |
9064 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" | |
39611 | 9065 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15054 32535)) |
25876 | 9066 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el |
9067 | |
9068 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\ | |
37203 | 9069 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session. |
9070 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil) | |
25876 | 9071 |
9072 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\ | |
9073 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion. | |
9074 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil) | |
9075 | |
9076 ;;;*** | |
9077 | |
35668 | 9078 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14854 32223)) |
25876 | 9079 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el |
9080 | |
9081 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\ | |
9082 Major mode for editing Icon code. | |
9083 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets. | |
9084 Tab indents for Icon code. | |
9085 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
9086 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
9087 \\{icon-mode-map} | |
9088 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
9089 icon-tab-always-indent | |
9090 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line, | |
9091 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
9092 icon-auto-newline | |
9093 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces | |
9094 inserted in Icon code. | |
9095 icon-indent-level | |
9096 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block. | |
9097 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
9098 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
9099 icon-continued-statement-offset | |
9100 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
9101 then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
9102 icon-continued-brace-offset | |
9103 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
9104 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'. | |
9105 icon-brace-offset | |
9106 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
9107 icon-brace-imaginary-offset | |
9108 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were | |
9109 this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
9110 | |
9111 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook' | |
9112 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
9113 | |
9114 ;;;*** | |
9115 | |
27321 | 9116 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" |
39611 | 9117 ;;;;;; (15192 12243)) |
27321 | 9118 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el |
9119 | |
9120 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\ | |
9121 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'. | |
9122 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL. | |
9123 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer. | |
9124 | |
9125 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame' | |
9126 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in | |
9127 separate frames. | |
9128 | |
9129 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'. | |
9130 | |
9131 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending | |
9132 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'. | |
9133 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'. | |
9134 | |
9135 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
9136 | |
9137 ;;;*** | |
9138 | |
27016 | 9139 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" |
39611 | 9140 ;;;;;; (15192 12244)) |
27016 | 9141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el |
9142 | |
9143 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\ | |
9144 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files. | |
9145 | |
9146 The main features of this mode are | |
9147 | |
9148 1. Indentation and Formatting | |
9149 -------------------------- | |
9150 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents. | |
9151 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line. | |
9152 | |
9153 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also | |
9154 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point. | |
9155 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at | |
9156 that point with the `+' concatenation operator. | |
9157 | |
9158 Comments are indented as follows: | |
9159 | |
9160 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged. | |
9161 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code | |
9162 `;' Indent to a minimum column. | |
9163 | |
9164 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed. | |
9165 | |
9166 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation | |
9167 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be | |
9168 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments. | |
9169 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code | |
9170 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended). | |
9171 | |
9172 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the | |
9173 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. | |
9174 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region'). | |
9175 | |
9176 2. Routine Info | |
9177 ------------ | |
9178 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted | |
9179 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info]. | |
9180 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module. | |
9181 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode | |
9182 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules | |
9183 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this | |
30565 | 9184 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4). |
9185 | |
9186 3. Online IDL Help | |
9187 --------------- | |
9188 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant | |
9189 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key | |
9190 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional | |
9191 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must | |
9192 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files. | |
9193 | |
9194 4. Completion | |
27016 | 9195 ---------- |
30565 | 9196 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions |
9197 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and | |
9198 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). | |
9199 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in | |
9200 mixed or upper case. | |
9201 | |
9202 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations | |
27016 | 9203 -------------------------------- |
9204 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates. | |
9205 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples | |
9206 | |
9207 \\pr PROCEDURE template | |
9208 \\fu FUNCTION template | |
9209 \\c CASE statement template | |
35196 | 9210 \\sw SWITCH statement template |
27016 | 9211 \\f FOR loop template |
9212 \\r REPEAT Loop template | |
9213 \\w WHILE loop template | |
9214 \\i IF statement template | |
9215 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template | |
9216 \\b BEGIN | |
9217 | |
9218 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have | |
9219 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below. | |
9220 | |
9221 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the | |
9222 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries | |
9223 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification]. | |
9224 | |
30565 | 9225 6. Automatic Case Conversion |
27016 | 9226 ------------------------- |
9227 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by | |
9228 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'. | |
9229 | |
30565 | 9230 7. Automatic END completion |
27016 | 9231 ------------------------ |
9232 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed | |
9233 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc. | |
9234 | |
30565 | 9235 8. Hooks |
27016 | 9236 ----- |
9237 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'. | |
9238 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'. | |
9239 | |
30565 | 9240 9. Documentation and Customization |
27016 | 9241 ------------------------------- |
9242 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info] | |
9243 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work). | |
9244 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's | |
9245 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'. | |
9246 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'. | |
9247 | |
30565 | 9248 10.Keybindings |
27016 | 9249 ----------- |
9250 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode. | |
9251 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key] | |
9252 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does. | |
9253 | |
9254 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil) | |
9255 | |
9256 ;;;*** | |
9257 | |
33357 | 9258 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (14821 31346)) |
25876 | 9259 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el |
9260 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*") | |
9261 | |
9262 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\ | |
9263 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions. | |
9264 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil) | |
9265 | |
9266 ;;;*** | |
9267 | |
28724 | 9268 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image |
9269 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header | |
40341 | 9270 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15234 28846)) |
25876 | 9271 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el |
9272 | |
27321 | 9273 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\ |
9274 Determine the image type from image data DATA. | |
9275 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot | |
9276 be determined." nil nil) | |
9277 | |
25876 | 9278 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\ |
9279 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes. | |
9280 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot | |
9281 be determined." nil nil) | |
9282 | |
9283 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\ | |
9284 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available. | |
9285 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil) | |
9286 | |
9287 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\ | |
27321 | 9288 Create an image. |
9289 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data. | |
25876 | 9290 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted |
27321 | 9291 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes |
9292 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name, | |
35196 | 9293 use its file extension as image type. |
27321 | 9294 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data. |
25876 | 9295 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image, |
32115 | 9296 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'. |
25876 | 9297 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil) |
9298 | |
9299 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\ | |
25998 | 9300 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer. |
25876 | 9301 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'. |
25998 | 9302 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a |
9303 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the | |
29505 | 9304 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it. |
25876 | 9305 POS may be an integer or marker. |
9306 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means | |
9307 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
9308 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
25998 | 9309 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil) |
25876 | 9310 |
9311 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\ | |
9312 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point. | |
25998 | 9313 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer |
29505 | 9314 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is |
9315 defaulted if you omit it. | |
25876 | 9316 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means |
9317 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
9318 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
25998 | 9319 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil) |
25876 | 9320 |
9321 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\ | |
9322 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER. | |
9323 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'. | |
9324 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil) | |
9325 | |
28724 | 9326 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\ |
9327 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications. | |
9328 | |
29505 | 9329 SPECS is a list of image specifications. |
28724 | 9330 |
9331 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of | |
9332 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at | |
9333 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or | |
9334 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type, | |
9335 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a | |
29505 | 9336 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE |
9337 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image | |
9338 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is | |
9339 satisfied. | |
9340 | |
9341 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
28724 | 9342 |
25876 | 9343 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\ |
9344 Define SYMBOL as an image. | |
9345 | |
9346 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional | |
9347 documentation string. | |
9348 | |
9349 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of | |
9350 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at | |
27321 | 9351 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or |
9352 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type, | |
9353 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a | |
9354 string containing the actual image data. The first image | |
9355 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to | |
9356 define SYMBOL. | |
25876 | 9357 |
9358 Example: | |
9359 | |
9360 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\") | |
9361 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro)) | |
9362 | |
9363 ;;;*** | |
9364 | |
33002 | 9365 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp |
9366 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" | |
39050 | 9367 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15205 22594)) |
32115 | 9368 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el |
9369 | |
36538 | 9370 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm")) "\ |
33002 | 9371 *A list of image-file filename extensions. |
9372 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files, | |
9373 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'. | |
9374 | |
9375 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled, | |
9376 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless | |
9377 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the | |
9378 variable is set using \\[customize].") | |
9379 | |
9380 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\ | |
9381 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames. | |
9382 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files, | |
9383 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'. | |
9384 | |
9385 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is | |
9386 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless | |
9387 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the | |
9388 variable is set using \\[customize].") | |
9389 | |
32115 | 9390 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\ |
33002 | 9391 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil) |
9392 | |
9393 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\ | |
9394 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer. | |
9395 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for | |
9396 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil) | |
32115 | 9397 |
9398 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\ | |
36101 | 9399 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled. |
33357 | 9400 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
32115 | 9401 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
9402 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.") | |
9403 | |
9404 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
9405 | |
9406 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file)) | |
9407 | |
9408 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\ | |
9409 Toggle visiting of image files as images. | |
9410 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | |
9411 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. | |
9412 | |
9413 Image files are those whose name has an extension in | |
9414 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in | |
9415 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil) | |
9416 | |
9417 ;;;*** | |
9418 | |
25876 | 9419 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar |
39611 | 9420 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15192 12212)) |
25876 | 9421 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el |
9422 | |
9423 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\ | |
9424 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu. | |
9425 | |
9426 Affects only the mouse index menu. | |
9427 | |
9428 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster). | |
9429 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found | |
9430 in the buffer. | |
9431 | |
9432 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting. | |
9433 | |
9434 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first | |
9435 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells; | |
9436 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.") | |
9437 | |
9438 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\ | |
9439 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index. | |
9440 | |
9441 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' | |
9442 to create a buffer index. | |
9443 | |
9444 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this: | |
9445 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX) | |
9446 or like this: | |
9447 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) | |
9448 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in | |
9449 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element | |
30565 | 9450 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) |
9451 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'. | |
25876 | 9452 |
9453 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the | |
9454 entries are not nested. | |
9455 | |
9456 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is | |
9457 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions, | |
9458 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the | |
9459 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information. | |
9460 | |
9461 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the | |
9462 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu. | |
9463 | |
9464 The variable is buffer-local. | |
9465 | |
9466 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the | |
36101 | 9467 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be |
25876 | 9468 used to alter the syntax table for the search. |
9469 | |
9470 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by | |
36101 | 9471 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the |
9472 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax | |
9473 during matching.") | |
25876 | 9474 |
9475 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression)) | |
9476 | |
9477 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\ | |
9478 The function to use for creating a buffer index. | |
9479 | |
9480 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index | |
9481 of the current buffer as an alist. | |
9482 | |
9483 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION). | |
9484 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...). | |
9485 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST). | |
9486 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t | |
9487 if it is a sub-alist. | |
9488 | |
9489 This function is called within a `save-excursion'. | |
9490 | |
9491 The variable is buffer-local.") | |
9492 | |
9493 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function)) | |
9494 | |
9495 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\ | |
9496 Function for finding the next index position. | |
9497 | |
9498 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to | |
9499 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable | |
9500 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the | |
9501 file. | |
9502 | |
9503 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the | |
9504 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index. | |
9505 | |
9506 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
9507 | |
9508 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function)) | |
9509 | |
9510 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\ | |
9511 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position. | |
9512 | |
9513 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function' | |
9514 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position. | |
9515 It should return the name for that index item. | |
9516 | |
9517 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
9518 | |
9519 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function)) | |
9520 | |
25998 | 9521 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\ |
9522 Function to compare string with index item. | |
9523 | |
9524 This function will be called with two strings, and should return | |
9525 non-nil if they match. | |
9526 | |
9527 If nil, comparison is done with `string='. | |
9528 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons, | |
9529 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of | |
9530 arguments match\". | |
9531 | |
9532 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
9533 | |
9534 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function)) | |
9535 | |
25876 | 9536 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\ |
9537 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item. | |
9538 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.") | |
9539 | |
9540 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function)) | |
9541 | |
35744 | 9542 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist)) |
9543 | |
25876 | 9544 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search)) |
9545 | |
9546 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\ | |
9547 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
9548 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item. | |
9549 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil) | |
9550 | |
9551 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\ | |
9552 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
9553 | |
9554 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil) | |
9555 | |
9556 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\ | |
9557 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu. | |
9558 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' | |
9559 for more information." t nil) | |
9560 | |
9561 ;;;*** | |
9562 | |
25998 | 9563 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" |
33357 | 9564 ;;;;;; (14821 31354)) |
25998 | 9565 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el |
25876 | 9566 |
9567 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\ | |
9568 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history. | |
9569 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp | |
33002 | 9570 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword |
25876 | 9571 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)") |
9572 | |
9573 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\ | |
9574 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
9575 | |
9576 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\ | |
9577 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file. | |
9578 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name | |
9579 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp | |
9580 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps. | |
9581 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\" | |
9582 produces cosmetically superior output for this application, | |
9583 but it works only in Common Lisp.") | |
9584 | |
9585 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\ | |
9586 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode. | |
9587 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl, | |
33002 | 9588 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the |
25876 | 9589 Inferior Lisp buffer. |
9590 | |
31388 | 9591 This variable is only used if the variable |
9592 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil. | |
9593 | |
25876 | 9594 More precise choices: |
9595 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\" | |
9596 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\" | |
9597 kcl: \"^>+ *\" | |
9598 | |
9599 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.") | |
9600 | |
9601 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\ | |
9602 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
9603 | |
9604 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\ | |
9605 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'. | |
9606 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch | |
9607 to that buffer. | |
9608 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
9609 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from | |
9610 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). | |
9611 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
9612 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*") | |
9613 | |
9614 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp)) | |
9615 | |
9616 ;;;*** | |
9617 | |
9618 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node | |
28710 | 9619 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone |
40341 | 9620 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (15318 28377)) |
25876 | 9621 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el |
9622 | |
9623 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\ | |
9624 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil) | |
9625 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*") | |
9626 | |
9627 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\ | |
9628 Enter Info, the documentation browser. | |
9629 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine; | |
9630 the default is the top-level directory of Info. | |
25998 | 9631 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form |
9632 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'. | |
25876 | 9633 |
9634 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command | |
9635 to read a file name from the minibuffer. | |
9636 | |
9637 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'. | |
29505 | 9638 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir' |
25876 | 9639 in all the directories in that path." t nil) |
9640 | |
9641 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\ | |
9642 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader. | |
9643 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename] | |
9644 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil) | |
9645 | |
28710 | 9646 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\ |
9647 Go to the Info directory node." t nil) | |
9648 | |
25876 | 9649 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\ |
9650 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND. | |
35196 | 9651 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices |
25876 | 9652 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or |
9653 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil) | |
9654 | |
9655 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\ | |
35196 | 9656 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY. |
9657 KEY is a string. | |
30565 | 9658 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read. |
35196 | 9659 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices |
25876 | 9660 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or |
9661 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil) | |
9662 | |
9663 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\ | |
9664 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser. | |
9665 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil) | |
9666 | |
9667 ;;;*** | |
9668 | |
9669 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file | |
9670 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el" | |
39611 | 9671 ;;;;;; (15192 12212)) |
25876 | 9672 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el |
9673 | |
9674 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\ | |
9675 Throw away all cached data. | |
9676 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without | |
9677 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the | |
9678 system." t nil) | |
9679 | |
9680 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
9681 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual. | |
9682 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer. | |
9683 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value | |
9684 into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
25998 | 9685 The default symbol is the one found at point. |
9686 | |
9687 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil) | |
25876 | 9688 |
9689 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\ | |
9690 Display the documentation of a file. | |
9691 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer. | |
9692 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name | |
9693 into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
25998 | 9694 The default file name is the one found at point. |
9695 | |
9696 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil) | |
25876 | 9697 |
9698 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
9699 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil) | |
9700 | |
9701 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\ | |
9702 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil) | |
9703 | |
9704 ;;;*** | |
9705 | |
9706 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) | |
39611 | 9707 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15192 12212)) |
25876 | 9708 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el |
9709 | |
9710 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\ | |
9711 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil) | |
9712 | |
9713 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\ | |
9714 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles. | |
9715 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node. | |
9716 | |
9717 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag | |
9718 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which | |
9719 should be saved in place of the original visited file. | |
9720 | |
9721 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is | |
9722 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original | |
9723 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it | |
9724 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil) | |
9725 | |
9726 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
9727 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file. | |
9728 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil) | |
9729 | |
9730 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
9731 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
9732 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion. | |
9733 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
9734 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil) | |
9735 | |
9736 ;;;*** | |
9737 | |
9738 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method | |
9739 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" | |
40341 | 9740 ;;;;;; (15252 33904)) |
25876 | 9741 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el |
9742 | |
9743 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
9744 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil) | |
9745 | |
9746 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
9747 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil) | |
9748 | |
9749 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil) | |
9750 | |
9751 ;;;*** | |
9752 | |
9753 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el" | |
36101 | 9754 ;;;;;; (14388 11031)) |
25876 | 9755 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el |
9756 | |
9757 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\ | |
9758 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter. | |
9759 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1. | |
9760 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys | |
9761 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following | |
9762 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter. | |
9763 | |
9764 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language | |
9765 with the command `iso-accents-customize'. | |
9766 | |
9767 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla, | |
9768 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash). | |
9769 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn. | |
9770 \"s gives German sharp s. | |
9771 /a gives a with ring. | |
9772 /e gives an a-e ligature. | |
9773 ~< and ~> give guillemots. | |
9774 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark. | |
9775 ~? gives an inverted question mark. | |
9776 | |
9777 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode, | |
9778 and a negative argument disables it." t nil) | |
9779 | |
9780 ;;;*** | |
9781 | |
9782 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only | |
28523 | 9783 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso |
9784 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" | |
39611 | 9785 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15192 12231)) |
25876 | 9786 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el |
9787 | |
9788 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9789 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1. | |
9790 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 9791 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 9792 |
9793 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9794 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1. | |
9795 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 9796 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 9797 |
9798 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9799 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences. | |
9800 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 9801 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 9802 |
9803 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9804 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
9805 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 9806 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 9807 |
9808 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9809 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
9810 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 9811 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 9812 |
9813 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9814 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
9815 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 9816 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 9817 |
9818 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9819 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
9820 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 9821 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 9822 |
28523 | 9823 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\ |
9824 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities. | |
9825 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\". | |
35196 | 9826 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
28523 | 9827 |
9828 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9829 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
9830 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\". | |
35196 | 9831 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
28523 | 9832 |
25876 | 9833 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\ |
9834 Warn that format is read-only." t nil) | |
9835 | |
9836 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9837 Warn that format is write-only." t nil) | |
9838 | |
9839 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9840 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil) | |
9841 | |
9842 ;;;*** | |
9843 | |
9844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el" | |
40341 | 9845 ;;;;;; (15301 19233)) |
25876 | 9846 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el |
9847 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap))) | |
9848 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map) | |
9849 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap) | |
9850 | |
9851 ;;;*** | |
9852 | |
30565 | 9853 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag |
25876 | 9854 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings |
9855 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell | |
37617 | 9856 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist |
9857 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary) | |
39437 | 9858 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15260 30414)) |
25998 | 9859 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el |
25876 | 9860 |
28710 | 9861 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\ |
27321 | 9862 Non nil if using XEmacs.") |
9863 | |
28710 | 9864 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\ |
27321 | 9865 Non nil if using emacs version 18.") |
9866 | |
28710 | 9867 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\ |
27321 | 9868 Non nil if using emacs version 20.") |
9869 | |
25876 | 9870 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\ |
9871 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil. | |
9872 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used, | |
9873 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.") | |
9874 | |
9875 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\ | |
9876 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions. | |
9877 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.") | |
9878 | |
31388 | 9879 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))) |
25876 | 9880 |
9881 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))) | |
9882 | |
31388 | 9883 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1)))) |
9884 | |
39437 | 9885 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1)))) |
9886 | |
9887 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1)))) | |
9888 | |
9889 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2)))) | |
25876 | 9890 |
9891 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\ | |
9892 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters. | |
9893 | |
9894 Each element of this list is also a list: | |
9895 | |
9896 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P | |
9897 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET) | |
9898 | |
9899 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary', | |
9900 nil means the default dictionary. | |
9901 | |
9902 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a | |
9903 word. | |
9904 | |
9905 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS. | |
9906 | |
9907 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be | |
9908 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow | |
9909 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word, | |
9910 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the | |
9911 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and | |
9912 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but | |
9913 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word. | |
9914 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string. | |
9915 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here. | |
9916 | |
9917 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word. | |
9918 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any | |
9919 single word. | |
9920 | |
9921 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell | |
9922 subprocess. | |
9923 | |
9924 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which | |
9925 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts | |
9926 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff | |
9927 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option. | |
9928 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode, | |
9929 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode. | |
9930 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See | |
9931 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this. | |
9932 | |
9933 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters. | |
9934 | |
9935 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should | |
9936 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the | |
9937 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).") | |
9938 | |
9939 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\ | |
9940 Key map for ispell menu.") | |
9941 | |
9942 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\ | |
9943 Spelling menu for XEmacs. | |
9944 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set, | |
9945 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.") | |
9946 | |
28710 | 9947 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload))) |
9948 | |
33357 | 9949 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name))))))))) |
9950 | |
9951 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))) | |
9952 | |
9953 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))) | |
9954 | |
9955 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map))))) | |
31388 | 9956 |
9957 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\ | |
25876 | 9958 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check. |
9959 The alist key must be a regular expression. | |
9960 Valid forms include: | |
9961 (KEY) - just skip the key. | |
9962 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol. | |
9963 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string. | |
9964 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.") | |
9965 | |
31388 | 9966 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\ |
25876 | 9967 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode. |
9968 First list is used raw. | |
9969 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}. | |
9970 | |
9971 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected | |
9972 for skipping in latex mode.") | |
9973 | |
9974 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word)) | |
9975 | |
9976 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\ | |
9977 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor. | |
9978 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections | |
9979 in a window allowing you to choose one. | |
9980 | |
9981 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word' | |
9982 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word | |
9983 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word. | |
9984 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil | |
9985 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed. | |
9986 | |
9987 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil), | |
9988 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region. | |
9989 | |
9990 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see). | |
9991 | |
9992 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary] | |
27321 | 9993 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process. |
9994 | |
9995 return values: | |
9996 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted. | |
9997 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions. | |
9998 \"word\" word corrected from word list. | |
9999 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered. | |
10000 quit spell session exited." t nil) | |
25876 | 10001 |
37617 | 10002 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\ |
10003 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified. | |
10004 If so, ask if it needs to be saved." t nil) | |
10005 | |
25876 | 10006 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\ |
10007 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered. | |
10008 | |
10009 Selections are: | |
10010 | |
10011 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer. | |
10012 SPC: Accept word this time. | |
10013 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary. | |
10014 `a': Accept word for this session. | |
10015 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'. | |
10016 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked. | |
10017 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked. | |
10018 `?': Show these commands. | |
10019 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point. | |
10020 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits | |
10021 the aborted check to be completed later. | |
10022 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process). | |
10023 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay. | |
10024 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first. | |
10025 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word. | |
10026 `C-l': redraws screen | |
10027 `C-r': recursive edit | |
10028 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil) | |
10029 | |
10030 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\ | |
10031 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one). | |
10032 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil) | |
10033 | |
10034 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\ | |
10035 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process. | |
10036 A new one will be started as soon as necessary. | |
10037 | |
10038 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is. | |
10039 | |
37617 | 10040 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary." t nil) |
25876 | 10041 |
10042 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\ | |
10043 Interactively check a region for spelling errors. | |
27321 | 10044 Return nil if spell session is quit, |
10045 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil) | |
25876 | 10046 |
10047 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\ | |
10048 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil) | |
10049 | |
10050 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\ | |
10051 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil) | |
10052 | |
10053 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\ | |
10054 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil) | |
10055 | |
10056 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\ | |
10057 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words') | |
10058 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character | |
10059 sequence inside of a word. | |
10060 | |
10061 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil) | |
10062 | |
10063 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\ | |
10064 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil) | |
10065 | |
30565 | 10066 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\ |
10067 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors. | |
31388 | 10068 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check |
35196 | 10069 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer. |
10070 | |
10071 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are | |
10072 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell | |
10073 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries | |
10074 available on the net." t nil) | |
30565 | 10075 |
25876 | 10076 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\ |
10077 Toggle Ispell minor mode. | |
10078 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive. | |
31388 | 10079 |
25876 | 10080 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET |
10081 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled. | |
10082 | |
10083 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read | |
10084 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil) | |
10085 | |
10086 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\ | |
10087 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post. | |
10088 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field. | |
10089 Don't check included messages. | |
10090 | |
10091 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway, | |
10092 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.) | |
10093 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer. | |
10094 | |
10095 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines | |
10096 in your .emacs file: | |
10097 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5 | |
10098 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4 | |
10099 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message) | |
10100 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message) | |
10101 | |
10102 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to | |
10103 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression: | |
10104 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil) | |
10105 | |
10106 ;;;*** | |
10107 | |
32115 | 10108 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer |
25876 | 10109 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings |
32115 | 10110 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" |
39050 | 10111 ;;;;;; (15244 46382)) |
25876 | 10112 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el |
10113 | |
32115 | 10114 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\ |
10115 Toggle Iswitchb mode. | |
10116 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
10117 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.") | |
10118 | |
33002 | 10119 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable)) |
10120 | |
10121 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb)) | |
10122 | |
25876 | 10123 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ |
10124 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'. | |
32115 | 10125 Return the name of a buffer selected. |
25876 | 10126 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default |
10127 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list. | |
10128 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil) | |
10129 | |
10130 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\ | |
10131 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'. | |
10132 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also | |
32115 | 10133 adds a hook to the minibuffer. |
10134 | |
10135 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil) | |
25876 | 10136 |
10137 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
10138 Switch to another buffer. | |
10139 | |
10140 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The | |
10141 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the | |
10142 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible | |
10143 in another frame. | |
10144 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
10145 | |
10146 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\ | |
10147 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window. | |
10148 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
10149 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
10150 | |
10151 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
10152 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it. | |
10153 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
10154 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
10155 | |
10156 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\ | |
10157 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame. | |
10158 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
10159 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
10160 | |
32115 | 10161 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\ |
10162 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode. | |
10163 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive. | |
10164 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See | |
10165 `iswitchb' for details." t nil) | |
10166 | |
25876 | 10167 ;;;*** |
10168 | |
10169 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region | |
10170 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku | |
28919 | 10171 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal) |
39611 | 10172 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15192 12234)) |
25876 | 10173 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el |
10174 | |
10175 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil) | |
10176 | |
10177 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\ | |
10178 Convert argument to Katakana and return that. | |
10179 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
10180 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
10181 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana | |
10182 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value | |
10183 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are | |
10184 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil) | |
10185 | |
10186 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\ | |
10187 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that. | |
10188 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
10189 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil) | |
10190 | |
10191 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
10192 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that. | |
10193 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
10194 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
10195 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil) | |
10196 | |
10197 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
10198 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that. | |
10199 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
10200 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil) | |
10201 | |
10202 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
10203 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars. | |
10204 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character | |
10205 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil) | |
10206 | |
10207 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
10208 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil) | |
10209 | |
10210 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
10211 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars. | |
10212 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
10213 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
10214 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil) | |
10215 | |
10216 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
10217 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars. | |
10218 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
10219 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
10220 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil) | |
10221 | |
10222 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\ | |
10223 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. | |
10224 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil) | |
10225 | |
10226 ;;;*** | |
10227 | |
39611 | 10228 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15192 |
10229 ;;;;;; 12212)) | |
25876 | 10230 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el |
10231 | |
33002 | 10232 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\ |
10233 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer. | |
10234 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region | |
10235 that needs to be (re)fontified. | |
10236 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil) | |
10237 | |
10238 ;;;*** | |
10239 | |
10240 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode) | |
40341 | 10241 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15306 37163)) |
25876 | 10242 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el |
25998 | 10243 |
10244 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\ | |
38452 | 10245 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled. |
33357 | 10246 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
25998 | 10247 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
10248 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.") | |
10249 | |
10250 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
10251 | |
10252 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr)) | |
32115 | 10253 |
10254 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\ | |
25876 | 10255 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression. |
10256 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off. | |
32115 | 10257 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil) |
25876 | 10258 |
33002 | 10259 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\ |
10260 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro)) | |
10261 | |
25876 | 10262 ;;;*** |
10263 | |
10264 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" | |
39611 | 10265 ;;;;;; (15192 12231)) |
25876 | 10266 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el |
10267 | |
10268 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\ | |
10269 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing. | |
10270 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before. | |
10271 | |
10272 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed | |
10273 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed | |
10274 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<' | |
10275 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or | |
10276 shorter. | |
10277 | |
10278 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay | |
10279 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in | |
10280 the context of text formatting." nil nil) | |
10281 | |
10282 ;;;*** | |
10283 | |
39611 | 10284 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15192 |
10285 ;;;;;; 12231)) | |
25876 | 10286 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el |
10287 | |
30565 | 10288 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\ |
10289 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method. | |
10290 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from | |
10291 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this | |
10292 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer | |
10293 positions that contains the current selection.") | |
10294 | |
25876 | 10295 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\ |
10296 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string. | |
10297 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively. | |
10298 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
10299 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region. | |
10300 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion, | |
10301 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil) | |
10302 | |
10303 ;;;*** | |
10304 | |
28919 | 10305 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" |
39611 | 10306 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15192 12234)) |
25876 | 10307 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el |
10308 | |
25998 | 10309 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\ |
25876 | 10310 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method. |
10311 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.") | |
10312 | |
10313 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil) | |
10314 | |
10315 ;;;*** | |
10316 | |
10317 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el" | |
40341 | 10318 ;;;;;; (15306 37170)) |
25876 | 10319 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el |
10320 | |
10321 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run)) | |
10322 | |
10323 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\ | |
10324 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil) | |
10325 | |
10326 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm)) | |
10327 | |
10328 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\ | |
10329 Start or resume an Lm game. | |
10330 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it. | |
10331 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options: | |
10332 | |
10333 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game | |
10334 --------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10335 none / 1 | yes | no | |
10336 2 | yes | yes | |
10337 3 | no | yes | |
10338 4 | no | no | |
10339 | |
10340 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot], | |
10341 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start. | |
10342 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil) | |
10343 | |
10344 ;;;*** | |
10345 | |
28919 | 10346 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string |
10347 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string) | |
39611 | 10348 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15192 12234)) |
25876 | 10349 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el |
10350 | |
26899 | 10351 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil) |
10352 | |
10353 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\ | |
10354 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string. | |
10355 Only the first syllable is transcribed. | |
10356 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where | |
10357 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable, | |
10358 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it. | |
10359 | |
10360 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao | |
10361 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil) | |
10362 | |
10363 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\ | |
10364 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil) | |
10365 | |
10366 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\ | |
10367 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO. | |
10368 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. | |
10369 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text | |
10370 to compose. | |
10371 | |
10372 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil) | |
10373 | |
28919 | 10374 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil) |
10375 | |
25876 | 10376 ;;;*** |
10377 | |
32115 | 10378 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" |
39611 | 10379 ;;;;;; (15054 32560)) |
32115 | 10380 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el |
10381 | |
10382 (defvar latin1-display nil "\ | |
10383 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets. | |
10384 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets', | |
10385 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using | |
10386 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise | |
10387 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input | |
10388 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if | |
10389 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil. | |
10390 | |
10391 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
10392 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.") | |
10393 | |
10394 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable)) | |
10395 | |
10396 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp)) | |
10397 | |
10398 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\ | |
10399 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS. | |
10400 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list | |
10401 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the | |
10402 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also `latin1-display-setup'." nil nil) | |
10403 | |
10404 ;;;*** | |
10405 | |
25876 | 10406 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" |
39611 | 10407 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15229 7095)) |
25876 | 10408 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el |
10409 | |
10410 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
10411 Toggle Lazy Lock mode. | |
10412 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it | |
10413 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
10414 | |
10415 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | |
10416 | |
10417 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways: | |
10418 | |
10419 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil. | |
10420 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than | |
10421 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs | |
10422 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise | |
10423 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow | |
10424 for large buffers. | |
10425 | |
10426 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil. | |
10427 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll. | |
10428 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds | |
10429 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if | |
10430 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling. | |
10431 | |
10432 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil. | |
10433 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead, | |
10434 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs | |
10435 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too | |
10436 slow to keep up with your typing. | |
10437 | |
10438 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil. | |
10439 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic | |
10440 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs | |
10441 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and | |
10442 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic | |
10443 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines. | |
10444 | |
10445 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil. | |
10446 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has | |
10447 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle. | |
10448 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification. | |
10449 | |
10450 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified | |
10451 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode | |
10452 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any | |
10453 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | |
10454 | |
10455 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded. | |
10456 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth | |
10457 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via | |
10458 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and | |
10459 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil) | |
10460 | |
10461 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
10462 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil) | |
10463 | |
10464 ;;;*** | |
10465 | |
10466 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el" | |
39611 | 10467 ;;;;;; (15192 12213)) |
25876 | 10468 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el |
10469 | |
10470 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\ | |
10471 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.") | |
10472 | |
10473 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\ | |
10474 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.") | |
10475 | |
10476 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\ | |
10477 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.") | |
10478 | |
10479 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\ | |
10480 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job. | |
10481 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands: | |
10482 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point | |
10483 for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
10484 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
10485 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text. | |
10486 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job | |
10487 and transmit saved text. | |
10488 \\{ledit-mode-map} | |
10489 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode, | |
10490 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil) | |
10491 | |
10492 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil) | |
10493 | |
10494 ;;;*** | |
10495 | |
39611 | 10496 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15054 32569)) |
25876 | 10497 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el |
10498 | |
10499 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\ | |
10500 Run Conway's Life simulation. | |
10501 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first | |
10502 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between | |
10503 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil) | |
10504 | |
10505 ;;;*** | |
10506 | |
35668 | 10507 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14847 |
40341 | 10508 ;;;;;; 14862)) |
25876 | 10509 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el |
10510 | |
10511 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\ | |
10512 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads. | |
29505 | 10513 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE |
25876 | 10514 is nil, raise an error." t nil) |
10515 | |
10516 ;;;*** | |
10517 | |
10518 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el" | |
40341 | 10519 ;;;;;; (15260 28028)) |
25876 | 10520 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el |
10521 | |
10522 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\ | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10523 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10524 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil) |
25876 | 10525 |
10526 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\ | |
26724 | 10527 Run the locate command with a filter. |
10528 | |
10529 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are | |
10530 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil) | |
25876 | 10531 |
10532 ;;;*** | |
10533 | |
39611 | 10534 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15122 26743)) |
28162 | 10535 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el |
10536 | |
10537 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\ | |
10538 Setup a buffer to enter a log message. | |
33357 | 10539 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'. |
28162 | 10540 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run. |
10541 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the | |
10542 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region]. | |
10543 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call | |
35196 | 10544 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit. |
10545 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files | |
10546 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names). | |
10547 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the | |
10548 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it | |
10549 uses the current buffer." nil nil) | |
10550 | |
10551 ;;;*** | |
10552 | |
39611 | 10553 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14910 |
10554 ;;;;;; 483)) | |
28162 | 10555 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el |
10556 | |
10557 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\ | |
28288 | 10558 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil) |
28162 | 10559 |
10560 ;;;*** | |
10561 | |
25876 | 10562 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer |
39611 | 10563 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15192 |
10564 ;;;;;; 12214)) | |
25876 | 10565 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el |
10566 | |
35744 | 10567 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))) |
10568 | |
10569 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)))) | |
10570 | |
10571 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\ | |
25876 | 10572 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing. |
10573 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.) | |
10574 | |
10575 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by | |
10576 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil. | |
10577 | |
10578 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of | |
10579 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\". | |
10580 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel | |
10581 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or | |
10582 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set | |
10583 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that | |
10584 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".") | |
10585 | |
10586 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\ | |
10587 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program. | |
10588 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit | |
10589 switch on this list. | |
10590 See `lpr-command'.") | |
10591 | |
35744 | 10592 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\ |
25876 | 10593 *Name of program for printing a file. |
10594 | |
10595 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then | |
10596 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'. | |
10597 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on | |
10598 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using | |
10599 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is | |
10600 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last | |
10601 argument.") | |
10602 | |
10603 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 10604 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers. |
10605 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
10606 for customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 10607 |
10608 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
26724 | 10609 Paginate and print buffer contents. |
27016 | 10610 |
10611 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. | |
10612 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program | |
10613 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. | |
10614 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. | |
10615 | |
10616 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used | |
10617 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. | |
10618 | |
10619 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
10620 for further customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 10621 |
10622 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 10623 Print region contents without pagination or page headers. |
10624 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
10625 for customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 10626 |
10627 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 10628 Paginate and print the region contents. |
10629 | |
10630 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. | |
10631 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program | |
10632 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. | |
10633 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. | |
10634 | |
10635 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used | |
10636 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. | |
10637 | |
10638 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
10639 for further customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 10640 |
10641 ;;;*** | |
10642 | |
39611 | 10643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (15192 12214)) |
25876 | 10644 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el |
10645 | |
35196 | 10646 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired)) |
25876 | 10647 |
10648 ;;;*** | |
10649 | |
39611 | 10650 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15192 |
10651 ;;;;;; 12221)) | |
25876 | 10652 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el |
10653 | |
10654 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\ | |
10655 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month. | |
10656 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. | |
10657 | |
10658 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
10659 | |
10660 ;;;*** | |
10661 | |
39611 | 10662 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15192 |
10663 ;;;;;; 12244)) | |
25876 | 10664 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el |
10665 | |
10666 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\ | |
10667 A major mode to edit m4 macro files. | |
10668 \\{m4-mode-map} | |
10669 " t nil) | |
10670 | |
10671 ;;;*** | |
10672 | |
10673 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro | |
39611 | 10674 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15192 12214)) |
25876 | 10675 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el |
10676 | |
10677 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
10678 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined. | |
10679 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define. | |
10680 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string. | |
10681 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil) | |
10682 | |
10683 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
10684 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code. | |
10685 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on | |
10686 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively). | |
10687 | |
10688 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same | |
10689 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code | |
10690 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings | |
10691 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global | |
10692 bindings. | |
10693 | |
10694 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs', | |
10695 use this command, and then save the file." t nil) | |
10696 | |
10697 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\ | |
10698 Query user during kbd macro execution. | |
10699 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard | |
10700 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands | |
10701 each time the macro executes. | |
10702 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro. | |
10703 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map> | |
10704 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next. | |
10705 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next. | |
10706 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now. | |
10707 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again. | |
10708 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil) | |
10709 | |
10710 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\ | |
10711 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning | |
10712 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro. | |
10713 | |
10714 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and | |
10715 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM. | |
10716 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to | |
10717 execute. | |
10718 | |
10719 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and | |
10720 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular. | |
10721 | |
10722 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another | |
10723 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a | |
10724 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point | |
10725 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use | |
10726 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section. | |
10727 | |
10728 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry | |
10729 looked like this: | |
10730 | |
10731 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function }, | |
10732 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function }, | |
10733 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function }, | |
10734 | |
10735 You could enter the names in this format: | |
10736 | |
10737 foo | |
10738 bar | |
10739 baz | |
10740 | |
10741 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry: | |
10742 | |
10743 \\C-x ( | |
10744 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function }, | |
10745 \\C-x ) | |
10746 | |
10747 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use | |
10748 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names. | |
10749 " t nil) | |
10750 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query) | |
10751 | |
10752 ;;;*** | |
10753 | |
10754 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" | |
39611 | 10755 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15192 12235)) |
25876 | 10756 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el |
10757 | |
10758 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\ | |
10759 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address. | |
10760 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). | |
10761 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. | |
10762 | |
10763 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero | |
10764 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of | |
10765 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for | |
10766 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than | |
10767 one recipients, all but the first is ignored. | |
10768 | |
37203 | 10769 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible |
25876 | 10770 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address. |
10771 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid | |
10772 consing a string.)" nil nil) | |
10773 | |
10774 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\ | |
10775 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil) | |
10776 | |
10777 ;;;*** | |
10778 | |
10779 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history | |
10780 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" | |
39611 | 10781 ;;;;;; (15192 12235)) |
25876 | 10782 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el |
10783 | |
10784 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\ | |
10785 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil) | |
10786 | |
10787 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil) | |
10788 | |
10789 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\ | |
10790 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.") | |
10791 | |
10792 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\ | |
10793 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history. | |
10794 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the | |
10795 message. | |
10796 | |
10797 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil) | |
10798 | |
10799 ;;;*** | |
10800 | |
25998 | 10801 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region |
10802 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p | |
40341 | 10803 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15206 |
10804 ;;;;;; 24546)) | |
25876 | 10805 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el |
10806 | |
10807 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\ | |
10808 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses. | |
10809 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and | |
10810 often correct parser.") | |
10811 | |
10812 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil) | |
10813 | |
25998 | 10814 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ |
10815 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding. | |
10816 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
10817 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil) | |
10818 | |
10819 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ | |
10820 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding. | |
10821 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
10822 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil) | |
10823 | |
10824 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\ | |
10825 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END. | |
10826 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
10827 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil) | |
10828 | |
25876 | 10829 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\ |
10830 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME. | |
10831 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message. | |
10832 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME. | |
10833 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between. | |
10834 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil) | |
10835 | |
10836 ;;;*** | |
10837 | |
10838 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup) | |
40341 | 10839 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15297 22179)) |
25876 | 10840 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el |
10841 | |
10842 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
10843 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil) | |
10844 | |
10845 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
10846 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'. | |
10847 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil) | |
10848 | |
10849 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
10850 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION. | |
10851 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil) | |
10852 | |
10853 ;;;*** | |
10854 | |
10855 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases | |
40341 | 10856 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (15306 |
10857 ;;;;;; 37169)) | |
25876 | 10858 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el |
10859 | |
10860 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\ | |
10861 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes. | |
10862 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
10863 king@grassland.com | |
10864 If `parens', they look like: | |
10865 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
10866 If `angles', they look like: | |
10867 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>") | |
10868 | |
10869 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\ | |
10870 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END. | |
10871 If interactive, expand in header fields. | |
10872 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and | |
10873 their `Resent-' variants. | |
10874 | |
10875 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be | |
10876 removed from alias expansions." t nil) | |
10877 | |
10878 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\ | |
10879 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION. | |
10880 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION. | |
10881 | |
10882 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas. | |
10883 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION | |
10884 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces | |
10885 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil) | |
10886 | |
10887 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\ | |
10888 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point. | |
10889 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches | |
10890 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil) | |
10891 | |
10892 ;;;*** | |
10893 | |
10894 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" | |
40341 | 10895 ;;;;;; (15206 24546)) |
25876 | 10896 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el |
10897 | |
10898 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\ | |
10899 Major mode for editing Makefiles. | |
10900 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'. | |
10901 | |
10902 \\{makefile-mode-map} | |
10903 | |
10904 In the browser, use the following keys: | |
10905 | |
10906 \\{makefile-browser-map} | |
10907 | |
10908 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables: | |
10909 | |
10910 makefile-browser-buffer-name: | |
10911 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer. | |
10912 | |
10913 makefile-target-colon: | |
10914 The string that gets appended to all target names | |
10915 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'. | |
10916 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values. | |
10917 | |
10918 makefile-macro-assign: | |
10919 The string that gets appended to all macro names | |
10920 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'. | |
10921 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what | |
26724 | 10922 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake |
25876 | 10923 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you |
10924 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" . | |
10925 | |
10926 makefile-tab-after-target-colon: | |
10927 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the | |
10928 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value. | |
10929 | |
10930 makefile-browser-leftmost-column: | |
10931 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark. | |
10932 | |
10933 makefile-browser-cursor-column: | |
10934 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves | |
10935 up or down in the browser. | |
10936 | |
10937 makefile-browser-selected-mark: | |
10938 String used to mark selected entries in the browser. | |
10939 | |
10940 makefile-browser-unselected-mark: | |
10941 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser. | |
10942 | |
10943 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p: | |
10944 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor | |
10945 will automagically advance to the next line after an item | |
10946 has been selected in the browser. | |
10947 | |
10948 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p: | |
10949 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then | |
10950 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets | |
10951 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise | |
10952 filenames are omitted. | |
10953 | |
10954 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p: | |
26724 | 10955 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode |
25876 | 10956 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash |
10957 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace. | |
10958 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving | |
10959 the backslash itself intact. | |
26724 | 10960 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode |
25876 | 10961 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\". |
10962 | |
10963 makefile-browser-hook: | |
10964 A function or list of functions to be called just before the | |
10965 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer. | |
10966 | |
10967 makefile-special-targets-list: | |
10968 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete | |
10969 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'. | |
10970 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil) | |
10971 | |
10972 ;;;*** | |
10973 | |
10974 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229 | |
25998 | 10975 ;;;;;; 28917)) |
25876 | 10976 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el |
10977 | |
10978 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\ | |
10979 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*. | |
10980 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil) | |
10981 | |
10982 ;;;*** | |
10983 | |
39050 | 10984 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15243 17691)) |
25876 | 10985 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el |
10986 | |
10987 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man)) | |
10988 | |
10989 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\ | |
10990 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer. | |
10991 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x | |
10992 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the | |
10993 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable | |
10994 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready. | |
30565 | 10995 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately. |
10996 | |
10997 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or | |
39050 | 10998 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from |
10999 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the | |
11000 `Man-switches' variable, which see." t nil) | |
25876 | 11001 |
11002 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\ | |
11003 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil) | |
11004 | |
11005 ;;;*** | |
11006 | |
40341 | 11007 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15301 62062)) |
11008 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el | |
11009 | |
11010 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\ | |
11011 Toggle Master mode. | |
11012 With no argument, this command toggles the mode. | |
11013 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode. | |
11014 Null prefix argument turns off the mode. | |
11015 | |
11016 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the | |
11017 following commands: | |
11018 | |
11019 \\{master-mode-map} | |
11020 | |
11021 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'. | |
11022 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show | |
11023 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'." t nil) | |
11024 | |
11025 ;;;*** | |
11026 | |
25876 | 11027 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame |
11028 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window | |
11029 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover | |
11030 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply | |
11031 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file | |
11032 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function | |
11033 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function | |
11034 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator | |
39611 | 11035 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15054 32558)) |
25876 | 11036 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el |
11037 | |
11038 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\ | |
11039 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look. | |
11040 | |
35196 | 11041 If nil, they contain just the return address like: |
25876 | 11042 king@grassland.com |
11043 If `parens', they look like: | |
11044 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
11045 If `angles', they look like: | |
11046 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
11047 | |
11048 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like | |
11049 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.") | |
11050 | |
11051 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\ | |
11052 Regexp matching the signature separator.") | |
11053 | |
11054 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\ | |
11055 *Local news organization file.") | |
11056 | |
11057 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\ | |
11058 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
11059 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the | |
11060 variable `mail-header-separator'. | |
11061 | |
32115 | 11062 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default), |
35196 | 11063 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail', |
11064 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'. | |
11065 | |
11066 See also `send-mail-function'.") | |
25876 | 11067 |
11068 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\ | |
11069 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.") | |
11070 | |
11071 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\ | |
32115 | 11072 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.") |
25876 | 11073 |
11074 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\ | |
11075 *Function for citing an original message. | |
11076 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and | |
11077 `message-cite-original-without-signature'. | |
11078 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.") | |
11079 | |
11080 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\ | |
11081 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer. | |
11082 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the | |
11083 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave | |
11084 point and mark around the citation text as modified.") | |
11085 | |
11086 (defvar message-signature t "\ | |
11087 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer. | |
11088 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead. | |
11089 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead. | |
11090 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.") | |
11091 | |
11092 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\ | |
36101 | 11093 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer. |
11094 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist. | |
11095 If nil, don't insert a signature.") | |
25876 | 11096 |
32115 | 11097 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) |
25876 | 11098 |
11099 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\ | |
11100 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent. | |
35196 | 11101 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map> |
11102 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit' | |
11103 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message | |
25876 | 11104 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): |
11105 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject | |
11106 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc | |
11107 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To | |
11108 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups | |
11109 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution | |
11110 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To | |
35196 | 11111 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup) |
11112 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply) | |
11113 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text). | |
11114 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature). | |
11115 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file). | |
11116 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any). | |
11117 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked). | |
11118 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark). | |
11119 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region). | |
11120 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature). | |
11121 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body). | |
11122 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME). | |
11123 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil) | |
25876 | 11124 |
11125 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\ | |
11126 Start editing a mail message to be sent. | |
11127 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil) | |
11128 | |
11129 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\ | |
11130 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
11131 | |
11132 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\ | |
11133 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil) | |
11134 | |
11135 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\ | |
11136 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil) | |
11137 | |
11138 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\ | |
11139 Follow up to the message in the current buffer. | |
11140 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil) | |
11141 | |
11142 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\ | |
32115 | 11143 Cancel an article you posted. |
11144 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil) | |
25876 | 11145 |
11146 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\ | |
11147 Start composing a message to supersede the current message. | |
11148 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes | |
11149 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil) | |
11150 | |
11151 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\ | |
11152 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil) | |
11153 | |
11154 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\ | |
11155 Forward the current message via mail. | |
32115 | 11156 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail. |
11157 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil) | |
25876 | 11158 |
11159 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\ | |
11160 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil) | |
11161 | |
11162 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\ | |
11163 Re-mail the current message. | |
32115 | 11164 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that |
25876 | 11165 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to |
11166 you." t nil) | |
11167 | |
11168 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\ | |
11169 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil) | |
11170 | |
11171 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
11172 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil) | |
11173 | |
11174 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\ | |
11175 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
11176 | |
11177 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
11178 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
11179 | |
11180 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\ | |
11181 Bold all nonblank characters in the region. | |
11182 Works by overstriking characters. | |
11183 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
11184 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
11185 | |
11186 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\ | |
11187 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region. | |
11188 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
11189 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
11190 | |
11191 ;;;*** | |
11192 | |
11193 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" | |
39611 | 11194 ;;;;;; (15192 12244)) |
25876 | 11195 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el |
11196 | |
11197 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
11198 Major mode for editing Metafont sources. | |
11199 Special commands: | |
11200 \\{meta-mode-map} | |
11201 | |
11202 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables | |
11203 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
11204 | |
11205 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
11206 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources. | |
11207 Special commands: | |
11208 \\{meta-mode-map} | |
11209 | |
11210 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable | |
11211 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
11212 | |
11213 ;;;*** | |
11214 | |
11215 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body | |
11216 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" | |
40341 | 11217 ;;;;;; (14863 43076)) |
25876 | 11218 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el |
11219 | |
11220 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\ | |
11221 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
11222 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil) | |
11223 | |
11224 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\ | |
11225 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
11226 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
11227 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
11228 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
11229 redisplayed as output is inserted. | |
11230 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil) | |
11231 | |
11232 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\ | |
11233 Process current buffer through `metamail'. | |
11234 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
11235 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
11236 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
11237 means current). | |
11238 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
11239 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil) | |
11240 | |
11241 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\ | |
11242 Process current region through 'metamail'. | |
11243 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
11244 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
11245 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
11246 means current). | |
11247 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
11248 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil) | |
11249 | |
11250 ;;;*** | |
11251 | |
11252 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch | |
39611 | 11253 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15192 12235)) |
25876 | 11254 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el |
11255 | |
11256 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\ | |
11257 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system. | |
11258 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
11259 to the MH mail system. | |
11260 | |
11261 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil) | |
11262 | |
11263 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\ | |
11264 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system. | |
11265 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
11266 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user | |
11267 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs | |
11268 that want to create a mail buffer. | |
11269 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil) | |
11270 | |
11271 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\ | |
11272 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system. | |
11273 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
11274 to the MH mail system. | |
11275 | |
11276 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil) | |
11277 | |
11278 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\ | |
11279 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map> | |
11280 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message | |
11281 using the MH mail handling system. | |
11282 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME | |
11283 messages. | |
11284 | |
11285 \\{mh-letter-mode-map} | |
11286 | |
11287 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses): | |
11288 | |
11289 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil) | |
11290 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying | |
11291 the yanked message. | |
11292 | |
11293 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t) | |
11294 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message. | |
11295 If `body', just yank the body (no header). | |
11296 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked. | |
11297 If there is a region, this variable is ignored. | |
11298 | |
11299 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \") | |
11300 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is | |
11301 inserted in a draft letter. | |
11302 | |
11303 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\") | |
11304 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature]. | |
11305 | |
11306 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
11307 | |
11308 ;;;*** | |
11309 | |
39611 | 11310 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (15281 |
11311 ;;;;;; 51219)) | |
25876 | 11312 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el |
11313 | |
11314 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\ | |
11315 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder. | |
11316 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
11317 to the MH mail system." t nil) | |
11318 | |
11319 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\ | |
11320 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil) | |
11321 | |
11322 ;;;*** | |
11323 | |
39611 | 11324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (15192 12235)) |
25876 | 11325 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el |
11326 | |
11327 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\ | |
11328 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].") | |
11329 | |
11330 ;;;*** | |
11331 | |
40341 | 11332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15320 3853)) |
25876 | 11333 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el |
11334 | |
11335 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
11336 | |
11337 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
11338 | |
11339 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
11340 | |
11341 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
11342 | |
11343 ;;;*** | |
11344 | |
11345 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight" | |
39611 | 11346 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15192 12215)) |
25876 | 11347 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el |
11348 | |
11349 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\ | |
11350 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently. | |
11351 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general', | |
11352 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names', | |
11353 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names', | |
11354 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and | |
11355 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'. | |
11356 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing | |
11357 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was | |
11358 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its | |
11359 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil) | |
11360 | |
11361 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\ | |
11362 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'. | |
11363 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay') | |
11364 to its second argument TM." nil nil) | |
11365 | |
11366 ;;;*** | |
11367 | |
35196 | 11368 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" |
40341 | 11369 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15297 22175)) |
35196 | 11370 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el |
11371 | |
11372 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\ | |
39611 | 11373 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled. |
35196 | 11374 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
11375 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
11376 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.") | |
11377 | |
11378 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
11379 | |
11380 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef)) | |
11381 | |
11382 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\ | |
11383 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode | |
11384 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the | |
11385 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield | |
11386 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET | |
11387 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the | |
11388 default indication. | |
11389 | |
11390 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | |
11391 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil) | |
11392 | |
11393 ;;;*** | |
11394 | |
25876 | 11395 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el" |
39611 | 11396 ;;;;;; (15192 12224)) |
25876 | 11397 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el |
11398 | |
11399 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\ | |
11400 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil) | |
11401 | |
11402 ;;;*** | |
11403 | |
32115 | 11404 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" |
39611 | 11405 ;;;;;; (15192 12230)) |
32115 | 11406 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el |
11407 | |
11408 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\ | |
11409 Show the partial part of HANDLE. | |
11410 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains | |
11411 the entire message. | |
11412 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil) | |
11413 | |
11414 ;;;*** | |
11415 | |
39050 | 11416 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" |
39611 | 11417 ;;;;;; (15223 37896)) |
39050 | 11418 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el |
11419 | |
11420 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\ | |
11421 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles." nil nil) | |
11422 | |
11423 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\ | |
11424 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff." nil nil) | |
11425 | |
11426 ;;;*** | |
11427 | |
25876 | 11428 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" |
39611 | 11429 ;;;;;; (15192 12244)) |
25876 | 11430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el |
11431 | |
11432 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\ | |
11433 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2. | |
11434 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c | |
11435 followed by the first character of the construct. | |
11436 \\<m2-mode-map> | |
11437 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case | |
11438 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else | |
11439 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header | |
11440 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module | |
11441 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or | |
11442 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with | |
11443 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio | |
11444 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until | |
11445 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while | |
11446 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import | |
11447 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment | |
11448 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle | |
11449 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error | |
11450 \\[m2-link] link | |
11451 | |
11452 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation. | |
11453 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program. | |
11454 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil) | |
11455 | |
11456 ;;;*** | |
11457 | |
33002 | 11458 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el" |
39611 | 11459 ;;;;;; (15192 12239)) |
33002 | 11460 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el |
11461 | |
11462 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\ | |
11463 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil) | |
11464 | |
11465 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\ | |
11466 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil) | |
11467 | |
11468 ;;;*** | |
11469 | |
39050 | 11470 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15235 |
11471 ;;;;;; 24850)) | |
25876 | 11472 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el |
11473 | |
11474 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\ | |
11475 Toggle Mouse Sel mode. | |
11476 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
11477 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on). | |
11478 | |
11479 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways: | |
11480 | |
11481 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it. | |
11482 | |
11483 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well. | |
11484 | |
11485 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words. | |
11486 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols. | |
11487 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps. | |
11488 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace. | |
11489 Triple-clicking selects lines. | |
11490 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs. | |
11491 | |
11492 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect | |
31388 | 11493 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection. |
11494 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly, | |
11495 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and | |
11496 interprogram-paste-function to nil. | |
25876 | 11497 |
11498 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at | |
39050 | 11499 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil). |
25876 | 11500 |
11501 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection | |
11502 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it. | |
11503 | |
11504 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection. | |
11505 | |
11506 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2 | |
11507 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the | |
11508 primary selection and region." t nil) | |
11509 | |
11510 ;;;*** | |
11511 | |
25998 | 11512 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750)) |
25876 | 11513 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el |
11514 | |
11515 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\ | |
11516 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil) | |
11517 | |
11518 ;;;*** | |
11519 | |
39611 | 11520 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15192 12215)) |
25876 | 11521 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el |
11522 | |
11523 (defvar msb-mode nil "\ | |
35744 | 11524 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled. |
33357 | 11525 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
25876 | 11526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
11527 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.") | |
11528 | |
11529 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
11530 | |
11531 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb)) | |
11532 | |
11533 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\ | |
11534 Toggle Msb mode. | |
11535 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
11536 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a | |
11537 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil) | |
11538 | |
11539 ;;;*** | |
11540 | |
11541 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods | |
26724 | 11542 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories |
11543 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly | |
31388 | 11544 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set |
11545 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" | |
39611 | 11546 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (15292 25972)) |
25876 | 11547 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el |
11548 | |
11549 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11550 Display a list of all character sets. | |
11551 | |
27949 | 11552 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number |
11553 for internal Emacs use. | |
11554 | |
11555 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence | |
11556 of characters in the charset for buffer and string | |
11557 by one to four hexadecimal digits. | |
11558 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127. | |
11559 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255. | |
11560 | |
11561 The D column contains a dimension of this character set. | |
11562 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set. | |
11563 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for | |
11564 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems. | |
25876 | 11565 |
11566 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
11567 but still shows the full information." t nil) | |
11568 | |
27949 | 11569 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\ |
11570 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. | |
11571 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list' | |
11572 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable | |
11573 `non-iso-charset-alist'. | |
11574 | |
11575 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT. | |
11576 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value. | |
11577 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially. | |
11578 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the | |
11579 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil) | |
11580 | |
11581 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11582 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil) | |
11583 | |
31388 | 11584 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\ |
11585 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil) | |
11586 | |
28919 | 11587 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\ |
35668 | 11588 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer. |
11589 POS defaults to point. | |
28919 | 11590 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it, |
11591 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file, | |
11592 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil) | |
11593 | |
25876 | 11594 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ |
11595 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil) | |
11596 | |
11597 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11598 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area. | |
11599 | |
11600 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\", | |
11601 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order | |
11602 at the place of `..': | |
31388 | 11603 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer) |
11604 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer) | |
25876 | 11605 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system' |
31388 | 11606 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system' |
11607 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'. | |
11608 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system' | |
25876 | 11609 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) |
31388 | 11610 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) |
25876 | 11611 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) |
31388 | 11612 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) |
25876 | 11613 `default-buffer-file-coding-system' |
31388 | 11614 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system' |
25876 | 11615 `default-process-coding-system' for read |
31388 | 11616 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read |
25876 | 11617 `default-process-coding-system' for write |
31388 | 11618 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil) |
25876 | 11619 |
11620 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11621 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil) | |
11622 | |
11623 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11624 Display a list of all coding systems. | |
11625 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system. | |
11626 | |
11627 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
11628 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil) | |
11629 | |
26724 | 11630 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\ |
11631 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil) | |
11632 | |
25876 | 11633 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\ |
11634 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil) | |
11635 | |
11636 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11637 Display information of FONTSET. | |
28919 | 11638 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil) |
25876 | 11639 |
11640 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11641 Display a list of all fontsets. | |
11642 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset. | |
11643 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset; | |
11644 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil) | |
11645 | |
11646 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11647 Display information about all input methods." t nil) | |
11648 | |
11649 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11650 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule). | |
11651 | |
11652 This shows various information related to the current multilingual | |
11653 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems, | |
11654 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window | |
11655 system which uses fontsets)." t nil) | |
11656 | |
11657 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11658 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'. | |
11659 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
11660 | |
11661 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11662 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'. | |
11663 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
11664 | |
11665 ;;;*** | |
11666 | |
26899 | 11667 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority |
11668 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode | |
25876 | 11669 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion |
11670 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic | |
11671 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width | |
11672 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" | |
39611 | 11673 ;;;;;; (15192 12232)) |
25876 | 11674 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el |
11675 | |
11676 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\ | |
11677 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING. | |
11678 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil) | |
11679 | |
28523 | 11680 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\ |
11681 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list))) | |
11682 | |
11683 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\ | |
11684 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector))) | |
25876 | 11685 |
11686 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\ | |
11687 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil) | |
11688 | |
11689 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\ | |
11690 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN. | |
26724 | 11691 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies |
25876 | 11692 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying |
11693 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. | |
11694 | |
26724 | 11695 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character |
25876 | 11696 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, |
11697 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR. | |
11698 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result | |
11699 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR. | |
11700 | |
11701 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so | |
11702 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil) | |
11703 | |
11704 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width)) | |
11705 | |
28523 | 11706 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\ |
11707 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist. | |
11708 | |
11709 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is | |
11710 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form | |
11711 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST). | |
11712 | |
11713 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key | |
11714 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ | |
11715 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj)))) | |
25876 | 11716 |
11717 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
11718 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST. | |
11719 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ | |
11720 is considered. | |
11721 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq | |
11722 longer than KEYSEQ. | |
11723 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil) | |
11724 | |
11725 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
11726 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition. | |
11727 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ. | |
11728 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key. | |
11729 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which | |
11730 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ. | |
11731 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is | |
11732 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes | |
11733 to reach a leaf in ALIST. | |
11734 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil | |
11735 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil) | |
11736 | |
11737 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\ | |
11738 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil) | |
11739 | |
11740 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
11741 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil) | |
11742 | |
11743 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
11744 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil) | |
11745 | |
11746 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\ | |
11747 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil) | |
11748 | |
11749 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\ | |
11750 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil) | |
11751 | |
11752 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\ | |
11753 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical. | |
11754 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal | |
11755 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil) | |
11756 | |
11757 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\ | |
11758 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST. | |
11759 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding | |
11760 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro)) | |
11761 | |
11762 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\ | |
11763 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV. | |
11764 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the | |
11765 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil) | |
11766 | |
26899 | 11767 ;;;*** |
11768 | |
33002 | 11769 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" |
39611 | 11770 ;;;;;; (15205 21902)) |
26724 | 11771 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el |
11772 | |
33002 | 11773 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\ |
38398 | 11774 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled. |
33357 | 11775 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
33002 | 11776 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
11777 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.") | |
11778 | |
11779 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
11780 | |
11781 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel)) | |
11782 | |
11783 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\ | |
11784 Toggle mouse wheel support. | |
11785 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | |
11786 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil) | |
11787 | |
26724 | 11788 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\ |
11789 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil) | |
11790 | |
11791 ;;;*** | |
11792 | |
25876 | 11793 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
11794 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host |
28212 | 11795 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" |
39611 | 11796 ;;;;;; (15192 12237)) |
28212 | 11797 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el |
25876 | 11798 |
11799 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\ | |
11800 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil) | |
11801 | |
11802 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\ | |
11803 Ping HOST. | |
33002 | 11804 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting |
25876 | 11805 `ping-program-options'." t nil) |
11806 | |
11807 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\ | |
11808 Run ipconfig program." t nil) | |
11809 | |
11810 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig)) | |
11811 | |
11812 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\ | |
11813 Run netstat program." t nil) | |
11814 | |
11815 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\ | |
11816 Run the arp program." t nil) | |
11817 | |
11818 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\ | |
11819 Run the route program." t nil) | |
11820 | |
11821 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\ | |
11822 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil) | |
11823 | |
11824 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\ | |
11825 Run nslookup program." t nil) | |
11826 | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
11827 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\ |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
11828 Run dig program." t nil) |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
11829 |
25876 | 11830 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\ |
11831 Run ftp program." t nil) | |
11832 | |
11833 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\ | |
11834 Finger USER on HOST." t nil) | |
11835 | |
11836 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\ | |
11837 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable. | |
11838 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server | |
11839 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil) | |
11840 | |
11841 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil) | |
11842 | |
11843 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\ | |
11844 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil) | |
11845 | |
11846 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\ | |
11847 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil) | |
11848 | |
11849 ;;;*** | |
11850 | |
29505 | 11851 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region |
11852 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent | |
40341 | 11853 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line |
11854 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" | |
11855 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (15306 37163)) | |
29505 | 11856 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el |
11857 | |
11858 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent)) | |
11859 | |
11860 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column)) | |
11861 | |
11862 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill)) | |
11863 | |
11864 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line)) | |
11865 | |
30565 | 11866 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill)) |
29505 | 11867 |
11868 (defvar comment-column 32 "\ | |
11869 *Column to indent right-margin comments to. | |
11870 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer. | |
11871 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you | |
11872 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.") | |
11873 | |
11874 (defvar comment-start nil "\ | |
11875 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.") | |
11876 | |
11877 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\ | |
11878 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body. | |
11879 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin | |
11880 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.") | |
11881 | |
11882 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\ | |
11883 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.") | |
11884 | |
11885 (defvar comment-end "" "\ | |
11886 *String to insert to end a new comment. | |
11887 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.") | |
11888 | |
33002 | 11889 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\ |
29505 | 11890 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment. |
11891 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of | |
33002 | 11892 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired |
11893 column indentation or nil. | |
11894 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.") | |
29505 | 11895 |
11896 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\ | |
11897 *Style to be used for `comment-region'. | |
11898 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.") | |
11899 | |
11900 (defvar comment-padding " " "\ | |
11901 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text. | |
11902 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string | |
11903 of the corresponding number of spaces. | |
11904 | |
11905 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text | |
11906 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.") | |
11907 | |
11908 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\ | |
30565 | 11909 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter. |
29505 | 11910 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].") |
11911 | |
40341 | 11912 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" nil nil nil) |
11913 | |
33002 | 11914 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\ |
11915 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil) | |
11916 | |
29505 | 11917 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\ |
11918 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment. | |
39050 | 11919 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any." t nil) |
29505 | 11920 |
11921 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\ | |
11922 Set the comment column based on point. | |
11923 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column. | |
11924 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line. | |
11925 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment | |
11926 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil) | |
11927 | |
11928 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\ | |
11929 Kill the comment on this line, if any. | |
11930 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil) | |
11931 | |
11932 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\ | |
11933 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region. | |
11934 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the | |
11935 comment markers." t nil) | |
11936 | |
11937 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\ | |
11938 Comment or uncomment each line in the region. | |
35196 | 11939 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END. |
29505 | 11940 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters. |
11941 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead. | |
11942 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line, | |
11943 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines | |
11944 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'. | |
11945 | |
11946 The strings used as comment starts are built from | |
11947 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil) | |
11948 | |
11949 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\ | |
11950 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean). | |
11951 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call | |
35196 | 11952 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which |
29505 | 11953 case it calls `uncomment-region'). |
11954 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it. | |
11955 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'. | |
11956 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil) | |
11957 | |
11958 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\ | |
11959 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one. | |
11960 This indents the body of the continued comment | |
11961 under the previous comment line. | |
11962 | |
11963 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line, | |
11964 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line. | |
11965 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent]. | |
11966 | |
11967 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column | |
11968 or comment indentation. | |
11969 | |
11970 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true, | |
11971 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil) | |
11972 | |
11973 ;;;*** | |
11974 | |
35668 | 11975 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14858 |
11976 ;;;;;; 32485)) | |
25876 | 11977 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el |
11978 | |
11979 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\ | |
11980 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions. | |
11981 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added | |
11982 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the | |
11983 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that | |
11984 symbol in the alist." nil nil) | |
11985 | |
11986 ;;;*** | |
11987 | |
11988 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" | |
39611 | 11989 ;;;;;; (15185 36003)) |
25876 | 11990 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el |
11991 | |
11992 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\ | |
32115 | 11993 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups. |
11994 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil) | |
25876 | 11995 |
11996 ;;;*** | |
11997 | |
11998 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el" | |
39611 | 11999 ;;;;;; (14860 4779)) |
25876 | 12000 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el |
12001 | |
12002 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\ | |
12003 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\". | |
12004 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil) | |
12005 | |
12006 ;;;*** | |
12007 | |
12008 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" | |
35668 | 12009 ;;;;;; (14858 32485)) |
25876 | 12010 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el |
12011 | |
12012 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\ | |
12013 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil) | |
12014 | |
12015 ;;;*** | |
12016 | |
12017 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) | |
39611 | 12018 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14791 59086)) |
25876 | 12019 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el |
12020 | |
12021 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\ | |
12022 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil) | |
12023 | |
12024 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
12025 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil) | |
12026 | |
12027 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
12028 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil) | |
12029 | |
12030 ;;;*** | |
12031 | |
12032 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) | |
39611 | 12033 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15192 12215)) |
25876 | 12034 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el |
12035 | |
12036 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\ | |
12037 Function to call to handle disabled commands. | |
12038 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.") | |
12039 | |
12040 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil) | |
12041 | |
12042 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\ | |
12043 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on. | |
12044 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
12045 to future sessions." t nil) | |
12046 | |
12047 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\ | |
12048 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on. | |
12049 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
12050 to future sessions." t nil) | |
12051 | |
12052 ;;;*** | |
12053 | |
12054 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" | |
40341 | 12055 ;;;;;; (15297 22180)) |
25876 | 12056 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el |
12057 | |
12058 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\ | |
12059 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format. | |
12060 \\{nroff-mode-map} | |
12061 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'. | |
12062 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting | |
12063 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil) | |
12064 | |
12065 ;;;*** | |
12066 | |
12067 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el" | |
25998 | 12068 ;;;;;; (13145 50478)) |
25876 | 12069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el |
12070 | |
12071 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\ | |
12072 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files. | |
12073 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files | |
12074 specified by `octave-help-files'. | |
12075 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil) | |
12076 | |
12077 ;;;*** | |
12078 | |
12079 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el" | |
39611 | 12080 ;;;;;; (15192 12244)) |
25876 | 12081 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el |
12082 | |
12083 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\ | |
12084 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'. | |
12085 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'. | |
12086 | |
12087 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer. | |
12088 | |
12089 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as | |
12090 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup. | |
12091 | |
12092 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in | |
12093 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default | |
12094 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil) | |
12095 | |
12096 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave)) | |
12097 | |
12098 ;;;*** | |
12099 | |
12100 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el" | |
40341 | 12101 ;;;;;; (14535 49117)) |
25876 | 12102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el |
12103 | |
12104 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\ | |
12105 Major mode for editing Octave code. | |
12106 | |
12107 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with | |
12108 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by | |
12109 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with | |
12110 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it). | |
12111 | |
12112 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical | |
12113 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for | |
12114 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions | |
12115 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which | |
12116 is why you need this mode!). | |
12117 | |
12118 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous | |
12119 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete | |
12120 source and binaries for several popular systems are available. | |
12121 | |
12122 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords. | |
12123 | |
12124 Keybindings | |
12125 =========== | |
12126 | |
12127 \\{octave-mode-map} | |
12128 | |
12129 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode | |
12130 ============================================== | |
12131 | |
12132 octave-auto-indent | |
12133 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space. | |
12134 Default is nil. | |
12135 | |
12136 octave-auto-newline | |
12137 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon. | |
12138 Default is nil. | |
12139 | |
12140 octave-blink-matching-block | |
12141 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space, | |
12142 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t. | |
12143 | |
12144 octave-block-offset | |
12145 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures. | |
12146 Default is 2. | |
12147 | |
12148 octave-continuation-offset | |
12149 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines. | |
12150 Default is 4. | |
12151 | |
12152 octave-continuation-string | |
12153 String used for Octave continuation lines. | |
12154 Default is a backslash. | |
12155 | |
12156 octave-mode-startup-message | |
12157 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message. | |
12158 Default is t. | |
12159 | |
12160 octave-send-echo-input | |
12161 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a | |
12162 command to the inferior Octave process. | |
12163 | |
12164 octave-send-line-auto-forward | |
12165 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after | |
12166 sending a line to the inferior Octave process. | |
12167 | |
12168 octave-send-echo-input | |
12169 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process. | |
12170 | |
12171 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'. | |
12172 | |
12173 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the | |
12174 following lines to your `.emacs' file: | |
12175 | |
12176 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t) | |
12177 (setq auto-mode-alist | |
12178 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
12179 | |
12180 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features, | |
12181 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well: | |
12182 | |
12183 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook | |
12184 (lambda () | |
12185 (abbrev-mode 1) | |
12186 (auto-fill-mode 1) | |
12187 (if (eq window-system 'x) | |
12188 (font-lock-mode 1)))) | |
12189 | |
12190 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer. | |
12191 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information | |
12192 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem, | |
12193 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil) | |
12194 | |
12195 ;;;*** | |
12196 | |
12197 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el" | |
39611 | 12198 ;;;;;; (15192 12215)) |
25876 | 12199 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el |
12200 | |
12201 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\ | |
33002 | 12202 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation. |
12203 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil) | |
25876 | 12204 |
12205 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\ | |
12206 Edit a list of Emacs user option values. | |
12207 Selects a buffer containing such a list, | |
12208 in which there are commands to set the option values. | |
12209 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands. | |
12210 | |
12211 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil) | |
12212 | |
12213 ;;;*** | |
12214 | |
12215 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el" | |
39437 | 12216 ;;;;;; (15265 49062)) |
25876 | 12217 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el |
12218 | |
12219 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\ | |
12220 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display. | |
12221 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings, | |
12222 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines. | |
12223 | |
12224 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily | |
12225 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end | |
12226 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked | |
12227 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...). | |
12228 | |
12229 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map> | |
12230 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings | |
12231 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading | |
12232 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings | |
12233 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level | |
12234 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading | |
12235 | |
12236 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings). | |
12237 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible. | |
12238 | |
12239 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line. | |
12240 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading. | |
12241 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible. | |
12242 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible. | |
12243 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible. | |
12244 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down. | |
12245 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down. | |
12246 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible. | |
12247 \\[show-entry] make it visible. | |
12248 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible. | |
12249 The subheadings remain visible. | |
12250 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible. | |
12251 | |
12252 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading. | |
12253 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the | |
12254 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level. | |
12255 | |
12256 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of | |
12257 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil) | |
12258 | |
12259 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\ | |
12260 Toggle Outline minor mode. | |
12261 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
12262 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil) | |
12263 | |
12264 ;;;*** | |
12265 | |
40341 | 12266 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15309 13359)) |
25876 | 12267 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el |
12268 | |
25998 | 12269 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\ |
38452 | 12270 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled. |
33357 | 12271 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
25998 | 12272 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
12273 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.") | |
12274 | |
12275 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
12276 | |
12277 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren)) | |
12278 | |
25876 | 12279 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\ |
12280 Toggle Show Paren mode. | |
12281 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
12282 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on). | |
12283 | |
12284 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted | |
12285 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil) | |
12286 | |
12287 ;;;*** | |
12288 | |
36101 | 12289 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14628 |
40341 | 12290 ;;;;;; 61071)) |
25876 | 12291 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el |
12292 | |
12293 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\ | |
12294 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map> | |
12295 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
12296 | |
12297 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code | |
12298 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point. | |
12299 | |
12300 Other useful functions are: | |
12301 | |
12302 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function. | |
12303 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end; | |
12304 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *) | |
12305 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments. | |
12306 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area]. | |
12307 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function. | |
12308 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function. | |
12309 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer. | |
12310 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline). | |
12311 | |
12312 Variables controlling indentation/edit style: | |
12313 | |
12314 pascal-indent-level (default 3) | |
12315 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block. | |
12316 pascal-case-indent (default 2) | |
12317 Indentation for case statements. | |
12318 pascal-auto-newline (default nil) | |
12319 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation | |
12320 mark after an end. | |
12321 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t) | |
12322 Non-nil means nested functions are indented. | |
12323 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t) | |
12324 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line, | |
12325 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
12326 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t) | |
12327 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and | |
12328 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces. | |
12329 pascal-auto-lineup (default t) | |
12330 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done. | |
12331 | |
12332 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and | |
12333 pascal-separator-keywords. | |
12334 | |
12335 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with | |
12336 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
12337 | |
12338 ;;;*** | |
12339 | |
12340 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el" | |
39611 | 12341 ;;;;;; (15223 37895)) |
25876 | 12342 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el |
12343 | |
12344 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\ | |
12345 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility. | |
12346 The keys affected are: | |
12347 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward. | |
12348 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would). | |
12349 M-Backspace does undo. | |
12350 Home and End move to beginning and end of line | |
12351 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer. | |
12352 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil) | |
12353 | |
12354 ;;;*** | |
12355 | |
12356 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" | |
39611 | 12357 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15192 12224)) |
25876 | 12358 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el |
12359 | |
12360 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\ | |
12361 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style. | |
12362 | |
12363 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
12364 | |
12365 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions | |
12366 which modify the status of the mark. | |
12367 | |
12368 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark. | |
12369 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind. | |
12370 | |
12371 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark. | |
12372 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind. | |
12373 | |
12374 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark. | |
12375 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark | |
12376 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the | |
12377 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before | |
12378 turning pc-selection-mode on. | |
12379 | |
12380 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark. | |
12381 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind. | |
12382 | |
12383 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark. | |
12384 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
12385 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead. | |
12386 | |
12387 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark. | |
12388 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
12389 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead. | |
12390 | |
12391 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark. | |
12392 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind. | |
12393 | |
12394 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region'). | |
12395 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank'). | |
12396 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill'). | |
12397 | |
12398 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set | |
12399 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el | |
12400 but before calling pc-selection-mode): | |
12401 | |
12402 F6 other-window | |
12403 DELETE delete-char | |
12404 C-DELETE kill-line | |
12405 M-DELETE kill-word | |
12406 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp | |
12407 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word | |
12408 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil) | |
12409 | |
12410 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\ | |
12411 Toggle PC Selection mode. | |
12412 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style, | |
12413 and cursor movement commands. | |
12414 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
12415 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.") | |
12416 | |
12417 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
12418 | |
12419 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select)) | |
12420 | |
12421 ;;;*** | |
12422 | |
39611 | 12423 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15192 |
12424 ;;;;;; 12215)) | |
30565 | 12425 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el |
12426 | |
12427 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\ | |
12428 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil) | |
12429 | |
12430 ;;;*** | |
12431 | |
12432 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip) | |
39611 | 12433 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15192 12215)) |
30565 | 12434 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el |
12435 | |
12436 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
12437 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil) | |
12438 | |
12439 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
12440 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil) | |
12441 | |
12442 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
12443 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil) | |
12444 | |
12445 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
12446 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil) | |
12447 | |
12448 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs)) | |
12449 | |
12450 ;;;*** | |
12451 | |
12452 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill) | |
39611 | 12453 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15192 12215)) |
30565 | 12454 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el |
12455 | |
12456 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | |
12457 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil) | |
12458 | |
12459 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | |
12460 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil) | |
12461 | |
12462 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | |
12463 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil) | |
12464 | |
12465 ;;;*** | |
12466 | |
39611 | 12467 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15192 |
12468 ;;;;;; 12215)) | |
30565 | 12469 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el |
12470 | |
12471 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\ | |
12472 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command. | |
12473 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1 | |
12474 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm | |
12475 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find. | |
12476 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil) | |
12477 | |
12478 ;;;*** | |
12479 | |
12480 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which | |
12481 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd) | |
39611 | 12482 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15192 12215)) |
30565 | 12483 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el |
12484 | |
12485 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12486 Completion for `cd'." nil nil) | |
12487 | |
12488 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd)) | |
12489 | |
12490 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12491 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil) | |
12492 | |
12493 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12494 Completion for `rm'." nil nil) | |
12495 | |
12496 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12497 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil) | |
12498 | |
12499 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs)) | |
12500 | |
12501 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12502 Completion for `which'." nil nil) | |
12503 | |
12504 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12505 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil) | |
12506 | |
12507 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12508 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil) | |
12509 | |
12510 ;;;*** | |
12511 | |
12512 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list | |
12513 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete | |
39611 | 12514 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15192 |
12515 ;;;;;; 12215)) | |
30565 | 12516 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el |
12517 | |
12518 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12519 Support extensible programmable completion. | |
12520 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your | |
12521 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil) | |
12522 | |
12523 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12524 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil) | |
12525 | |
12526 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12527 Expand the textual value of the current argument. | |
12528 This will modify the current buffer." t nil) | |
12529 | |
12530 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12531 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil) | |
12532 | |
12533 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12534 Expand the textual value of the current argument. | |
12535 This will modify the current buffer." t nil) | |
12536 | |
12537 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12538 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil) | |
12539 | |
12540 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12541 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil) | |
12542 | |
12543 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12544 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete. | |
12545 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the | |
12546 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is | |
12547 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil) | |
12548 | |
12549 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12550 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil) | |
12551 | |
12552 ;;;*** | |
12553 | |
12554 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status | |
12555 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs" | |
39437 | 12556 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15279 8859)) |
28162 | 12557 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el |
12558 | |
12559 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\ | |
12560 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR. | |
12561 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window, | |
12562 and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
12563 | |
12564 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil) | |
12565 | |
30565 | 12566 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\ |
12567 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs. | |
12568 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use. | |
12569 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
12570 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
12571 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer. | |
12572 FLAGS is ignored." t nil) | |
12573 | |
28162 | 12574 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\ |
12575 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY. | |
12576 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc. | |
12577 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
12578 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | |
12579 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
12580 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
12581 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil) | |
12582 | |
12583 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\ | |
12584 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY. | |
12585 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
12586 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | |
12587 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
12588 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil) | |
12589 | |
12590 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\ | |
12591 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY. | |
12592 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
12593 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | |
12594 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
12595 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
12596 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil) | |
12597 | |
12598 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/") | |
12599 | |
33002 | 12600 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\ |
30565 | 12601 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory. |
12602 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.") | |
12603 | |
28162 | 12604 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\ |
12605 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS. | |
12606 NIL means never do it. | |
12607 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the | |
12608 command that prompted the opening of the directory. | |
12609 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.") | |
12610 | |
30565 | 12611 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\ |
12612 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory. | |
12613 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t))))) | |
12614 | |
12615 ;;;*** | |
12616 | |
39611 | 12617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15192 12216)) |
28288 | 12618 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el |
12619 | |
12620 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m)) | |
12621 | |
12622 ;;;*** | |
12623 | |
25876 | 12624 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" |
40341 | 12625 ;;;;;; (15297 22180)) |
25876 | 12626 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el |
12627 | |
12628 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\ | |
12629 Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
12630 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets. | |
12631 Tab indents for Perl code. | |
12632 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n. | |
12633 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
12634 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
12635 \\{perl-mode-map} | |
12636 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
39590 | 12637 `perl-tab-always-indent' |
25876 | 12638 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line, |
12639 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
39590 | 12640 `perl-tab-to-comment' |
25876 | 12641 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will |
12642 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move | |
12643 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment. | |
39590 | 12644 `perl-nochange' |
25876 | 12645 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented. |
39590 | 12646 `perl-indent-level' |
25876 | 12647 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. |
12648 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
12649 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
39590 | 12650 `perl-continued-statement-offset' |
25876 | 12651 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the |
12652 then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
39590 | 12653 `perl-continued-brace-offset' |
25876 | 12654 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. |
12655 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
39590 | 12656 `perl-brace-offset' |
25876 | 12657 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. |
39590 | 12658 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset' |
25876 | 12659 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were |
12660 this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
39590 | 12661 `perl-label-offset' |
25876 | 12662 Extra indentation for line that is a label. |
39590 | 12663 `perl-indent-continued-arguments' |
12664 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation. | |
25876 | 12665 |
12666 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW | |
12667 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4 | |
12668 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4 | |
12669 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4 | |
12670 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0 | |
12671 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0 | |
12672 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2 | |
12673 | |
12674 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
12675 | |
12676 ;;;*** | |
12677 | |
12678 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" | |
40341 | 12679 ;;;;;; (15306 37172)) |
25876 | 12680 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el |
12681 | |
12682 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\ | |
12683 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used. | |
12684 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion | |
12685 afterwards settable by these commands: | |
12686 C-c < Move left after insertion. | |
12687 C-c > Move right after insertion. | |
12688 C-c ^ Move up after insertion. | |
12689 C-c . Move down after insertion. | |
12690 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion. | |
12691 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion. | |
12692 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion. | |
12693 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion. | |
12694 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion. | |
12695 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion. | |
12696 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion. | |
12697 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion. | |
12698 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial | |
12699 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to | |
12700 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer | |
12701 with these commands: | |
12702 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line. | |
12703 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line. | |
12704 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character. | |
12705 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required. | |
12706 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required. | |
12707 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion. | |
12708 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion. | |
12709 Return Move to beginning of next line. | |
12710 You can edit tabular text with these commands: | |
12711 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character. | |
12712 `Indents' relative to a previous line. | |
12713 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list. | |
12714 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line. | |
12715 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value. | |
12716 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars | |
12717 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually | |
12718 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops]. | |
12719 You can manipulate text with these commands: | |
12720 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving. | |
12721 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d. | |
12722 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them. | |
12723 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared | |
12724 text is saved in the kill ring. | |
12725 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line. | |
12726 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands: | |
12727 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it. | |
12728 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register. | |
12729 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point. | |
12730 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register. | |
12731 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point. | |
12732 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register. | |
12733 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands | |
12734 commands if invoked soon enough. | |
12735 You can return to the previous mode with: | |
12736 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line. | |
12737 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument. | |
12738 | |
40341 | 12739 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil. |
25876 | 12740 |
12741 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but | |
12742 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil) | |
12743 | |
12744 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode)) | |
12745 | |
12746 ;;;*** | |
12747 | |
40341 | 12748 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15306 37170)) |
27321 | 12749 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el |
12750 | |
12751 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\ | |
12752 Play pong and waste time. | |
12753 This is an implementation of the classical game pong. | |
12754 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent. | |
12755 | |
31388 | 12756 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map> |
12757 | |
12758 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil) | |
27321 | 12759 |
12760 ;;;*** | |
12761 | |
25876 | 12762 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp" |
39611 | 12763 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15254 8041)) |
25876 | 12764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el |
12765 | |
12766 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\ | |
12767 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object. | |
12768 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read' | |
12769 can handle, whenever this is possible. | |
12770 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil) | |
12771 | |
12772 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\ | |
12773 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer. | |
12774 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used | |
12775 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list | |
12776 in the variable `values'." t nil) | |
12777 | |
12778 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\ | |
12779 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see). | |
12780 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer. | |
12781 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil) | |
12782 | |
12783 ;;;*** | |
12784 | |
12785 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" | |
39611 | 12786 ;;;;;; (14729 20675)) |
25876 | 12787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el |
12788 | |
12789 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\ | |
12790 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs. | |
12791 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments. | |
12792 Commands: | |
12793 \\{prolog-mode-map} | |
12794 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' | |
12795 if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
12796 | |
12797 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\ | |
12798 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil) | |
12799 | |
12800 ;;;*** | |
12801 | |
40341 | 12802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15272 42899)) |
25876 | 12803 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el |
12804 | |
38398 | 12805 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\ |
25876 | 12806 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files. |
12807 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").") | |
12808 | |
12809 ;;;*** | |
12810 | |
39611 | 12811 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15192 |
12812 ;;;;;; 12245)) | |
25998 | 12813 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el |
12814 | |
12815 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\ | |
12816 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs. | |
12817 | |
12818 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'. | |
12819 | |
12820 The following variables hold user options, and can | |
12821 be set through the `customize' command: | |
12822 | |
12823 ps-mode-auto-indent | |
12824 ps-mode-tab | |
12825 ps-mode-paper-size | |
12826 ps-mode-print-function | |
12827 ps-run-prompt | |
26724 | 12828 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2 |
25998 | 12829 ps-run-x |
12830 ps-run-dumb | |
12831 ps-run-init | |
12832 ps-run-error-line-numbers | |
26724 | 12833 ps-run-tmp-dir |
25998 | 12834 |
12835 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options. | |
12836 | |
12837 | |
12838 \\{ps-mode-map} | |
12839 | |
12840 | |
12841 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start], | |
12842 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called. | |
12843 The keymap for this second window is: | |
12844 | |
12845 \\{ps-run-mode-map} | |
12846 | |
12847 | |
12848 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message | |
12849 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring | |
12850 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input | |
12851 to the interpreter was sent from that window. | |
12852 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect. | |
12853 " t nil) | |
12854 | |
12855 ;;;*** | |
12856 | |
37203 | 12857 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets |
12858 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition | |
12859 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font | |
39611 | 12860 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15275 13004)) |
25876 | 12861 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el |
12862 | |
27164 | 12863 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\ |
12864 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling. | |
12865 | |
12866 Valid values are: | |
12867 | |
12868 nil This is the value to use the default settings which | |
12869 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII | |
12870 and Latin characters. The default setting can be | |
12871 changed by setting the variable | |
12872 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently. | |
12873 The initial value of this variable is | |
12874 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see | |
12875 documentation). | |
12876 | |
12877 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese | |
12878 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print | |
12879 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and | |
12880 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present, | |
12881 it was not tested the Korean characters printing. | |
12882 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please, | |
12883 test it. | |
12884 | |
12885 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print | |
12886 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin | |
12887 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution | |
12888 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font | |
12889 source file. BDF fonts are included in | |
37203 | 12890 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts |
27164 | 12891 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to |
12892 use this value, be sure to have installed | |
37203 | 12893 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable |
27164 | 12894 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for |
12895 documentation of this variable). | |
12896 | |
12897 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used | |
12898 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1 | |
12899 characters. This is convenient when you want or | |
12900 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on | |
12901 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family', | |
12902 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'. | |
12903 | |
12904 Any other value is treated as nil.") | |
12905 | |
25876 | 12906 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\ |
12907 Setup special ASCII font for STRING. | |
12908 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil) | |
12909 | |
12910 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil) | |
12911 | |
12912 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\ | |
37203 | 12913 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO. |
25876 | 12914 |
12915 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset. | |
12916 | |
12917 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. | |
12918 | |
12919 Returns the value: | |
12920 | |
12921 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) | |
12922 | |
12923 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of | |
12924 the sequence." nil nil) | |
12925 | |
26899 | 12926 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\ |
37203 | 12927 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO. |
26899 | 12928 |
12929 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same | |
12930 composition. | |
12931 | |
12932 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. | |
12933 | |
12934 Returns the value: | |
12935 | |
12936 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) | |
12937 | |
12938 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of | |
12939 the sequence." nil nil) | |
12940 | |
25876 | 12941 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\ |
12942 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil) | |
12943 | |
37203 | 12944 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\ |
12945 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG. | |
12946 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\"." nil nil) | |
12947 | |
12948 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\ | |
12949 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil) | |
12950 | |
25876 | 12951 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\ |
12952 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO. | |
12953 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil) | |
12954 | |
12955 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil) | |
12956 | |
12957 ;;;*** | |
12958 | |
12959 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region | |
12960 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces | |
12961 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer | |
12962 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces | |
27321 | 12963 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print" |
39611 | 12964 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15275 13004)) |
25876 | 12965 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el |
12966 | |
12967 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\ | |
26118
cac2b0da7b3a
Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26084
diff
changeset
|
12968 *Specify the size of paper to format for. |
25876 | 12969 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for |
12970 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.") | |
12971 | |
27321 | 12972 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\ |
12973 Customization of ps-print group." t nil) | |
12974 | |
25876 | 12975 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\ |
12976 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
12977 | |
37617 | 12978 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the |
12979 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of | |
12980 sending it to the printer. | |
12981 | |
12982 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, | |
12983 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript | |
12984 image in a file with that name." t nil) | |
25876 | 12985 |
12986 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
12987 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
37617 | 12988 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in |
12989 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, | |
12990 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil) | |
25876 | 12991 |
12992 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
12993 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
12994 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil) | |
12995 | |
12996 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
12997 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
37617 | 12998 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in |
12999 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, | |
13000 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil) | |
25876 | 13001 |
13002 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
13003 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
37617 | 13004 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local |
13005 buffer to be sent to the printer later. | |
25876 | 13006 |
13007 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
13008 | |
13009 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
13010 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
37617 | 13011 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in |
13012 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, | |
13013 so it has a way to determine color values. | |
25876 | 13014 |
13015 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
13016 | |
13017 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
13018 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
13019 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. | |
13020 | |
13021 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
13022 | |
13023 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
13024 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
37617 | 13025 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in |
13026 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, | |
13027 so it has a way to determine color values. | |
25876 | 13028 |
13029 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
13030 | |
13031 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\ | |
13032 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer. | |
13033 | |
37617 | 13034 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the |
13035 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file | |
13036 instead of sending it to the printer. | |
13037 | |
13038 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, | |
13039 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript | |
13040 image in a file with that name." t nil) | |
25876 | 13041 |
13042 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\ | |
37617 | 13043 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the |
13044 current ps-print setup. | |
25876 | 13045 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s |
13046 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil) | |
13047 | |
13048 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
13049 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights. | |
13050 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil) | |
13051 | |
13052 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
13053 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights. | |
13054 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil) | |
13055 | |
13056 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\ | |
13057 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil) | |
13058 | |
13059 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\ | |
39437 | 13060 Extend face in ALIST-SYM. |
25876 | 13061 |
13062 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged | |
39437 | 13063 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides. |
13064 | |
13065 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; | |
13066 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol. | |
25876 | 13067 |
13068 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'. | |
13069 | |
13070 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil) | |
13071 | |
13072 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\ | |
39437 | 13073 Extend face in ALIST-SYM. |
25876 | 13074 |
13075 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged | |
39437 | 13076 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides. |
13077 | |
13078 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; | |
13079 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol. | |
25876 | 13080 |
13081 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form: | |
13082 | |
13083 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...) | |
13084 | |
13085 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol. | |
13086 | |
13087 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the | |
13088 foreground and background colors respectively. | |
13089 | |
13090 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols: | |
13091 bold - use bold font. | |
13092 italic - use italic font. | |
13093 underline - put a line under text. | |
13094 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text. | |
13095 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text. | |
13096 shadow - text will have a shadow. | |
13097 box - text will be surrounded by a box. | |
13098 outline - print characters as hollow outlines. | |
13099 | |
13100 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil) | |
13101 | |
13102 ;;;*** | |
13103 | |
13104 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal | |
31388 | 13105 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map |
32115 | 13106 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout |
37203 | 13107 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail" |
39437 | 13108 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15255 11737)) |
25876 | 13109 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el |
13110 | |
37203 | 13111 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\ |
13112 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil) | |
13113 | |
25876 | 13114 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\ |
13115 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME. | |
39437 | 13116 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package. |
13117 | |
13118 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running | |
13119 `quail-activate', which see." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13120 |
13121 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\ | |
13122 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE. | |
13123 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package. | |
13124 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS, | |
13125 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT, | |
13126 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST, | |
13127 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE. | |
13128 | |
13129 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area. | |
13130 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown | |
13131 with the currently selected translation being highlighted. | |
13132 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character | |
13133 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is | |
13134 shown. | |
13135 If it is nil, the current key is shown. | |
13136 | |
32115 | 13137 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command |
13138 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form | |
13139 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a | |
13140 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is | |
13141 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a | |
13142 list of candidates. | |
25876 | 13143 |
13144 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation | |
13145 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding | |
13146 command to be called. | |
13147 | |
13148 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept | |
13149 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a | |
13150 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the | |
13151 first candidate when the same key is entered later. | |
13152 | |
13153 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is | |
13154 selected automatically without allowing users to select another | |
13155 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of | |
13156 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other | |
13157 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set | |
13158 to t. | |
13159 | |
13160 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a | |
13161 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the | |
13162 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and | |
13163 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail. | |
13164 | |
13165 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show | |
13166 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters. | |
13167 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless | |
13168 this package defines no translations for single character keys. | |
13169 | |
13170 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode | |
13171 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys. | |
13172 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some | |
13173 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to | |
13174 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII | |
13175 characters to represent Vietnamese characters. | |
13176 | |
13177 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum | |
13178 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of | |
13179 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break | |
13180 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul | |
13181 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we | |
13182 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\". | |
13183 | |
13184 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which | |
13185 covers Quail translation region. | |
13186 | |
13187 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update | |
13188 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By | |
13189 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation | |
13190 for it) is inserted. | |
13191 | |
13192 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while | |
13193 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character | |
13194 vs. corresponding command to be called. | |
13195 | |
13196 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of | |
13197 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as | |
13198 non-Quail commands." nil nil) | |
13199 | |
13200 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\ | |
13201 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE. | |
13202 | |
13203 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not | |
13204 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the | |
13205 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This | |
13206 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what | |
13207 you type is correctly handled." t nil) | |
13208 | |
32115 | 13209 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\ |
13210 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE. | |
13211 | |
13212 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected | |
13213 keyboard type." t nil) | |
13214 | |
25876 | 13215 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\ |
13216 Define translation rules of the current Quail package. | |
13217 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION. | |
13218 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
13219 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function. | |
13220 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
13221 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
13222 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
13223 for the translation. | |
13224 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
13225 | |
13226 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
31388 | 13227 it is used to handle KEY. |
13228 | |
13229 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following | |
13230 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where | |
13231 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently | |
13232 the following annotation types are supported. | |
13233 | |
13234 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should | |
13235 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package. | |
13236 | |
13237 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in | |
13238 candidate list. | |
13239 | |
13240 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is | |
13241 selected. The function is called with one argument, the | |
13242 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is | |
13243 inserted. | |
13244 | |
13245 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not | |
13246 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro)) | |
25876 | 13247 |
13248 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\ | |
13249 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package. | |
26899 | 13250 |
13251 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for | |
13252 which to install MAP. | |
13253 | |
25876 | 13254 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil) |
13255 | |
31388 | 13256 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\ |
13257 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package. | |
13258 | |
13259 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for | |
13260 which to install MAP. | |
13261 | |
13262 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil) | |
13263 | |
25876 | 13264 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\ |
13265 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package. | |
13266 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
13267 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, | |
13268 a function, or a cons. | |
13269 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
13270 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
13271 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
13272 for the translation. | |
13273 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function | |
13274 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the | |
13275 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function, | |
13276 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'. | |
13277 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
13278 | |
13279 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
13280 it is used to handle KEY. | |
13281 | |
13282 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package | |
13283 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the | |
13284 current Quail package. | |
13285 | |
13286 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION | |
13287 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil) | |
13288 | |
13289 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\ | |
31388 | 13290 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP. |
13291 | |
13292 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the | |
13293 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them. | |
13294 | |
13295 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map. | |
13296 | |
13297 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the | |
13298 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13299 |
13300 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\ | |
13301 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME. | |
13302 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods; | |
13303 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory | |
13304 of the Emacs source tree. | |
13305 | |
13306 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME, | |
13307 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME. | |
13308 | |
13309 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional | |
13310 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory | |
13311 of each directory." t nil) | |
13312 | |
13313 ;;;*** | |
13314 | |
13315 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls | |
13316 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url | |
39611 | 13317 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15192 |
13318 ;;;;;; 12237)) | |
28212 | 13319 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el |
25876 | 13320 |
13321 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\ | |
13322 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the | |
13323 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that | |
13324 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list. | |
13325 | |
13326 To make use of this do something like: | |
13327 | |
13328 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix) | |
13329 | |
13330 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).") | |
13331 | |
32115 | 13332 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\ |
13333 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP. | |
13334 | |
13335 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current | |
13336 buffer, this default action can be modifed via | |
13337 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil) | |
25876 | 13338 |
13339 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
13340 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil) | |
13341 | |
13342 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\ | |
13343 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD. | |
13344 | |
13345 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination | |
13346 is decided." t nil) | |
13347 | |
32115 | 13348 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\ |
13349 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP. | |
13350 | |
13351 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the | |
13352 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via | |
13353 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil) | |
25876 | 13354 |
13355 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
13356 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil) | |
13357 | |
13358 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\ | |
13359 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil) | |
13360 | |
13361 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\ | |
13362 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list. | |
13363 | |
13364 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are: | |
13365 | |
13366 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil) | |
13367 | |
13368 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\ | |
13369 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil) | |
13370 | |
13371 ;;;*** | |
13372 | |
39611 | 13373 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15192 |
13374 ;;;;;; 12237)) | |
28212 | 13375 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el |
25876 | 13376 |
13377 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\ | |
13378 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER. | |
13379 See \\[compile]." t nil) | |
13380 | |
13381 ;;;*** | |
13382 | |
28077 | 13383 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" |
39611 | 13384 ;;;;;; (15192 12223)) |
28077 | 13385 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el |
13386 | |
13387 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\ | |
13388 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil) | |
13389 | |
13390 ;;;*** | |
13391 | |
30565 | 13392 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files |
13393 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf" | |
39050 | 13394 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15210 48798)) |
25999 | 13395 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el |
13396 | |
13397 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\ | |
13398 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil) | |
13399 | |
27949 | 13400 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\ |
13401 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil) | |
13402 | |
25999 | 13403 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\ |
27949 | 13404 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil) |
13405 | |
30565 | 13406 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\ |
33002 | 13407 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list. |
13408 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise | |
13409 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies | |
13410 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil) | |
30565 | 13411 |
27949 | 13412 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\ |
13413 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil) | |
25999 | 13414 |
33002 | 13415 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\ |
36101 | 13416 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled. |
33357 | 13417 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
33002 | 13418 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
13419 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.") | |
13420 | |
13421 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
13422 | |
13423 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf)) | |
13424 | |
30565 | 13425 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\ |
13426 Toggle recentf mode. | |
33002 | 13427 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. |
13428 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. | |
30565 | 13429 |
13430 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that | |
13431 were operated on recently." t nil) | |
13432 | |
25999 | 13433 ;;;*** |
13434 | |
37617 | 13435 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle |
28162 | 13436 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle |
13437 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle | |
39590 | 13438 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15292 |
39611 | 13439 ;;;;;; 25968)) |
25876 | 13440 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el |
13441 | |
13442 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\ | |
13443 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line. | |
13444 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by | |
25998 | 13445 spaces and tab. |
13446 | |
13447 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to | |
13448 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13449 |
13450 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13451 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle. |
13452 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the | |
13453 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region | |
13454 ends. | |
13455 | |
13456 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13457 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has | |
13458 to be deleted." t nil) | |
25876 | 13459 |
13460 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13461 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
13462 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle. | |
13463 | |
13464 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13465 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
13466 deleted." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13467 |
13468 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13469 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
13470 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13471 |
13472 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13473 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one. |
13474 | |
13475 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13476 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program. | |
13477 | |
13478 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
13479 deleted." t nil) | |
25876 | 13480 |
13481 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
13482 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil) | |
13483 | |
13484 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
13485 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point. | |
13486 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second | |
13487 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc. | |
13488 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings. | |
13489 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner | |
13490 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil) | |
13491 | |
13492 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13493 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right. |
13494 | |
25876 | 13495 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks, |
25998 | 13496 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle. |
13497 | |
13498 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13499 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text | |
13500 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil) | |
25876 | 13501 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name |
13502 | |
13503 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
13504 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line. | |
13505 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line | |
13506 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the | |
25998 | 13507 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted. |
13508 | |
13509 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13510 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil) | |
25876 | 13511 |
13512 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
37617 | 13513 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line. |
13514 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width. | |
13515 | |
13516 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil) | |
13517 | |
13518 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
13519 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right. | |
13520 | |
13521 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
25998 | 13522 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion. |
13523 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil) | |
25876 | 13524 |
13525 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13526 Blank out the region-rectangle. |
13527 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks. | |
13528 | |
13529 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13530 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the | |
13531 rectangle which were empty." t nil) | |
13532 | |
13533 ;;;*** | |
13534 | |
40341 | 13535 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15306 |
13536 ;;;;;; 37172)) | |
33002 | 13537 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el |
13538 | |
13539 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\ | |
13540 Toggle Refill minor mode. | |
13541 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive. | |
13542 | |
13543 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when | |
13544 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause | |
13545 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil) | |
13546 | |
13547 ;;;*** | |
13548 | |
25998 | 13549 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" |
39611 | 13550 ;;;;;; (15192 12248)) |
25876 | 13551 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el |
13552 | |
13553 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\ | |
13554 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil) | |
13555 | |
13556 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\ | |
13557 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX. | |
13558 | |
25998 | 13559 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing |
13560 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'. | |
13561 | |
25876 | 13562 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'. |
13563 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and | |
13564 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a | |
13565 \\ref macro. | |
13566 | |
13567 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression | |
13568 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX | |
13569 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro. | |
13570 | |
25998 | 13571 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point |
13572 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with | |
13573 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index. | |
25876 | 13574 |
13575 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by | |
13576 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature. | |
13577 | |
13578 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format. | |
13579 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'. | |
13580 | |
13581 \\{reftex-mode-map} | |
13582 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu | |
13583 on the menu bar. | |
13584 | |
13585 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil) | |
13586 | |
25998 | 13587 ;;;*** |
13588 | |
13589 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" | |
39611 | 13590 ;;;;;; (15192 12247)) |
25998 | 13591 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el |
13592 | |
13593 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\ | |
25876 | 13594 Make a citation using BibTeX database files. |
13595 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with | |
13596 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the | |
13597 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according | |
13598 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer. | |
13599 | |
13600 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned. | |
13601 | |
26963 | 13602 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format. |
13603 | |
25876 | 13604 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document. |
13605 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When | |
38398 | 13606 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will |
25876 | 13607 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'. |
13608 | |
13609 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'. | |
13610 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'. | |
13611 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible. | |
13612 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil) | |
13613 | |
13614 ;;;*** | |
13615 | |
26963 | 13616 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el" |
39611 | 13617 ;;;;;; (15192 12248)) |
26963 | 13618 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el |
13619 | |
13620 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\ | |
13621 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document. | |
13622 This buffer was created with RefTeX. | |
13623 | |
13624 To insert new phrases, use | |
13625 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word | |
13626 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer. | |
13627 | |
13628 To index phrases use one of: | |
13629 | |
13630 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase | |
13631 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg) | |
13632 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases | |
13633 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases | |
13634 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region | |
13635 | |
13636 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases]. | |
13637 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info]. | |
13638 | |
13639 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual. | |
13640 | |
13641 Here are all local bindings. | |
13642 | |
13643 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil) | |
13644 | |
13645 ;;;*** | |
13646 | |
25876 | 13647 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" |
39611 | 13648 ;;;;;; (15192 12223)) |
25876 | 13649 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el |
13650 | |
13651 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
13652 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS. | |
13653 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps, | |
13654 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp | |
13655 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct. | |
13656 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp: | |
13657 | |
33002 | 13658 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\"))) |
13659 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close)) | |
13660 | |
13661 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded | |
13662 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13663 |
13664 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
13665 Return the depth of REGEXP. | |
13666 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions) | |
13667 in REGEXP." nil nil) | |
13668 | |
13669 ;;;*** | |
13670 | |
39611 | 13671 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15185 35996)) |
25876 | 13672 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el |
13673 | |
13674 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\ | |
13675 Repeat most recently executed command. | |
13676 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use | |
13677 the prefix arg that was used before (if any). | |
13678 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor. | |
13679 | |
13680 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then | |
13681 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior | |
13682 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil) | |
13683 | |
13684 ;;;*** | |
13685 | |
13686 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" | |
39611 | 13687 ;;;;;; (15192 12235)) |
25876 | 13688 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el |
13689 | |
26724 | 13690 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\ |
13691 Begin submitting a bug report via email. | |
13692 | |
13693 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is | |
13694 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers, | |
13695 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function). | |
29505 | 13696 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'. |
13697 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer, | |
13698 and point is left after the salutation. | |
26724 | 13699 |
13700 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state' | |
13701 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are | |
13702 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text | |
13703 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is | |
13704 left after that text. | |
13705 | |
13706 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p' | |
13707 is non-nil. | |
13708 | |
13709 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information | |
13710 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send | |
13711 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which | |
13712 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13713 |
13714 ;;;*** | |
13715 | |
13716 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el" | |
35668 | 13717 ;;;;;; (13229 29317)) |
25876 | 13718 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el |
13719 | |
13720 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\ | |
13721 Make the current definition and/or comment visible. | |
13722 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the | |
13723 visibility of comments that precede it. | |
13724 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied. | |
13725 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the | |
13726 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the | |
13727 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment | |
13728 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get | |
13729 as much of the comment onscreen as possible. | |
13730 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and | |
13731 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of | |
13732 the comment lines. | |
13733 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun | |
13734 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line | |
13735 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only | |
13736 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the | |
13737 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil) | |
13738 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window) | |
13739 | |
13740 ;;;*** | |
13741 | |
13742 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679 | |
13743 ;;;;;; 50658)) | |
13744 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el | |
13745 | |
13746 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\ | |
13747 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil) | |
13748 | |
13749 ;;;*** | |
13750 | |
39611 | 13751 ;;;### (autoloads (read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties |
13752 ;;;;;; read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" | |
39732 | 13753 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" (15298 53573)) |
39611 | 13754 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el |
13755 | |
13756 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties (quote (face read-file-name-electric-shadow field shadow)) "\ | |
13757 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer. | |
13758 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active. | |
13759 If emacs is not running under a window system, | |
13760 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.") | |
13761 | |
13762 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\ | |
13763 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer. | |
13764 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active and emacs | |
13765 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window | |
13766 system, `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties' is used instead.") | |
13767 | |
13768 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode nil "\ | |
13769 Non-nil if Read-File-Name-Electric-Shadow mode is enabled. | |
13770 See the command `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
13771 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
13772 use either \\[customize] or the function `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode'.") | |
13773 | |
13774 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
13775 | |
13776 (custom-add-load (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote rfn-eshadow)) | |
13777 | |
13778 (autoload (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\ | |
13779 Toggle Read-File-Name Electric Shadow mode | |
13780 When active, any part of the a filename being read in the minibuffer | |
13781 that would be ignored because the result is passed through | |
13782 `substitute-in-file-name' is given the properties in | |
13783 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties', which can be used to make | |
13784 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticable. | |
13785 | |
13786 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | |
13787 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil) | |
13788 | |
13789 ;;;*** | |
13790 | |
25876 | 13791 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" |
29505 | 13792 ;;;;;; (14634 20460)) |
25876 | 13793 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el |
13794 | |
13795 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\ | |
13796 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil) | |
13797 | |
13798 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\ | |
13799 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil) | |
13800 | |
13801 ;;;*** | |
13802 | |
28212 | 13803 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959)) |
13804 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el | |
25876 | 13805 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") |
13806 | |
13807 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\ | |
13808 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS. | |
13809 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain | |
13810 other arguments for `rlogin'. | |
13811 | |
13812 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection. | |
13813 | |
13814 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' | |
13815 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs). | |
13816 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists, | |
13817 a new buffer with a different connection will be made. | |
13818 | |
13819 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is | |
13820 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use. | |
13821 | |
13822 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to | |
13823 run. It can be a relative or absolute path. | |
13824 | |
13825 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to | |
13826 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in | |
13827 INPUT-ARGS. | |
13828 | |
13829 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the | |
13830 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to | |
13831 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes | |
13832 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This | |
13833 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory. | |
13834 | |
13835 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default | |
13836 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory. | |
13837 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine | |
13838 share the same files via NFS. This is the default. | |
13839 | |
13840 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the | |
13841 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the | |
13842 variable." t nil) | |
13843 | |
13844 ;;;*** | |
13845 | |
13846 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode | |
28919 | 13847 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge |
13848 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory | |
13849 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output | |
13850 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers | |
13851 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names) | |
39437 | 13852 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15269 48090)) |
25876 | 13853 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el |
13854 | |
13855 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\ | |
13856 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages. | |
13857 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address | |
13858 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.") | |
13859 | |
13860 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\ | |
13861 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of | |
13862 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set | |
13863 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default | |
13864 value is the user's name.) | |
13865 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.") | |
13866 | |
36101 | 13867 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\ |
25876 | 13868 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide. |
13869 This variable is used for reformatting the message header, | |
13870 which normally happens once for each message, | |
13871 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail. | |
13872 To make a change in this variable take effect | |
13873 for a message that you have already viewed, | |
13874 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.") | |
13875 | |
13876 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\ | |
13877 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display. | |
13878 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by | |
13879 `rmail-ignored-headers'.") | |
13880 | |
37203 | 13881 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\ |
25876 | 13882 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.") |
13883 | |
13884 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\ | |
13885 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight. | |
13886 A value of nil means don't highlight. | |
13887 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.") | |
13888 | |
13889 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\ | |
13890 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.") | |
13891 | |
13892 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\ | |
13893 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.") | |
13894 | |
13895 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\ | |
13896 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'. | |
13897 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\") | |
13898 \(the name varies depending on the operating system, | |
13899 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).") | |
13900 | |
13901 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\ | |
13902 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.") | |
13903 | |
13904 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\ | |
13905 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.") | |
13906 | |
13907 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\ | |
13908 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.") | |
13909 | |
34166 | 13910 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\ |
28292 | 13911 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.") |
13912 | |
25876 | 13913 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\ |
13914 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.") | |
13915 | |
13916 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\ | |
13917 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.") | |
13918 | |
13919 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\ | |
13920 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.") | |
13921 | |
27949 | 13922 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\ |
13923 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.") | |
13924 | |
25876 | 13925 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\ |
13926 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message. | |
13927 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is | |
13928 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.") | |
13929 | |
13930 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\ | |
13931 Coding system used in RMAIL file. | |
13932 | |
13933 This is set to nil by default.") | |
13934 | |
13935 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\ | |
13936 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature. | |
13937 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message. | |
13938 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message | |
13939 until a user explicitly requires it.") | |
13940 | |
13941 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\ | |
37617 | 13942 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file. |
13943 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. | |
13944 It is called with no argument.") | |
13945 | |
13946 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\ | |
13947 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded. | |
13948 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. | |
13949 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a | |
13950 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer | |
13951 is the outgoing mail buffer.") | |
13952 | |
38398 | 13953 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\ |
13954 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent. | |
13955 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. | |
13956 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a | |
13957 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer | |
13958 is the outgoing mail buffer.") | |
13959 | |
37617 | 13960 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\ |
13961 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message. | |
13962 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. | |
13963 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where | |
13964 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.") | |
13965 | |
13966 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\ | |
13967 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message. | |
13968 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. | |
13969 It is called with four arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where | |
13970 MSG is the message number, | |
13971 REGEXP is the regular expression, | |
13972 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.") | |
25876 | 13973 |
13974 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\ | |
13975 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail. | |
13976 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, | |
13977 this feature is required with `require'.") | |
13978 | |
13979 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\ | |
13980 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification. | |
13981 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification, | |
13982 the message is decoded as normal way. | |
13983 | |
13984 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is | |
13985 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by | |
13986 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.") | |
13987 | |
13988 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\ | |
13989 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message. | |
13990 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.") | |
13991 | |
13992 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\ | |
13993 Read and edit incoming mail. | |
13994 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file) | |
13995 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode. | |
13996 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands. | |
13997 | |
13998 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on | |
13999 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file. | |
14000 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you | |
14001 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer. | |
14002 | |
14003 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil) | |
14004 | |
14005 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\ | |
14006 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files. | |
14007 All normal editing commands are turned off. | |
14008 Instead, these commands are available: | |
14009 | |
14010 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]). | |
14011 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message. | |
14012 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message. | |
14013 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message. | |
14014 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message. | |
14015 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not. | |
14016 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not. | |
14017 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file. | |
14018 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file. | |
14019 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file. | |
14020 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in. | |
14021 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted. | |
14022 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted. | |
14023 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages | |
14024 till a deleted message is found. | |
14025 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail. | |
14026 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages. | |
14027 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file. | |
14028 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer. | |
14029 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging. | |
14030 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file. | |
14031 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]). | |
14032 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before. | |
14033 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields. | |
14034 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message. | |
14035 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user. | |
14036 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it). | |
14037 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it). | |
14038 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line. | |
14039 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file. | |
14040 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line. | |
14041 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message. | |
14042 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label | |
14043 (label defaults to last one specified). | |
14044 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted. | |
14045 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label]. | |
14046 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label | |
14047 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message. | |
14048 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s). | |
14049 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s). | |
14050 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s). | |
14051 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s). | |
14052 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil) | |
14053 | |
14054 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\ | |
14055 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil) | |
14056 | |
14057 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\ | |
14058 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil) | |
14059 | |
14060 ;;;*** | |
14061 | |
14062 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el" | |
39611 | 14063 ;;;;;; (15192 12236)) |
25876 | 14064 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el |
14065 | |
14066 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\ | |
14067 Edit the contents of this message." t nil) | |
14068 | |
14069 ;;;*** | |
14070 | |
14071 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message | |
14072 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" | |
39611 | 14073 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15192 12236)) |
25876 | 14074 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el |
14075 | |
14076 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
14077 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
14078 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil) | |
14079 | |
14080 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
14081 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
14082 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil) | |
14083 | |
14084 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil) | |
14085 | |
14086 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
14087 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
14088 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
14089 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
14090 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil) | |
14091 | |
14092 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
14093 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
14094 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
14095 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
14096 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil) | |
14097 | |
14098 ;;;*** | |
14099 | |
14100 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el" | |
39611 | 14101 ;;;;;; (15192 12236)) |
25876 | 14102 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el |
14103 | |
14104 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\ | |
14105 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME. | |
14106 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas. | |
14107 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil) | |
14108 | |
14109 ;;;*** | |
14110 | |
14111 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output | |
14112 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" | |
39611 | 14113 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15192 12236)) |
25876 | 14114 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el |
14115 | |
14116 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\ | |
14117 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files. | |
14118 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP). | |
14119 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer. | |
14120 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use, | |
14121 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns | |
14122 a file name as a string.") | |
14123 | |
14124 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
14125 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME. | |
14126 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created. | |
14127 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs | |
14128 buffer visiting that file. | |
14129 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is | |
14130 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it. | |
14131 | |
14132 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file', | |
14133 which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
14134 | |
14135 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
29505 | 14136 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. |
14137 | |
14138 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed | |
14139 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil) | |
25876 | 14140 |
14141 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\ | |
14142 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.") | |
14143 | |
14144 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\ | |
14145 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME. | |
14146 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
14147 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. | |
14148 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted. | |
14149 | |
14150 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then | |
14151 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages | |
14152 will be appended with their original headers. | |
14153 | |
14154 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file', | |
14155 which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
14156 | |
14157 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not | |
14158 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message. | |
14159 | |
14160 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil) | |
14161 | |
14162 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
14163 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME. | |
14164 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil) | |
14165 | |
14166 ;;;*** | |
14167 | |
37617 | 14168 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent |
25876 | 14169 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject |
39611 | 14170 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15192 |
14171 ;;;;;; 12236)) | |
25876 | 14172 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el |
14173 | |
14174 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\ | |
14175 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date. | |
14176 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
14177 | |
14178 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\ | |
14179 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject. | |
14180 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
14181 | |
14182 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\ | |
14183 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author. | |
14184 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
14185 | |
14186 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\ | |
14187 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient. | |
14188 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
14189 | |
14190 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\ | |
14191 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent. | |
14192 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
14193 | |
14194 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\ | |
14195 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines. | |
14196 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
14197 | |
37617 | 14198 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\ |
25876 | 14199 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels. |
14200 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | |
14201 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil) | |
14202 | |
14203 ;;;*** | |
14204 | |
28523 | 14205 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder |
14206 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp | |
14207 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary | |
14208 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) | |
40341 | 14209 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15315 52173)) |
25876 | 14210 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el |
14211 | |
14212 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\ | |
14213 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.") | |
14214 | |
14215 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\ | |
14216 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.") | |
14217 | |
14218 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\ | |
14219 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil) | |
14220 | |
14221 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\ | |
14222 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS. | |
14223 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil) | |
14224 | |
14225 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\ | |
14226 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS. | |
14227 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers; | |
14228 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
14229 only look in the To and From fields. | |
14230 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil) | |
14231 | |
14232 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\ | |
14233 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP. | |
14234 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message | |
14235 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line), | |
14236 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil) | |
14237 | |
14238 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\ | |
14239 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT. | |
14240 Normally checks the Subject field of headers; | |
14241 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
14242 look in the whole message. | |
14243 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil) | |
14244 | |
14245 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\ | |
14246 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS. | |
14247 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil) | |
14248 | |
14249 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\ | |
14250 *Function to decode summary-line. | |
14251 | |
14252 By default, `identity' is set.") | |
14253 | |
28523 | 14254 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\ |
14255 *Regexp matching user mail addresses. | |
14256 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent | |
14257 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender, | |
14258 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail. | |
14259 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' | |
14260 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent. | |
14261 | |
14262 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails | |
14263 sent by you under different user names. | |
14264 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses. | |
14265 | |
14266 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.") | |
14267 | |
25876 | 14268 ;;;*** |
14269 | |
35196 | 14270 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el" |
39611 | 14271 ;;;;;; (15192 12238)) |
35196 | 14272 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el |
25876 | 14273 |
14274 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\ | |
14275 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted. | |
14276 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands. | |
14277 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil) | |
14278 | |
14279 ;;;*** | |
14280 | |
14281 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13" | |
39611 | 14282 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (15192 12217)) |
25876 | 14283 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el |
14284 | |
14285 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\ | |
14286 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window. | |
38398 | 14287 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected. |
14288 | |
14289 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window | |
14290 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded | |
14291 in rot 13. | |
14292 | |
14293 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'." t nil) | |
25876 | 14294 |
14295 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\ | |
14296 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil) | |
14297 | |
14298 ;;;*** | |
14299 | |
14300 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly | |
14301 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame | |
14302 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height | |
39050 | 14303 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el" |
14304 ;;;;;; (15245 60238)) | |
14305 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el | |
25876 | 14306 |
14307 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\ | |
25998 | 14308 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 14309 |
14310 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
14311 | |
14312 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini)) | |
14313 | |
14314 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\ | |
25998 | 14315 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 14316 |
14317 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\ | |
25998 | 14318 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 14319 |
14320 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\ | |
25998 | 14321 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 14322 |
14323 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\ | |
25998 | 14324 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 14325 |
14326 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\ | |
25998 | 14327 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 14328 |
14329 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\ | |
25998 | 14330 This function is obsolete." t nil) |
25876 | 14331 |
14332 ;;;*** | |
14333 | |
40341 | 14334 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (15298 |
14335 ;;;;;; 59689)) | |
14336 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el | |
14337 | |
14338 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\ | |
14339 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0." t nil) | |
14340 | |
14341 ;;;*** | |
14342 | |
39611 | 14343 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15288 |
14344 ;;;;;; 6955)) | |
39590 | 14345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el |
14346 | |
14347 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\ | |
14348 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM. | |
14349 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form. | |
14350 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result." nil nil) | |
14351 | |
14352 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\ | |
14353 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string. | |
14354 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time. | |
14355 | |
14356 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp | |
14357 notation. | |
14358 | |
14359 STRING | |
14360 matches string STRING literally. | |
14361 | |
14362 CHAR | |
14363 matches character CHAR literally. | |
14364 | |
14365 `not-newline' | |
14366 matches any character except a newline. | |
14367 . | |
14368 `anything' | |
14369 matches any character | |
14370 | |
14371 `(any SET)' | |
14372 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string. | |
14373 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings. | |
14374 | |
14375 '(in SET)' | |
14376 like `any'. | |
14377 | |
14378 `(not (any SET))' | |
14379 matches any character not in SET | |
14380 | |
14381 `line-start' | |
14382 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line | |
14383 in the text being matched | |
14384 | |
14385 `line-end' | |
14386 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line | |
14387 | |
14388 `string-start' | |
14389 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the | |
14390 string being matched against. | |
14391 | |
14392 `string-end' | |
14393 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the | |
14394 string being matched against. | |
14395 | |
14396 `buffer-start' | |
14397 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the | |
14398 buffer being matched against. | |
14399 | |
14400 `buffer-end' | |
14401 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the | |
14402 buffer being matched against. | |
14403 | |
14404 `point' | |
14405 matches the empty string, but only at point. | |
14406 | |
14407 `word-start' | |
14408 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a | |
14409 word. | |
14410 | |
14411 `word-end' | |
14412 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word. | |
14413 | |
14414 `word-boundary' | |
14415 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a | |
14416 word. | |
14417 | |
14418 `(not word-boundary)' | |
14419 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a | |
14420 word. | |
14421 | |
14422 `digit' | |
14423 matches 0 through 9. | |
14424 | |
14425 `control' | |
14426 matches ASCII control characters. | |
14427 | |
14428 `hex-digit' | |
14429 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F. | |
14430 | |
14431 `blank' | |
14432 matches space and tab only. | |
14433 | |
14434 `graphic' | |
14435 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars, | |
14436 space, and DEL. | |
14437 | |
14438 `printing' | |
14439 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars | |
14440 and DEL. | |
14441 | |
14442 `alphanumeric' | |
14443 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters, | |
14444 it matches anything that has word syntax.) | |
14445 | |
14446 `letter' | |
14447 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters, | |
14448 it matches anything that has word syntax.) | |
14449 | |
14450 `ascii' | |
14451 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters. | |
14452 | |
14453 `nonascii' | |
14454 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters. | |
14455 | |
14456 `lower' | |
14457 matches anything lower-case. | |
14458 | |
14459 `upper' | |
14460 matches anything upper-case. | |
14461 | |
14462 `punctuation' | |
14463 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters, | |
14464 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.) | |
14465 | |
14466 `space' | |
14467 matches anything that has whitespace syntax. | |
14468 | |
14469 `word' | |
14470 matches anything that has word syntax. | |
14471 | |
14472 `(syntax SYNTAX)' | |
14473 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one | |
14474 of the following symbols. | |
14475 | |
14476 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation) | |
14477 `punctuation' (\\s.) | |
14478 `word' (\\sw) | |
14479 `symbol' (\\s_) | |
14480 `open-parenthesis' (\\s() | |
14481 `close-parenthesis' (\\s)) | |
14482 `expression-prefix' (\\s') | |
14483 `string-quote' (\\s\") | |
14484 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$) | |
14485 `escape' (\\s\\) | |
14486 `character-quote' (\\s/) | |
14487 `comment-start' (\\s<) | |
14488 `comment-end' (\\s>) | |
14489 | |
14490 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))' | |
14491 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX. | |
14492 | |
14493 `(category CATEGORY)' | |
14494 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be | |
14495 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols. | |
14496 | |
14497 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation) | |
14498 `base-vowel' (\\c1) | |
14499 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2) | |
14500 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3) | |
14501 `tone-mark' (\\c4) | |
14502 `symbol' (\\c5) | |
14503 `digit' (\\c6) | |
14504 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7) | |
14505 `vowel-sign' (\\c8) | |
14506 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9) | |
14507 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<) | |
14508 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>) | |
14509 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA) | |
14510 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC) | |
14511 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG) | |
14512 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH) | |
14513 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI) | |
14514 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK) | |
14515 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN) | |
14516 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY) | |
14517 `ascii' (\\ca) | |
14518 `arabic' (\\cb) | |
14519 `chinese' (\\cc) | |
14520 `ethiopic' (\\ce) | |
14521 `greek' (\\cg) | |
14522 `korean' (\\ch) | |
14523 `indian' (\\ci) | |
14524 `japanese' (\\cj) | |
14525 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck) | |
14526 `latin' (\\cl) | |
14527 `lao' (\\co) | |
14528 `tibetan' (\\cq) | |
14529 `japanese-roman' (\\cr) | |
14530 `thai' (\\ct) | |
14531 `vietnamese' (\\cv) | |
14532 `hebrew' (\\cw) | |
14533 `cyrillic' (\\cy) | |
14534 `can-break' (\\c|) | |
14535 | |
14536 `(not (category CATEGORY))' | |
14537 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY. | |
14538 | |
14539 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' | |
14540 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc. | |
14541 | |
14542 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' | |
14543 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end', | |
14544 `match-beginning', and `match-string'. | |
14545 | |
14546 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' | |
14547 another name for `submatch'. | |
14548 | |
14549 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' | |
14550 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all | |
14551 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting | |
14552 regular expression. | |
14553 | |
14554 `(minimal-match SEXP)' | |
14555 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching | |
14556 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they | |
14557 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can | |
14558 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible. | |
14559 | |
14560 `(maximal-match SEXP)' | |
14561 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default. | |
14562 | |
14563 `(zero-or-more SEXP)' | |
14564 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches. | |
14565 | |
14566 `(0+ SEXP)' | |
14567 like `zero-or-more'. | |
14568 | |
14569 `(* SEXP)' | |
14570 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp. | |
14571 | |
14572 `(*? SEXP)' | |
14573 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp. | |
14574 | |
14575 `(one-or-more SEXP)' | |
14576 matches one or more occurrences of A. | |
14577 | |
14578 `(1+ SEXP)' | |
14579 like `one-or-more'. | |
14580 | |
14581 `(+ SEXP)' | |
14582 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp. | |
14583 | |
14584 `(+? SEXP)' | |
14585 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp. | |
14586 | |
14587 `(zero-or-one SEXP)' | |
14588 matches zero or one occurrences of A. | |
14589 | |
14590 `(optional SEXP)' | |
14591 like `zero-or-one'. | |
14592 | |
14593 `(? SEXP)' | |
14594 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp. | |
14595 | |
14596 `(?? SEXP)' | |
14597 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp. | |
14598 | |
14599 `(repeat N SEXP)' | |
14600 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches. | |
14601 | |
14602 `(repeat N M SEXP)' | |
14603 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches. | |
14604 | |
14605 `(eval FORM)' | |
14606 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string, | |
14607 `regexp-quote' it. | |
14608 | |
14609 `(regexp REGEXP)' | |
14610 include REGEXP in string notation in the result." nil (quote macro)) | |
14611 | |
14612 ;;;*** | |
14613 | |
25876 | 14614 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" |
39611 | 14615 ;;;;;; (15192 12245)) |
25876 | 14616 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el |
14617 | |
14618 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
14619 Major mode for editing Scheme code. | |
27016 | 14620 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. |
25876 | 14621 |
14622 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional | |
14623 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling | |
14624 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the | |
14625 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact | |
33002 | 14626 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT |
14627 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the | |
14628 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to | |
14629 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package. | |
25876 | 14630 |
14631 Commands: | |
14632 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
14633 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
14634 \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
27016 | 14635 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook' |
25876 | 14636 if that value is non-nil." t nil) |
14637 | |
14638 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
14639 Major mode for editing DSSSL code. | |
27016 | 14640 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. |
25876 | 14641 |
14642 Commands: | |
14643 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
14644 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
14645 \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
14646 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then | |
14647 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if | |
14648 that variable's value is a string." t nil) | |
14649 | |
14650 ;;;*** | |
14651 | |
14652 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" | |
39611 | 14653 ;;;;;; (14791 59103)) |
25876 | 14654 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el |
14655 | |
14656 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\ | |
14657 Mode for editing Gnus score files. | |
14658 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode. | |
14659 | |
14660 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil) | |
14661 | |
14662 ;;;*** | |
14663 | |
40341 | 14664 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15306 |
14665 ;;;;;; 37172)) | |
25876 | 14666 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el |
14667 | |
14668 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\ | |
14669 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source. | |
26724 | 14670 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added. |
25876 | 14671 \\{scribe-mode-map} |
14672 | |
14673 Interesting variables: | |
14674 | |
40341 | 14675 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs' |
25876 | 14676 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation. |
14677 | |
40341 | 14678 `scribe-electric-quote' |
25876 | 14679 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context. |
14680 | |
40341 | 14681 `scribe-electric-parenthesis' |
25876 | 14682 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{') |
14683 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil) | |
14684 | |
14685 ;;;*** | |
14686 | |
34166 | 14687 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" |
39611 | 14688 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (15192 12217)) |
34166 | 14689 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el |
14690 | |
14691 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\ | |
14692 Control/track scroll locking. | |
14693 | |
14694 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
14695 use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.") | |
14696 | |
14697 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
14698 | |
14699 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all)) | |
14700 | |
14701 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\ | |
14702 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil) | |
14703 | |
14704 ;;;*** | |
14705 | |
25876 | 14706 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode |
14707 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to | |
35196 | 14708 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function |
14709 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind | |
14710 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" | |
39611 | 14711 ;;;;;; (15292 25972)) |
25876 | 14712 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el |
14713 | |
14714 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\ | |
14715 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look. | |
14716 | |
14717 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
14718 king@grassland.com | |
14719 If `parens', they look like: | |
14720 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
14721 If `angles', they look like: | |
14722 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
25998 | 14723 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field |
14724 derived from the envelope-from address. | |
14725 | |
14726 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused | |
14727 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address' | |
14728 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now | |
14729 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.") | |
14730 | |
30565 | 14731 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\ |
25998 | 14732 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail. |
38398 | 14733 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in |
14734 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback. | |
25998 | 14735 |
14736 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address | |
14737 is a privileged operation.") | |
25876 | 14738 |
14739 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\ | |
14740 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent. | |
14741 This is done when the message is initialized, | |
14742 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.") | |
14743 | |
14744 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\ | |
14745 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors. | |
14746 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.") | |
14747 | |
14748 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\ | |
14749 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.") | |
14750 | |
14751 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\ | |
14752 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
14753 The headers should be delimited by a line which is | |
39590 | 14754 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line, |
14755 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'. | |
35668 | 14756 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also |
14757 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.") | |
25876 | 14758 |
14759 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\ | |
14760 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.") | |
14761 | |
14762 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\ | |
14763 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none. | |
14764 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.") | |
14765 | |
14766 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\ | |
14767 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages. | |
14768 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable | |
14769 when you first send mail.") | |
14770 | |
14771 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\ | |
14772 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'. | |
14773 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different | |
14774 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs. | |
14775 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.") | |
14776 | |
14777 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\ | |
14778 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file. | |
14779 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by | |
14780 the `Mail' or `mailx' program. | |
14781 This file need not actually exist.") | |
14782 | |
14783 (defvar mail-signature nil "\ | |
14784 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized. | |
14785 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'. | |
14786 If a string, that string is inserted. | |
14787 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n, | |
14788 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.) | |
14789 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated | |
14790 and should insert whatever you want to insert.") | |
14791 | |
14792 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\ | |
14793 Major mode for editing mail to be sent. | |
14794 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands: | |
14795 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit | |
14796 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): | |
14797 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject: | |
14798 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: | |
39437 | 14799 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To: |
25876 | 14800 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text). |
14801 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file). | |
14802 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail). | |
14803 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked). | |
35196 | 14804 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC). |
14805 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and | |
14806 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil) | |
25876 | 14807 |
14808 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\ | |
14809 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
14810 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system' | |
14811 and `default-sendmail-coding-system', | |
14812 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'. | |
25998 | 14813 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
25876 | 14814 |
14815 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\ | |
14816 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
14817 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil. | |
14818 | |
14819 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment. | |
14820 User should not set this variable manually, | |
14821 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding | |
14822 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment. | |
25998 | 14823 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
25876 | 14824 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*") |
14825 | |
14826 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\ | |
14827 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase). | |
14828 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected. | |
14829 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil. | |
14830 | |
14831 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the | |
14832 end; see the variable `mail-signature'. | |
14833 | |
14834 \\<mail-mode-map> | |
14835 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit. | |
14836 | |
14837 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode | |
14838 to move to message header fields: | |
14839 \\{mail-mode-map} | |
14840 | |
14841 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted | |
14842 when the message is initialized. | |
14843 | |
14844 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string); | |
14845 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted. | |
14846 | |
14847 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name | |
14848 is inserted. | |
14849 | |
14850 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is | |
14851 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message. | |
14852 | |
14853 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says | |
14854 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer. | |
14855 | |
14856 The second through fifth arguments, | |
14857 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil | |
14858 the initial contents of those header fields. | |
14859 These arguments should not have final newlines. | |
14860 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an | |
14861 original message being replied to, or else an action | |
14862 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original. | |
14863 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything. | |
14864 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take | |
14865 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS); | |
14866 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS. | |
14867 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil) | |
14868 | |
14869 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\ | |
14870 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil) | |
14871 | |
14872 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\ | |
14873 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil) | |
14874 | |
14875 ;;;*** | |
14876 | |
40341 | 14877 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15260 28028)) |
25876 | 14878 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el |
14879 | |
14880 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\ | |
14881 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes. | |
14882 This starts a server communications subprocess through which | |
14883 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job. | |
14884 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the | |
14885 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\". | |
14886 | |
14887 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil) | |
14888 | |
14889 ;;;*** | |
14890 | |
14891 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" | |
40341 | 14892 ;;;;;; (15317 28322)) |
25876 | 14893 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el |
14894 | |
14895 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
14896 Major mode for editing SGML documents. | |
14897 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /. | |
14898 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on | |
14899 `sgml-quick-keys'. | |
14900 | |
14901 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around | |
14902 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active, | |
14903 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region. | |
14904 | |
14905 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in | |
14906 your `.emacs' file. | |
14907 | |
14908 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser. | |
14909 | |
14910 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
14911 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do. | |
14912 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil) | |
14913 | |
14914 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
14915 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents. | |
14916 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with | |
14917 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use | |
14918 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on | |
14919 which this is based. | |
14920 | |
14921 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
14922 | |
14923 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most | |
14924 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so | |
14925 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you | |
14926 can also view with a browser to see what happens: | |
14927 | |
14928 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can | |
14929 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6> | |
14930 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules. | |
14931 | |
14932 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are | |
14933 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as | |
14934 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or | |
14935 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands. | |
14936 | |
14937 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points | |
14938 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a | |
14939 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current | |
14940 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'. | |
14941 | |
14942 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">. | |
14943 | |
14944 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be | |
14945 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''. | |
14946 To work around that, do: | |
14947 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil)) | |
14948 | |
14949 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil) | |
14950 | |
14951 ;;;*** | |
14952 | |
14953 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" | |
40341 | 14954 ;;;;;; (15306 37171)) |
25876 | 14955 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el |
14956 | |
14957 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special)) | |
14958 | |
14959 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\ | |
14960 Major mode for editing shell scripts. | |
14961 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax, | |
14962 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned. | |
14963 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is | |
14964 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed. | |
14965 | |
14966 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by | |
14967 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This | |
14968 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to | |
14969 shell-specific features. | |
14970 | |
14971 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book. | |
14972 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The | |
14973 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax: | |
14974 | |
14975 \\[sh-case] case statement | |
14976 \\[sh-for] for loop | |
14977 \\[sh-function] function definition | |
14978 \\[sh-if] if statement | |
14979 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n | |
14980 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop | |
14981 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop | |
14982 \\[sh-select] select loop | |
14983 \\[sh-until] until loop | |
14984 \\[sh-while] while loop | |
14985 | |
25998 | 14986 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are: |
14987 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
14988 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
14989 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line | |
14990 would indent to the way it currently is. | |
14991 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the | |
31388 | 14992 buffer indents as it currently is indented. |
25998 | 14993 |
14994 | |
25876 | 14995 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab. |
14996 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one. | |
14997 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands. | |
14998 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands. | |
14999 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number. | |
15000 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell. | |
15001 | |
15002 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document. | |
15003 {, (, [, ', \", ` | |
15004 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``. | |
15005 | |
15006 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can | |
15007 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly | |
15008 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate. | |
15009 | |
15010 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret] | |
15011 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil) | |
15012 | |
15013 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode)) | |
15014 | |
15015 ;;;*** | |
15016 | |
15017 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" | |
39611 | 15018 ;;;;;; (15192 12223)) |
25876 | 15019 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el |
15020 | |
15021 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\ | |
15022 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files. | |
15023 | |
15024 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the | |
15025 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp | |
15026 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a | |
15027 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by | |
15028 the earlier. | |
15029 | |
15030 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to | |
15031 | |
15032 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\") | |
15033 | |
15034 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then | |
15035 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of: | |
15036 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc. | |
15037 | |
15038 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless | |
15039 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file). | |
15040 | |
15041 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle | |
15042 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the | |
15043 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to | |
15044 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed | |
15045 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution. | |
15046 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX | |
15047 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new | |
15048 emacs version). | |
15049 | |
15050 This function performs these checks and flags all possible | |
15051 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc | |
15052 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file | |
15053 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is | |
15054 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa. | |
15055 | |
15056 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a | |
15057 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the | |
15058 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil) | |
15059 | |
15060 ;;;*** | |
15061 | |
36101 | 15062 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group |
39611 | 15063 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15192 |
15064 ;;;;;; 12217)) | |
36101 | 15065 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el |
15066 | |
15067 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\ | |
15068 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME. | |
15069 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from | |
15070 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are | |
15071 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy | |
15072 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites | |
15073 in the cluster." t nil) | |
15074 | |
15075 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\ | |
15076 Declare a single file to be shared between sites. | |
15077 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the | |
15078 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be | |
15079 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil) | |
15080 | |
15081 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\ | |
15082 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts. | |
15083 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list | |
15084 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all | |
15085 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function). | |
15086 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see | |
15087 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil) | |
15088 | |
15089 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\ | |
15090 Set up file shadowing." t nil) | |
15091 | |
15092 ;;;*** | |
15093 | |
32115 | 15094 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el" |
38452 | 15095 ;;;;;; (15186 41418)) |
25876 | 15096 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el |
15097 | |
32115 | 15098 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\ |
35668 | 15099 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and |
15100 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that | |
15101 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the | |
15102 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell | |
15103 arguments.") | |
25876 | 15104 |
15105 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\ | |
33002 | 15106 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*'). |
15107 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER. | |
15108 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell. | |
15109 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER. | |
25876 | 15110 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name', |
15111 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable, | |
15112 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL. | |
15113 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input | |
15114 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell | |
15115 discards input when it starts up.) | |
15116 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input | |
15117 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'. | |
15118 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'. | |
15119 | |
15120 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15121 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15122 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15123 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell. | |
15124 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15125 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15126 | |
15127 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name | |
15128 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable, | |
15129 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell. | |
15130 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell. | |
15131 | |
15132 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15133 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*") | |
15134 | |
15135 ;;;*** | |
15136 | |
39611 | 15137 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15192 |
15138 ;;;;;; 12245)) | |
25876 | 15139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el |
15140 | |
15141 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\ | |
15142 Major mode for editing SIMULA code. | |
15143 \\{simula-mode-map} | |
15144 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
15145 simula-tab-always-indent | |
15146 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line, | |
15147 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
15148 simula-indent-level | |
15149 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block. | |
15150 simula-substatement-offset | |
15151 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE. | |
15152 simula-continued-statement-offset 3 | |
15153 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement, | |
15154 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple- | |
15155 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation | |
15156 with respect to the previous line of the statement. | |
15157 simula-label-offset -4711 | |
15158 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation. | |
15159 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0) | |
15160 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF. | |
15161 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr | |
15162 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF. | |
15163 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0) | |
15164 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the | |
15165 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is | |
15166 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation. | |
15167 simula-electric-indent nil | |
15168 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line' | |
15169 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented. | |
15170 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase | |
15171 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of | |
15172 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table', | |
15173 or nil if they should not be changed. | |
15174 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table | |
15175 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be | |
15176 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', | |
15177 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed. | |
15178 | |
15179 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook | |
15180 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil | |
15181 | |
15182 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling | |
15183 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not | |
15184 at all." t nil) | |
15185 | |
15186 ;;;*** | |
15187 | |
15188 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy | |
15189 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" | |
38452 | 15190 ;;;;;; (15186 41418)) |
25876 | 15191 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el |
15192 | |
15193 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\ | |
15194 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.") | |
15195 | |
15196 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\ | |
15197 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton. | |
15198 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name, | |
15199 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect. | |
15200 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro)) | |
15201 | |
15202 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\ | |
15203 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
15204 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
15205 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | |
15206 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | |
15207 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | |
15208 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | |
15209 | |
15210 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string | |
15211 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then | |
15212 ignored." t nil) | |
15213 | |
15214 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\ | |
15215 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
15216 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
15217 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | |
15218 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | |
15219 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | |
15220 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | |
15221 | |
15222 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string | |
15223 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then | |
15224 ignored." t nil) | |
15225 | |
15226 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\ | |
15227 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely. | |
15228 | |
15229 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point | |
15230 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. | |
15231 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first | |
15232 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton. | |
15233 | |
15234 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked | |
15235 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in | |
15236 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. | |
15237 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C. | |
15238 | |
15239 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the | |
15240 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the | |
15241 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element. | |
15242 | |
15243 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if | |
15244 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions. | |
15245 | |
15246 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also | |
15247 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are: | |
15248 | |
15249 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode | |
36101 | 15250 _ interesting point, interregion here |
25876 | 15251 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode |
15252 @ add position to `skeleton-positions' | |
37203 | 15253 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point |
15254 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point | |
25876 | 15255 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify') |
15256 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled | |
15257 nil skipped | |
15258 | |
36101 | 15259 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence |
15260 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text. | |
15261 | |
25876 | 15262 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may |
15263 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for | |
15264 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a | |
15265 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but | |
15266 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such | |
15267 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is | |
15268 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of | |
15269 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string. | |
15270 | |
15271 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects. | |
15272 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above. | |
15273 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an | |
15274 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them | |
15275 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are | |
15276 available: | |
15277 | |
15278 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR | |
15279 then: insert previously read string once more | |
15280 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil' | |
15281 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str | |
15282 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want | |
15283 | |
15284 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call | |
15285 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil) | |
15286 | |
15287 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\ | |
15288 Insert the character you type ARG times. | |
15289 | |
15290 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region | |
15291 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'. | |
15292 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a | |
15293 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed. | |
37203 | 15294 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character |
15295 such as backslash. | |
25876 | 15296 |
15297 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else | |
15298 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the | |
15299 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil) | |
15300 | |
15301 ;;;*** | |
15302 | |
39611 | 15303 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15209 |
15304 ;;;;;; 13374)) | |
26899 | 15305 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el |
15306 | |
15307 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\ | |
15308 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program. | |
15309 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil) | |
15310 | |
15311 ;;;*** | |
15312 | |
32115 | 15313 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el" |
39611 | 15314 ;;;;;; (14906 580)) |
32115 | 15315 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el |
15316 | |
15317 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\ | |
35196 | 15318 Display textual smileys as images. |
15319 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values | |
15320 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines | |
15321 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil) | |
32115 | 15322 |
15323 ;;;*** | |
15324 | |
25876 | 15325 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" |
40341 | 15326 ;;;;;; (15311 55090)) |
25876 | 15327 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el |
15328 | |
15329 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil) | |
15330 | |
15331 ;;;*** | |
15332 | |
39611 | 15333 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15292 25972)) |
25876 | 15334 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el |
15335 | |
15336 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\ | |
15337 Play the Snake game. | |
15338 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border. | |
15339 | |
15340 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer. | |
15341 | |
15342 snake-mode keybindings: | |
15343 \\<snake-mode-map> | |
15344 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake | |
15345 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
15346 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
15347 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left | |
15348 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right | |
15349 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up | |
15350 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down | |
15351 | |
15352 " t nil) | |
15353 | |
15354 ;;;*** | |
15355 | |
28212 | 15356 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" |
39611 | 15357 ;;;;;; (15192 12237)) |
28212 | 15358 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el |
25876 | 15359 |
15360 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
15361 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs. | |
15362 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
15363 Tab indents for C code. | |
15364 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
15365 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
15366 \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
15367 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then | |
15368 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
15369 | |
15370 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
15371 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs. | |
15372 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
15373 Tab indents for C code. | |
15374 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
15375 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
15376 \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
15377 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', | |
15378 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
15379 | |
15380 ;;;*** | |
15381 | |
15382 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name | |
15383 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form) | |
39611 | 15384 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15192 12221)) |
25876 | 15385 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el |
15386 | |
15387 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\ | |
15388 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted. | |
15389 | |
15390 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords | |
15391 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form, | |
15392 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings. | |
15393 | |
15394 For example, the form | |
15395 | |
15396 '(24-hours \":\" minutes | |
15397 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\")) | |
15398 | |
15399 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.") | |
15400 | |
15401 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\ | |
15402 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
15403 | |
15404 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
15405 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value | |
15406 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New | |
15407 York City. | |
15408 | |
15409 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
15410 | |
15411 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\ | |
15412 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
15413 | |
15414 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
15415 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value | |
15416 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New | |
15417 York City. | |
15418 | |
15419 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
15420 | |
15421 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\ | |
15422 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'. | |
15423 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude | |
15424 pair. | |
15425 | |
15426 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
15427 | |
15428 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\ | |
15429 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds. | |
15430 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date. | |
15431 | |
15432 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude, | |
15433 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time. | |
15434 | |
15435 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
15436 | |
15437 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\ | |
15438 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window. | |
15439 Requires floating point." nil nil) | |
15440 | |
15441 ;;;*** | |
15442 | |
15443 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672 | |
25998 | 15444 ;;;;;; 20348)) |
25876 | 15445 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el |
15446 | |
15447 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\ | |
15448 Play Solitaire. | |
15449 | |
15450 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire]. | |
15451 \\<solitaire-mode-map> | |
15452 Move around the board using the cursor keys. | |
15453 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key. | |
15454 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo]. | |
15455 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check]. | |
15456 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically | |
15457 check after each move or undo) | |
15458 | |
15459 What is Solitaire? | |
15460 | |
15461 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and | |
15462 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play: | |
15463 Initially, the board will look similar to this: | |
15464 | |
15465 Le Solitaire | |
15466 ============ | |
15467 | |
15468 o o o | |
15469 | |
15470 o o o | |
15471 | |
15472 o o o o o o o | |
15473 | |
15474 o o o . o o o | |
15475 | |
15476 o o o o o o o | |
15477 | |
15478 o o o | |
15479 | |
15480 o o o | |
15481 | |
15482 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one | |
15483 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The | |
15484 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last | |
15485 one in the middle of the board if you're cool. | |
15486 | |
15487 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole | |
15488 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either | |
15489 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like | |
15490 this: o o . | |
15491 | |
15492 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second, | |
15493 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o | |
15494 | |
15495 That's all. Here's the board after two moves: | |
15496 | |
15497 o o o | |
15498 | |
15499 . o o | |
15500 | |
15501 o o . o o o o | |
15502 | |
15503 o . o o o o o | |
15504 | |
15505 o o o o o o o | |
15506 | |
15507 o o o | |
15508 | |
15509 o o o | |
15510 | |
15511 Pick your favourite shortcuts: | |
15512 | |
15513 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil) | |
15514 | |
15515 ;;;*** | |
15516 | |
15517 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields | |
15518 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs | |
39611 | 15519 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15192 12217)) |
25876 | 15520 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el |
15521 | |
15522 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\ | |
15523 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them. | |
15524 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN. | |
15525 | |
15526 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces | |
15527 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of | |
15528 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the | |
15529 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be | |
15530 contiguous. | |
15531 | |
15532 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key. | |
15533 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key. | |
15534 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
15535 the sort order. | |
15536 | |
15537 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point | |
15538 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr. | |
15539 | |
15540 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record. | |
15541 It moves point to the start of the next record. | |
15542 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records. | |
15543 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr | |
15544 is called. | |
15545 | |
15546 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record. | |
15547 It should move point to the end of the record. | |
15548 | |
15549 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key. | |
15550 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or | |
15551 else the key is the substring between the values of point after | |
15552 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key | |
15553 starts at the beginning of the record. | |
15554 | |
15555 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key. | |
15556 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the | |
15557 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil) | |
15558 | |
15559 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\ | |
15560 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
15561 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
15562 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
15563 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
15564 the sort order." t nil) | |
15565 | |
15566 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\ | |
15567 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
15568 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
15569 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
15570 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
15571 the sort order." t nil) | |
15572 | |
15573 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\ | |
15574 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
15575 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
15576 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
15577 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
15578 the sort order." t nil) | |
15579 | |
15580 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\ | |
15581 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
15582 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
27545 | 15583 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region, |
15584 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values. | |
15585 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base. | |
25876 | 15586 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. |
15587 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
15588 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil) | |
15589 | |
15590 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\ | |
15591 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
15592 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
15593 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. | |
15594 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
15595 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort. | |
15596 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
15597 the sort order." t nil) | |
15598 | |
15599 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\ | |
15600 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY. | |
15601 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted. | |
15602 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" | |
15603 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP) | |
15604 is to be used for sorting. | |
15605 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from | |
15606 RECORD-REGEXP is used. | |
15607 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used. | |
15608 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record. | |
15609 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored. | |
15610 | |
15611 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order. | |
15612 | |
15613 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
15614 the sort order. | |
15615 | |
15616 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line | |
15617 starting with the letter \"f\", | |
15618 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil) | |
15619 | |
15620 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\ | |
15621 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns. | |
34166 | 15622 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes |
25876 | 15623 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in. |
15624 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on. | |
34166 | 15625 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order. |
25876 | 15626 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects |
15627 the sort order. | |
15628 | |
15629 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs, | |
15630 because tabs could be split across the specified columns | |
15631 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible, | |
15632 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs. | |
15633 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil) | |
15634 | |
15635 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\ | |
15636 Reverse the order of lines in a region. | |
15637 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil) | |
15638 | |
15639 ;;;*** | |
15640 | |
15641 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" | |
39611 | 15642 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15192 12218)) |
25876 | 15643 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el |
15644 | |
15645 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode)) | |
15646 | |
15647 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\ | |
15648 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off. | |
15649 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in | |
15650 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is | |
15651 supported at a time. | |
15652 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame. | |
15653 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil) | |
15654 | |
15655 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\ | |
15656 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame. | |
15657 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is | |
15658 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil) | |
15659 | |
15660 ;;;*** | |
15661 | |
15662 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) | |
39611 | 15663 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15192 12248)) |
25876 | 15664 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el |
15665 | |
15666 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
15667 | |
15668 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\ | |
15669 Check spelling of every word in the buffer. | |
15670 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling | |
15671 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences. | |
15672 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word | |
15673 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil) | |
15674 | |
15675 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\ | |
15676 Check spelling of word at or before point. | |
15677 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling | |
15678 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil) | |
15679 | |
15680 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\ | |
15681 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region. | |
15682 Used in a program, applies from START to END. | |
15683 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked: | |
15684 for example, \"word\"." t nil) | |
15685 | |
15686 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\ | |
15687 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil) | |
15688 | |
15689 ;;;*** | |
15690 | |
33357 | 15691 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14821 |
15692 ;;;;;; 31351)) | |
25876 | 15693 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el |
15694 | |
15695 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\ | |
15696 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil) | |
15697 | |
15698 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\ | |
15699 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil) | |
15700 | |
15701 ;;;*** | |
15702 | |
37617 | 15703 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres |
15704 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode | |
40341 | 15705 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15234 3951)) |
25876 | 15706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el |
15707 | |
15708 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\ | |
25998 | 15709 Show short help for the SQL modes. |
25876 | 15710 |
15711 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is | |
15712 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi. | |
15713 | |
15714 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter: | |
15715 | |
15716 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres] | |
15717 | |
15718 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported: | |
15719 | |
15720 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql] | |
15721 Solid: \\[sql-solid] | |
15722 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle] | |
15723 Informix: \\[sql-informix] | |
15724 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase] | |
15725 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres] | |
15726 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms] | |
37617 | 15727 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase] |
25876 | 15728 |
15729 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these. | |
15730 | |
15731 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the | |
15732 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt | |
15733 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions | |
15734 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc. | |
15735 | |
15736 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a | |
15737 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in | |
15738 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be | |
15739 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL. | |
15740 | |
15741 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire | |
15742 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are | |
15743 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil) | |
15744 | |
15745 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\ | |
15746 Major mode to edit SQL. | |
15747 | |
15748 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using | |
15749 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this. | |
15750 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers. | |
15751 | |
25998 | 15752 \\{sql-mode-map} |
25876 | 15753 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'. |
15754 | |
15755 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi | |
15756 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This | |
15757 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this | |
15758 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to | |
15759 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the | |
15760 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer]. | |
15761 | |
15762 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see | |
15763 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil) | |
15764 | |
30565 | 15765 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\ |
15766 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process. | |
15767 | |
15768 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15769 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15770 `*SQL*'. | |
15771 | |
15772 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses | |
15773 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as | |
15774 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in | |
15775 the list `sql-oracle-options'. | |
15776 | |
15777 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15778 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15779 | |
15780 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15781 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15782 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15783 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15784 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15785 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15786 | |
15787 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15788 | |
15789 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\ | |
15790 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process. | |
15791 | |
15792 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15793 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15794 `*SQL*'. | |
15795 | |
15796 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses | |
33002 | 15797 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and |
36538 | 15798 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters |
15799 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'. | |
30565 | 15800 |
15801 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15802 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15803 | |
15804 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15805 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15806 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15807 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15808 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15809 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15810 | |
15811 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15812 | |
15813 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\ | |
15814 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process. | |
15815 | |
15816 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15817 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15818 `*SQL*'. | |
15819 | |
15820 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses | |
15821 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set. | |
15822 | |
15823 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15824 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15825 | |
15826 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15827 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15828 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15829 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15830 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15831 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15832 | |
15833 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15834 | |
15835 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\ | |
15836 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process. | |
15837 | |
15838 Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate; | |
15839 its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead. | |
15840 | |
15841 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15842 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15843 `*SQL*'. | |
15844 | |
15845 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses | |
15846 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and | |
36538 | 15847 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters |
15848 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'. | |
30565 | 15849 |
15850 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15851 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15852 | |
15853 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15854 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15855 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15856 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15857 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15858 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15859 | |
15860 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15861 | |
15862 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\ | |
15863 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process. | |
15864 | |
15865 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15866 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15867 `*SQL*'. | |
15868 | |
15869 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses | |
15870 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as | |
15871 defaults, if set. | |
15872 | |
15873 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15874 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15875 | |
15876 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15877 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15878 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15879 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15880 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15881 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15882 | |
15883 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15884 | |
15885 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\ | |
15886 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process. | |
15887 | |
15888 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15889 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15890 `*SQL*'. | |
15891 | |
15892 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses | |
15893 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set. | |
15894 | |
15895 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15896 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15897 | |
15898 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15899 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15900 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15901 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15902 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15903 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15904 | |
15905 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15906 | |
15907 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\ | |
15908 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process. | |
15909 | |
15910 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15911 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15912 `*SQL*'. | |
15913 | |
15914 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the | |
15915 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server' | |
15916 as defaults, if set. | |
15917 | |
15918 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15919 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15920 | |
15921 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15922 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15923 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15924 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15925 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15926 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15927 | |
15928 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15929 | |
25876 | 15930 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\ |
15931 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process. | |
15932 | |
15933 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15934 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15935 `*SQL*'. | |
15936 | |
15937 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses | |
15938 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set. | |
36538 | 15939 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list |
15940 `sql-postgres-options'. | |
25876 | 15941 |
15942 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15943 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15944 | |
15945 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15946 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15947 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15948 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15949 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
25998 | 15950 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M, |
25876 | 15951 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help, |
15952 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this: | |
15953 | |
15954 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions | |
15955 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m))) | |
15956 | |
15957 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15958 | |
37203 | 15959 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\ |
15960 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process. | |
15961 | |
15962 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15963 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15964 `*SQL*'. | |
15965 | |
15966 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login | |
15967 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as | |
15968 defaults, if set. | |
15969 | |
15970 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15971 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15972 | |
15973 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15974 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15975 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15976 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
15977 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15978 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15979 | |
15980 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15981 | |
37617 | 15982 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\ |
15983 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process. | |
15984 | |
15985 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
15986 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
15987 `*SQL*'. | |
15988 | |
15989 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not | |
15990 automatic login. | |
15991 | |
15992 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
15993 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
15994 | |
39050 | 15995 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to |
15996 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set | |
15997 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after | |
15998 advice. See the elisp manual for more information. | |
37617 | 15999 |
16000 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
16001 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
16002 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
16003 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
16004 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
16005 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
16006 | |
16007 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
16008 | |
25876 | 16009 ;;;*** |
16010 | |
32115 | 16011 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer |
16012 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes | |
16013 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke | |
16014 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke | |
16015 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el" | |
40341 | 16016 ;;;;;; (14789 50514)) |
25876 | 16017 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el |
16018 | |
16019 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\ | |
32115 | 16020 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled. |
16021 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize | |
16022 or M-x strokes-mode.") | |
16023 | |
16024 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
16025 | |
16026 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes)) | |
25876 | 16027 |
16028 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
16029 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND. | |
16030 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. | |
16031 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE | |
16032 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the | |
16033 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil) | |
16034 | |
16035 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke)) | |
16036 | |
16037 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
16038 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
16039 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
16040 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being | |
16041 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable | |
16042 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil. | |
16043 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil) | |
16044 | |
16045 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
16046 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
16047 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
16048 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This | |
16049 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and | |
16050 then complete the stroke with button3. | |
16051 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil) | |
16052 | |
16053 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
32115 | 16054 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command. |
25876 | 16055 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil) |
16056 | |
16057 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
16058 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command. | |
16059 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil) | |
16060 | |
16061 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
16062 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil) | |
16063 | |
16064 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke)) | |
16065 | |
16066 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\ | |
32115 | 16067 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil) |
25876 | 16068 |
16069 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\ | |
16070 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil) | |
16071 | |
16072 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes)) | |
16073 | |
32115 | 16074 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\ |
16075 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP. | |
16076 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes | |
16077 chronologically by command name. | |
16078 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil) | |
16079 | |
25876 | 16080 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\ |
16081 Toggle strokes being enabled. | |
16082 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true. | |
16083 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor | |
16084 mode in all buffers when activated. | |
16085 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define | |
16086 new strokes with | |
16087 | |
16088 > M-x global-set-stroke | |
16089 | |
16090 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use | |
32115 | 16091 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your |
25876 | 16092 strokes with |
16093 | |
16094 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer | |
16095 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil) | |
16096 | |
32115 | 16097 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\ |
16098 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs. | |
16099 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. | |
16100 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil) | |
16101 | |
16102 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
16103 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil) | |
16104 | |
25876 | 16105 ;;;*** |
16106 | |
33002 | 16107 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-word studlify-region) "studly" "play/studly.el" |
39611 | 16108 ;;;;;; (15223 37897)) |
33002 | 16109 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el |
16110 | |
16111 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\ | |
16112 Studlify-case the region" t nil) | |
16113 | |
16114 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\ | |
16115 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument" t nil) | |
16116 | |
16117 ;;;*** | |
16118 | |
25876 | 16119 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" |
39611 | 16120 ;;;;;; (15192 12236)) |
25876 | 16121 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el |
16122 | |
16123 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\ | |
16124 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation. | |
16125 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply | |
16126 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]' | |
16127 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the | |
16128 original message but it does require a few things: | |
16129 | |
16130 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer. | |
16131 | |
16132 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the | |
16133 reply buffer. | |
16134 | |
16135 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been | |
16136 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the | |
16137 original message. | |
16138 | |
16139 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers. | |
16140 | |
16141 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited. | |
16142 | |
16143 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't | |
16144 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run | |
16145 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil) | |
16146 | |
16147 ;;;*** | |
16148 | |
40341 | 16149 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (15306 |
16150 ;;;;;; 37167)) | |
16151 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el | |
16152 | |
16153 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\ | |
16154 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS. | |
16155 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that | |
16156 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon. | |
16157 | |
16158 If the caller knows the PPSS of a nearby position, she can pass it | |
16159 in OLP-PPSS (with or without its corresponding OLD-POS) to try and | |
16160 avoid a more expansive scan. | |
16161 Point is at POS when this function returns." nil nil) | |
16162 | |
16163 ;;;*** | |
16164 | |
27321 | 16165 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639)) |
25876 | 16166 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el |
16167 | |
16168 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\ | |
16169 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns. | |
16170 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
16171 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
16172 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil) | |
16173 | |
16174 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\ | |
16175 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible. | |
16176 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs | |
16177 when this can be done without changing the column they end at. | |
16178 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
16179 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
16180 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil) | |
16181 | |
16182 ;;;*** | |
16183 | |
39611 | 16184 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15192 12218)) |
25876 | 16185 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el |
16186 | |
16187 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\ | |
16188 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil) | |
16189 | |
16190 ;;;*** | |
16191 | |
39611 | 16192 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15292 25969)) |
25876 | 16193 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el |
16194 | |
16195 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\ | |
16196 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents. | |
16197 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
16198 Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
16199 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer; | |
16200 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer. | |
16201 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk. | |
16202 | |
16203 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
16204 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be | |
16205 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file | |
16206 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it. | |
16207 | |
16208 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'. | |
16209 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
16210 | |
16211 ;;;*** | |
16212 | |
25998 | 16213 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" |
40341 | 16214 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15301 19234)) |
25998 | 16215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el |
16216 | |
16217 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\ | |
16218 Major mode for editing Tcl code. | |
16219 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets. | |
16220 Tab indents for Tcl code. | |
16221 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
16222 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
16223 | |
16224 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
40341 | 16225 `tcl-indent-level' |
25998 | 16226 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block. |
40341 | 16227 `tcl-continued-indent-level' |
25998 | 16228 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command. |
16229 | |
16230 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable | |
16231 documentation for details): | |
40341 | 16232 `tcl-tab-always-indent' |
25998 | 16233 Controls action of TAB key. |
40341 | 16234 `tcl-auto-newline' |
25998 | 16235 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets, |
16236 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code. | |
40341 | 16237 `tcl-electric-hash-style' |
25998 | 16238 Controls action of `#' key. |
40341 | 16239 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder' |
25998 | 16240 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current |
16241 word when looking up help on a Tcl command. | |
16242 | |
16243 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook' | |
16244 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for | |
16245 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions | |
16246 already exist. | |
16247 | |
16248 Commands: | |
16249 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
16250 | |
16251 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\ | |
16252 Run inferior Tcl process. | |
16253 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively. | |
16254 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil) | |
16255 | |
16256 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\ | |
16257 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point. | |
16258 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil) | |
16259 | |
16260 ;;;*** | |
16261 | |
39611 | 16262 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15242 17023)) |
28212 | 16263 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el |
25876 | 16264 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") |
16265 | |
16266 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\ | |
16267 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
16268 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*' | |
16269 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program | |
16270 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties', | |
16271 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'. | |
16272 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil) | |
16273 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)") | |
16274 | |
16275 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\ | |
16276 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
16277 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'. | |
16278 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil) | |
16279 | |
16280 ;;;*** | |
16281 | |
39611 | 16282 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15192 |
16283 ;;;;;; 12218)) | |
25876 | 16284 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el |
16285 | |
16286 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\ | |
16287 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
16288 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
16289 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. | |
16290 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to | |
16291 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
16292 | |
16293 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\ | |
16294 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil) | |
16295 | |
16296 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\ | |
16297 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil) | |
16298 | |
16299 ;;;*** | |
16300 | |
39611 | 16301 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15192 |
16302 ;;;;;; 12218)) | |
25876 | 16303 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el |
16304 | |
16305 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\ | |
16306 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS. | |
16307 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT. | |
16308 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program, | |
16309 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that | |
16310 program as keyboard input. | |
16311 | |
16312 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS | |
16313 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell. | |
16314 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window | |
16315 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height. | |
16316 | |
16317 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands | |
16318 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it), | |
16319 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command. | |
16320 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram. | |
16321 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'. | |
16322 | |
16323 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator. | |
16324 | |
16325 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour | |
16326 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information: | |
16327 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing, | |
16328 terminal-redisplay-interval. | |
16329 | |
16330 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists | |
16331 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the | |
16332 subprocess started." t nil) | |
16333 | |
16334 ;;;*** | |
16335 | |
39611 | 16336 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15292 25972)) |
25876 | 16337 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el |
16338 | |
16339 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\ | |
16340 Play the Tetris game. | |
16341 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and | |
16342 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so | |
16343 as to form complete rows. | |
16344 | |
16345 tetris-mode keybindings: | |
16346 \\<tetris-mode-map> | |
16347 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris | |
16348 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
16349 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
16350 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left | |
16351 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right | |
16352 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise | |
16353 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise | |
16354 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area | |
16355 | |
16356 " t nil) | |
16357 | |
16358 ;;;*** | |
16359 | |
16360 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode | |
16361 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode | |
16362 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
16363 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names | |
16364 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command | |
16365 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp | |
16366 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" | |
39611 | 16367 ;;;;;; (15192 12248)) |
25876 | 16368 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el |
16369 | |
16370 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\ | |
16371 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.") | |
16372 | |
16373 (defvar tex-directory "." "\ | |
16374 *Directory in which temporary files are written. | |
16375 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it | |
16376 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are | |
16377 `\\input' commands with relative directories.") | |
16378 | |
16379 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\ | |
16380 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include. | |
16381 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string; | |
16382 if it matches the first line of the file, | |
16383 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.") | |
16384 | |
16385 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\ | |
16386 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file. | |
16387 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file' | |
16388 if the variable is non-nil.") | |
16389 | |
16390 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\ | |
16391 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.") | |
16392 | |
16393 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\ | |
16394 *Command used to run TeX subjob. | |
16395 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
16396 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
16397 | |
16398 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\ | |
16399 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob. | |
16400 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
16401 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
16402 | |
16403 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\ | |
16404 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob. | |
16405 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
16406 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
16407 | |
16408 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\ | |
16409 *TeX options to use when running TeX. | |
16410 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option. | |
16411 See the documentation of `tex-command'.") | |
16412 | |
16413 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\ | |
16414 *User defined LaTeX block names. | |
16415 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.") | |
16416 | |
16417 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\ | |
16418 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data. | |
16419 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
16420 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
16421 | |
16422 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
16423 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
16424 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
16425 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
16426 | |
16427 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
16428 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file. | |
16429 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
16430 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | |
16431 | |
16432 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable | |
16433 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want; | |
16434 for example, | |
16435 | |
16436 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
16437 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \"))) | |
16438 | |
16439 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to | |
16440 use.") | |
16441 | |
16442 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\ | |
16443 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file. | |
16444 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
16445 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | |
16446 | |
16447 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the | |
16448 window system being used. For example, | |
16449 | |
16450 (setq tex-dvi-view-command | |
16451 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\")) | |
16452 | |
16453 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty | |
16454 otherwise.") | |
16455 | |
16456 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\ | |
16457 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue. | |
16458 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.") | |
16459 | |
26724 | 16460 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\ |
25876 | 16461 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX. |
16462 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file | |
16463 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands. | |
16464 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.") | |
16465 | |
16466 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\ | |
16467 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.") | |
16468 | |
16469 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\ | |
16470 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.") | |
16471 | |
16472 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
16473 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX. | |
16474 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether | |
16475 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode', | |
16476 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined, | |
16477 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode' | |
16478 says which mode to use." t nil) | |
16479 | |
16480 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode)) | |
16481 | |
16482 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode)) | |
16483 | |
16484 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode)) | |
16485 | |
16486 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
16487 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX. | |
16488 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
16489 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
16490 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
16491 | |
16492 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\" | |
16493 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.), | |
16494 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
16495 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
16496 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
16497 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
16498 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
16499 | |
16500 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
16501 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
16502 | |
16503 Special commands: | |
38398 | 16504 \\{plain-tex-mode-map} |
25876 | 16505 |
16506 Mode variables: | |
16507 tex-run-command | |
16508 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
16509 tex-directory | |
16510 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs | |
16511 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
16512 tex-dvi-print-command | |
16513 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
16514 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
16515 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
16516 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
16517 tex-dvi-view-command | |
16518 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
16519 tex-show-queue-command | |
16520 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
16521 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
16522 | |
16523 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
16524 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the | |
16525 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
16526 | |
16527 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
16528 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX. | |
16529 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
16530 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
16531 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
16532 | |
16533 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
16534 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
16535 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
16536 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
16537 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
16538 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
16539 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
16540 | |
16541 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
16542 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
16543 | |
16544 Special commands: | |
38398 | 16545 \\{latex-mode-map} |
25876 | 16546 |
16547 Mode variables: | |
16548 latex-run-command | |
16549 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
16550 tex-directory | |
16551 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs | |
16552 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
16553 tex-dvi-print-command | |
16554 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
16555 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
16556 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
16557 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
16558 tex-dvi-view-command | |
16559 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
16560 tex-show-queue-command | |
16561 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
16562 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
16563 | |
16564 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then | |
16565 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special | |
16566 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
16567 | |
16568 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
16569 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX. | |
16570 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
16571 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
16572 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
16573 | |
16574 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
16575 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
16576 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
16577 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
16578 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
16579 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
16580 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
16581 | |
16582 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
16583 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
16584 | |
16585 Special commands: | |
38398 | 16586 \\{slitex-mode-map} |
25876 | 16587 |
16588 Mode variables: | |
16589 slitex-run-command | |
16590 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
16591 tex-directory | |
16592 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs | |
16593 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
16594 tex-dvi-print-command | |
16595 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
16596 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
16597 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
16598 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
16599 tex-dvi-view-command | |
16600 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
16601 tex-show-queue-command | |
16602 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
16603 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
16604 | |
16605 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
16606 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook | |
16607 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook | |
16608 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
16609 | |
16610 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil) | |
16611 | |
16612 ;;;*** | |
16613 | |
16614 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) | |
39611 | 16615 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15192 12249)) |
25876 | 16616 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el |
16617 | |
16618 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\ | |
16619 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file. | |
16620 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
16621 name specified in the @setfilename command. | |
16622 | |
16623 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table | |
16624 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and | |
16625 Info-split to do these manually." t nil) | |
16626 | |
16627 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\ | |
16628 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format. | |
16629 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info. | |
16630 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is | |
16631 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil) | |
16632 | |
16633 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\ | |
16634 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file. | |
16635 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
16636 names specified in the @setfilename command. | |
16637 | |
16638 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and | |
16639 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that | |
16640 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original | |
16641 Texinfo source buffer is not changed. | |
16642 | |
16643 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file | |
16644 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil) | |
16645 | |
16646 ;;;*** | |
16647 | |
34166 | 16648 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote) |
40341 | 16649 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15319 49209)) |
25876 | 16650 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el |
16651 | |
34166 | 16652 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\ |
16653 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.") | |
16654 | |
16655 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\ | |
16656 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.") | |
16657 | |
25876 | 16658 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\ |
16659 Major mode for editing Texinfo files. | |
16660 | |
16661 It has these extra commands: | |
16662 \\{texinfo-mode-map} | |
16663 | |
16664 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals | |
16665 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or | |
16666 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and | |
16667 modified version of TeX input format. | |
16668 | |
16669 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is | |
16670 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see | |
16671 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like, | |
16672 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region. | |
16673 | |
16674 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure]. | |
16675 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the | |
16676 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like. | |
16677 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window. | |
16678 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and | |
16679 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot | |
16680 in the Texinfo file. | |
16681 | |
16682 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various | |
16683 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these | |
16684 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with | |
16685 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to | |
16686 move forward past the closing brace. | |
16687 | |
16688 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or | |
16689 updating menus and node pointers. These functions | |
16690 | |
16691 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node, | |
16692 * insert or update the menu for a section, and | |
16693 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file. | |
16694 | |
16695 Here are the functions: | |
16696 | |
16697 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node] | |
16698 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update] | |
16699 texinfo-sequential-node-update | |
16700 | |
16701 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu] | |
16702 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] | |
16703 texinfo-master-menu | |
16704 | |
16705 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) | |
16706 | |
16707 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to | |
16708 which menu descriptions are indented. | |
16709 | |
16710 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the | |
16711 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs | |
16712 in the region. | |
16713 | |
16714 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file | |
16715 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the | |
16716 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an | |
16717 `@chapter' or `@section' line. | |
16718 | |
16719 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and | |
16720 be the first node in the file. | |
16721 | |
28710 | 16722 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the |
16723 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
25876 | 16724 |
16725 ;;;*** | |
16726 | |
26899 | 16727 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion |
28919 | 16728 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) |
39611 | 16729 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15192 12234)) |
25876 | 16730 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el |
16731 | |
16732 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\ | |
16733 Compose Thai characters in the region. | |
16734 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
16735 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
16736 | |
16737 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\ | |
16738 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil) | |
16739 | |
16740 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\ | |
16741 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil) | |
16742 | |
16743 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil) | |
16744 | |
26899 | 16745 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\ |
16746 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO. | |
16747 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. | |
16748 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text | |
16749 to compose. | |
16750 | |
16751 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil) | |
25876 | 16752 |
16753 ;;;*** | |
16754 | |
27949 | 16755 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point |
16756 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing) | |
39611 | 16757 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15192 12218)) |
25876 | 16758 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el |
16759 | |
16760 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\ | |
16761 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil) | |
16762 | |
16763 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
16764 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point. | |
16765 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
16766 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
16767 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
16768 | |
16769 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
16770 a symbol as a valid THING. | |
16771 | |
16772 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions | |
16773 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil) | |
16774 | |
16775 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
16776 Return the THING at point. | |
16777 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
16778 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
16779 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
16780 | |
16781 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
16782 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil) | |
16783 | |
27949 | 16784 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) |
16785 | |
16786 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
16787 | |
16788 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
16789 | |
16790 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
16791 | |
25876 | 16792 ;;;*** |
16793 | |
16794 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion | |
26899 | 16795 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function |
29505 | 16796 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region |
16797 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription | |
39611 | 16798 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (15192 |
16799 ;;;;;; 12234)) | |
25876 | 16800 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el |
16801 | |
26899 | 16802 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\ |
25876 | 16803 Check if char CH is Tibetan character. |
16804 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil) | |
16805 | |
26899 | 16806 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\ |
16807 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil) | |
16808 | |
16809 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\ | |
16810 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string. | |
16811 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil) | |
25876 | 16812 |
16813 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\ | |
26899 | 16814 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil) |
25876 | 16815 |
16816 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\ | |
26899 | 16817 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil) |
16818 | |
29505 | 16819 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\ |
16820 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO. | |
16821 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters | |
16822 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil) | |
16823 | |
16824 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\ | |
16825 Decompose Tibetan string STR. | |
16826 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters | |
16827 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil) | |
26899 | 16828 |
16829 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
25876 | 16830 |
16831 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
16832 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components. | |
26899 | 16833 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil) |
25876 | 16834 |
16835 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
16836 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer. | |
16837 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil) | |
16838 | |
16839 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
16840 | |
16841 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
16842 | |
16843 ;;;*** | |
16844 | |
26724 | 16845 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" |
39611 | 16846 ;;;;;; (15223 37897)) |
26724 | 16847 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el |
16848 | |
16849 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\ | |
16850 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END. | |
16851 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | |
16852 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | |
16853 parameters. | |
16854 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil) | |
16855 | |
16856 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\ | |
16857 Add hard spaces in the current buffer. | |
16858 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | |
16859 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | |
16860 parameters. | |
16861 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil) | |
16862 | |
16863 ;;;*** | |
16864 | |
32115 | 16865 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date) |
39611 | 16866 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15223 37890)) |
25876 | 16867 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el |
16868 | |
16869 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\ | |
16870 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.") | |
16871 | |
16872 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\ | |
16873 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
16874 This display updates automatically every minute. | |
16875 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
16876 are displayed as well. | |
16877 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil) | |
16878 | |
32115 | 16879 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\ |
37617 | 16880 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled. |
33357 | 16881 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
32115 | 16882 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
16883 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.") | |
16884 | |
16885 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
16886 | |
16887 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time)) | |
16888 | |
25876 | 16889 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\ |
16890 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
16891 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive. | |
16892 | |
16893 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute. | |
16894 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
16895 are displayed as well. | |
16896 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil) | |
16897 | |
16898 ;;;*** | |
16899 | |
32115 | 16900 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el" |
39611 | 16901 ;;;;;; (15192 12231)) |
32115 | 16902 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el |
16903 | |
16904 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\ | |
16905 Convert DATE into time." nil nil) | |
16906 | |
16907 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\ | |
16908 Parse DATE and return a time structure. | |
16909 If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil) | |
16910 | |
16911 ;;;*** | |
16912 | |
25876 | 16913 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" |
40341 | 16914 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15278 57814)) |
25876 | 16915 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el |
16916 | |
16917 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\ | |
25998 | 16918 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer. |
25876 | 16919 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp |
16920 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file: | |
16921 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) | |
16922 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and | |
16923 look like one of the following: | |
16924 Time-stamp: <> | |
16925 Time-stamp: \" \" | |
16926 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes: | |
16927 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea> | |
16928 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil. | |
16929 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'. | |
25998 | 16930 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end', |
16931 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the | |
16932 template." t nil) | |
25876 | 16933 |
16934 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\ | |
16935 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer. | |
16936 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
16937 | |
16938 ;;;*** | |
16939 | |
31388 | 16940 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string |
16941 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out | |
16942 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in | |
16943 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" | |
39611 | 16944 ;;;;;; (15122 26745)) |
31388 | 16945 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el |
16946 | |
16947 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\ | |
16948 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline. | |
16949 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be | |
16950 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the | |
16951 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating. | |
16952 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is | |
16953 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display | |
16954 \(non-nil means on)." t nil) | |
16955 | |
16956 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\ | |
16957 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog. | |
16958 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that | |
16959 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg | |
16960 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or | |
16961 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of | |
16962 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time | |
16963 this function is called within a day. | |
16964 | |
16965 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and | |
16966 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in' | |
16967 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to | |
16968 discover the name of the project." t nil) | |
16969 | |
16970 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\ | |
16971 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog. | |
16972 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was | |
16973 begun during the last time segment. | |
16974 | |
16975 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and | |
16976 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out' | |
16977 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to | |
16978 discover the reason." t nil) | |
16979 | |
16980 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
16981 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil) | |
16982 | |
16983 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\ | |
16984 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out. | |
16985 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been | |
16986 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last | |
16987 project you were working on." t nil) | |
16988 | |
16989 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\ | |
16990 Ask the user before clocking out. | |
16991 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil) | |
16992 | |
16993 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\ | |
16994 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes. | |
16995 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil) | |
16996 | |
16997 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
16998 Return a string representing the amount of time left today. | |
16999 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY | |
17000 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today. | |
17001 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of | |
17002 \"relative to today\"." t nil) | |
17003 | |
17004 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
17005 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today. | |
17006 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is | |
17007 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil) | |
17008 | |
17009 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
17010 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today. | |
17011 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If | |
17012 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the | |
17013 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned | |
17014 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned | |
17015 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time. | |
17016 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is | |
17017 non-nil." t nil) | |
17018 | |
17019 ;;;*** | |
17020 | |
25876 | 17021 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer |
17022 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer" | |
40341 | 17023 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15297 22176)) |
25876 | 17024 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el |
17025 | |
17026 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer)) | |
17027 | |
17028 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\ | |
17029 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil) | |
17030 | |
17031 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\ | |
17032 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil) | |
17033 | |
17034 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\ | |
17035 Perform an action at time TIME. | |
17036 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
17037 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds | |
17038 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT) | |
17039 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. | |
17040 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number. | |
17041 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
17042 | |
17043 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
17044 | |
17045 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\ | |
17046 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds. | |
17047 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
17048 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers. | |
17049 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
17050 | |
17051 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
17052 | |
17053 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
17054 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT. | |
17055 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds. | |
17056 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil) | |
17057 | |
17058 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\ | |
17059 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds. | |
30565 | 17060 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. |
25876 | 17061 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number. |
30565 | 17062 |
17063 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for | |
17064 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle). | |
25876 | 17065 |
17066 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
17067 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1) | |
17068 | |
17069 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
17070 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up. | |
17071 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one. | |
17072 The call should look like: | |
17073 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...) | |
17074 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external | |
17075 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time); | |
17076 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not | |
17077 be detected." nil (quote macro)) | |
17078 | |
17079 ;;;*** | |
17080 | |
17081 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" | |
39611 | 17082 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15192 12233)) |
25876 | 17083 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el |
17084 | |
17085 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
17086 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package. | |
17087 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which | |
17088 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil) | |
17089 | |
17090 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
17091 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
17092 Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
17093 it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
17094 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to | |
17095 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\". | |
17096 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil) | |
17097 | |
17098 ;;;*** | |
17099 | |
17100 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm" | |
39611 | 17101 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15122 26744)) |
25876 | 17102 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el |
17103 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar) | |
17104 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar) | |
17105 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse) | |
17106 | |
17107 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\ | |
17108 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
17109 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'. | |
17110 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar; | |
17111 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil) | |
17112 | |
17113 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\ | |
17114 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
17115 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar | |
17116 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse. | |
17117 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil) | |
17118 | |
17119 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\ | |
17120 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap. | |
17121 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements | |
17122 in the menu in two ways: | |
17123 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer; | |
17124 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown. | |
17125 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably. | |
17126 | |
17127 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a | |
17128 keymap or an alist of alists. | |
17129 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice. | |
17130 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil) | |
17131 | |
17132 ;;;*** | |
17133 | |
35196 | 17134 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities |
17135 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category) | |
39611 | 17136 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15192 12221)) |
28919 | 17137 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el |
17138 | |
35196 | 17139 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\ |
17140 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil) | |
17141 | |
17142 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\ | |
17143 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil) | |
17144 | |
17145 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\ | |
17146 Insert new TODO list entry. | |
17147 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current | |
17148 category." t nil) | |
17149 | |
30565 | 17150 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\ |
17151 List top priorities for each category. | |
17152 | |
17153 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which | |
17154 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'. | |
17155 | |
17156 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted | |
17157 between each category." t nil) | |
17158 | |
28919 | 17159 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\ |
29505 | 17160 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'. |
30565 | 17161 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted |
28919 | 17162 between each category. |
17163 | |
30565 | 17164 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil) |
28919 | 17165 |
35196 | 17166 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\ |
17167 Major mode for editing TODO lists. | |
17168 | |
17169 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil) | |
17170 | |
17171 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\ | |
17172 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil) | |
17173 | |
17174 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\ | |
17175 Show TODO list." t nil) | |
17176 | |
28919 | 17177 ;;;*** |
17178 | |
33002 | 17179 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item |
39050 | 17180 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15247 16242)) |
32115 | 17181 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el |
17182 | |
17183 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\ | |
36101 | 17184 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled. |
33357 | 17185 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
32115 | 17186 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
17187 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.") | |
17188 | |
33357 | 17189 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable)) |
32115 | 17190 |
17191 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar)) | |
17192 | |
17193 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\ | |
17194 Toggle use of the tool bar. | |
34166 | 17195 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive. |
32115 | 17196 |
17197 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for | |
17198 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil) | |
17199 | |
17200 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\ | |
17201 Add an item to the tool bar. | |
17202 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol | |
33002 | 17203 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments |
17204 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See | |
17205 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right. | |
32115 | 17206 |
36101 | 17207 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The |
17208 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally | |
17209 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'. | |
33002 | 17210 |
17211 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in | |
17212 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this | |
17213 function." nil nil) | |
17214 | |
17215 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\ | |
17216 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP. | |
17217 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default | |
17218 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which | |
17219 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'. | |
17220 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'. | |
17221 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding. | |
17222 | |
17223 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in | |
17224 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this | |
17225 function." nil nil) | |
32115 | 17226 |
17227 ;;;*** | |
17228 | |
25998 | 17229 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el" |
40341 | 17230 ;;;;;; (15317 28321)) |
25876 | 17231 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el |
17232 | |
17233 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\ | |
17234 Mode for tooltip display. | |
17235 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil) | |
17236 | |
25998 | 17237 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\ |
17238 Toggle tooltip-mode. | |
17239 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
17240 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.") | |
17241 | |
17242 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
17243 | |
17244 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip)) | |
17245 | |
17246 ;;;*** | |
17247 | |
40341 | 17248 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15299 |
17249 ;;;;;; 63969)) | |
25876 | 17250 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el |
17251 | |
40341 | 17252 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on)) |
17253 | |
17254 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | |
25876 | 17255 |
17256 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\ | |
17257 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil) | |
17258 | |
17259 ;;;*** | |
17260 | |
17261 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) | |
39611 | 17262 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15192 12224)) |
25876 | 17263 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el |
17264 | |
17265 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
17266 Set scroll margins." t nil) | |
17267 | |
17268 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
17269 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil) | |
17270 | |
17271 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
17272 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil) | |
17273 | |
17274 ;;;*** | |
17275 | |
40341 | 17276 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15297 22178)) |
25876 | 17277 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el |
17278 | |
17279 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\ | |
17280 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS. | |
17281 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving | |
17282 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected | |
17283 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil) | |
17284 | |
17285 ;;;*** | |
17286 | |
17287 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer) | |
40341 | 17288 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14588 50057)) |
25876 | 17289 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el |
17290 | |
17291 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\ | |
17292 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.") | |
17293 | |
17294 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\ | |
17295 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER. | |
17296 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
17297 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
17298 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
17299 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called. | |
17300 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other | |
17301 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil) | |
17302 | |
17303 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\ | |
17304 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER. | |
17305 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
17306 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
17307 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
17308 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing | |
17309 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil) | |
17310 | |
17311 ;;;*** | |
17312 | |
17313 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column" | |
40341 | 17314 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15306 37172)) |
25876 | 17315 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el |
17316 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap) | |
17317 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command) | |
17318 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command) | |
17319 | |
17320 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\ | |
17321 Split current window vertically for two-column editing. | |
17322 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current | |
17323 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ). | |
17324 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer. | |
17325 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer | |
17326 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil) | |
17327 | |
17328 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\ | |
17329 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode. | |
17330 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by | |
17331 accepting the proposed default buffer. | |
17332 | |
17333 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil) | |
17334 | |
17335 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\ | |
17336 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode. | |
17337 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that | |
17338 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The | |
17339 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local | |
17340 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both | |
17341 columns remain untouched in the first buffer. | |
17342 | |
17343 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You | |
17344 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.: | |
17345 | |
17346 First column's text sSs Second column's text | |
17347 \\___/\\ | |
17348 / \\ | |
17349 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here. | |
17350 | |
17351 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil) | |
17352 | |
17353 ;;;*** | |
17354 | |
17355 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics | |
17356 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold | |
17357 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode) | |
35668 | 17358 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14891 28342)) |
25876 | 17359 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el |
17360 | |
17361 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\ | |
17362 Toggle typing break mode. | |
17363 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information. | |
17364 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
17365 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.") | |
17366 | |
17367 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
17368 | |
17369 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break)) | |
17370 | |
17371 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\ | |
17372 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.") | |
17373 | |
17374 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\ | |
17375 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest. | |
17376 | |
17377 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between | |
17378 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\" | |
17379 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later. | |
17380 | |
17381 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be | |
17382 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.") | |
17383 | |
17384 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\ | |
17385 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break. | |
17386 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX). | |
17387 | |
17388 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been | |
17389 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if | |
17390 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later | |
17391 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil, | |
17392 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has | |
17393 elapsed, the user will always be queried. | |
17394 | |
17395 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered | |
17396 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally | |
17397 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks | |
17398 will occur; only scheduled ones will. | |
17399 | |
17400 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one | |
17401 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them. | |
17402 | |
17403 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to | |
17404 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.") | |
17405 | |
17406 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\ | |
17407 Enable or disable typing-break mode. | |
17408 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default. | |
17409 | |
17410 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at | |
17411 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the | |
17412 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user | |
17413 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask | |
17414 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time | |
17415 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently | |
17416 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely. | |
17417 | |
17418 A negative prefix argument disables this mode. | |
17419 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it. | |
17420 | |
17421 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the | |
17422 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or | |
17423 reset the keystroke counter. | |
17424 | |
17425 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of | |
17426 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to | |
17427 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the | |
17428 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter. | |
17429 | |
17430 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to | |
17431 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly | |
17432 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the | |
17433 `type-break-schedule' command. | |
17434 | |
17435 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum | |
17436 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever | |
17437 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for | |
17438 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break | |
17439 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether | |
17440 or not to continue. | |
17441 | |
17442 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the | |
17443 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use | |
17444 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to | |
17445 approximate good values for this. | |
17446 | |
17447 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about | |
17448 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include: | |
17449 | |
17450 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode' | |
17451 `type-break-time-warning-intervals' | |
17452 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals' | |
17453 `type-break-warning-repeat' | |
17454 `type-break-warning-countdown-string' | |
17455 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type' | |
17456 | |
17457 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin | |
17458 a typing break occur. They include: | |
17459 | |
17460 `type-break-query-mode' | |
17461 `type-break-query-function' | |
17462 `type-break-query-interval' | |
17463 | |
17464 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil) | |
17465 | |
17466 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\ | |
17467 Take a typing break. | |
17468 | |
17469 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in | |
17470 `type-break-demo-functions' is run. | |
17471 | |
17472 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled | |
17473 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil) | |
17474 | |
17475 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\ | |
17476 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer. | |
17477 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is | |
17478 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil) | |
17479 | |
17480 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\ | |
17481 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks. | |
17482 | |
17483 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how | |
17484 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your | |
17485 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it | |
17486 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one | |
17487 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing | |
17488 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate | |
17489 average typing speed.) | |
17490 | |
17491 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold' | |
17492 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average | |
17493 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of | |
17494 the computed maximum threshold. | |
17495 | |
17496 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be | |
17497 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the | |
17498 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold. | |
17499 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of | |
17500 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil) | |
17501 | |
17502 ;;;*** | |
17503 | |
17504 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" | |
39611 | 17505 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15192 12249)) |
25876 | 17506 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el |
17507 | |
17508 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\ | |
17509 Underline all nonblank characters in the region. | |
17510 Works by overstriking underscores. | |
17511 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
17512 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
17513 | |
17514 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\ | |
17515 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region. | |
17516 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
17517 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
17518 | |
17519 ;;;*** | |
17520 | |
17521 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message) | |
27545 | 17522 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848)) |
25876 | 17523 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el |
17524 | |
17525 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
17526 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages. | |
17527 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil) | |
17528 | |
17529 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
17530 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message. | |
17531 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message | |
17532 following the containing message." t nil) | |
17533 | |
17534 ;;;*** | |
17535 | |
17536 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" | |
39611 | 17537 ;;;;;; (15223 37897)) |
25876 | 17538 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el |
17539 | |
17540 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
17541 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format. | |
17542 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments. | |
17543 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name | |
17544 is made by adding `.mail' at the end. | |
17545 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil) | |
17546 | |
17547 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
17548 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil) | |
17549 | |
17550 ;;;*** | |
17551 | |
17552 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) | |
36101 | 17553 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399)) |
25876 | 17554 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el |
17555 | |
17556 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\ | |
17557 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT. | |
17558 This function has a choice of three things to do: | |
26724 | 17559 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT)) |
25876 | 17560 to refrain from editing the file |
17561 return t (grab the lock on the file) | |
17562 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked). | |
17563 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives | |
17564 in any way you like." nil nil) | |
17565 | |
17566 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\ | |
17567 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do. | |
17568 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification | |
17569 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)), | |
17570 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made. | |
17571 | |
17572 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do. | |
17573 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil) | |
17574 | |
17575 ;;;*** | |
17576 | |
32115 | 17577 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external) |
39611 | 17578 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15192 12231)) |
32115 | 17579 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el |
17580 | |
17581 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\ | |
34166 | 17582 Uudecode region between START and END using external program. |
17583 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program | |
17584 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil) | |
32115 | 17585 |
17586 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\ | |
34166 | 17587 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program. |
32115 | 17588 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil) |
17589 | |
17590 ;;;*** | |
17591 | |
25876 | 17592 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file |
39050 | 17593 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer |
17594 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot vc-directory | |
17595 ;;;;;; vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window | |
17596 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file | |
17597 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) | |
40341 | 17598 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (15317 28321)) |
25876 | 17599 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el |
17600 | |
39050 | 17601 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\ |
17602 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a file has been checked out. | |
17603 See `run-hooks'.") | |
17604 | |
25876 | 17605 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\ |
17606 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done. | |
17607 See `run-hooks'.") | |
17608 | |
17609 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\ | |
31388 | 17610 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in. |
25876 | 17611 See `run-hooks'.") |
17612 | |
17613 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\ | |
31388 | 17614 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary and execute the body. |
17615 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed. | |
17616 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within | |
17617 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by | |
25876 | 17618 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro)) |
17619 | |
17620 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\ | |
31388 | 17621 Edit FILE under version control, executing body. |
17622 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY. | |
25876 | 17623 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it. |
17624 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro)) | |
17625 | |
38452 | 17626 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\ |
17627 Execute a version control command, notifying user and checking for errors. | |
17628 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the | |
17629 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not | |
17630 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is | |
17631 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if | |
17632 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that | |
17633 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the | |
17634 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that | |
17635 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present, | |
17636 that is inserted into the command line before the filename." nil nil) | |
17637 | |
25876 | 17638 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\ |
17639 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file. | |
31388 | 17640 |
17641 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked, | |
25876 | 17642 it will operate on the file in the current line. |
31388 | 17643 |
17644 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more | |
25876 | 17645 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on |
17646 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register | |
17647 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted | |
17648 lock steals will raise an error. | |
31388 | 17649 |
17650 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use. | |
25876 | 17651 |
17652 For RCS and SCCS files: | |
17653 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
17654 control. | |
17655 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out | |
17656 a writable and locked file ready for editing. | |
17657 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this | |
17658 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not, | |
17659 it performs a revert. | |
17660 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry | |
17661 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the | |
17662 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If | |
17663 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a | |
17664 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards. | |
17665 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given | |
17666 the option to steal the lock. | |
17667 | |
17668 For CVS files: | |
17669 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
17670 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\". | |
17671 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed. | |
17672 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is | |
17673 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the | |
17674 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along | |
17675 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained. | |
17676 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to | |
17677 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil) | |
17678 | |
17679 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\ | |
32115 | 17680 Register the current file into a version control system. |
17681 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version | |
31388 | 17682 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment. |
17683 | |
32115 | 17684 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list |
31388 | 17685 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares |
17686 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that | |
17687 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to | |
17688 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the | |
17689 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil) | |
25876 | 17690 |
17691 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\ | |
17692 Display diffs between file versions. | |
31388 | 17693 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent |
25876 | 17694 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. |
17695 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use | |
17696 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil) | |
17697 | |
17698 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\ | |
17699 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window. | |
17700 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'. | |
17701 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil) | |
17702 | |
17703 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\ | |
32115 | 17704 Insert headers in a file for use with your version control system. |
25876 | 17705 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from |
31388 | 17706 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil) |
17707 | |
17708 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\ | |
32115 | 17709 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file. |
17710 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the | |
17711 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that | |
17712 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes | |
17713 from the current branch. | |
31388 | 17714 |
17715 See Info node `Merging'." t nil) | |
25876 | 17716 |
17717 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\ | |
17718 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer. | |
17719 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil) | |
17720 | |
31388 | 17721 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\ |
17722 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR. | |
17723 | |
17724 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'. | |
17725 | |
17726 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override | |
17727 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil) | |
25876 | 17728 |
17729 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
32115 | 17730 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME. |
31388 | 17731 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version |
17732 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument | |
17733 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files | |
17734 are checked out in that new branch." t nil) | |
25876 | 17735 |
17736 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
32115 | 17737 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME. |
17738 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions. | |
17739 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any | |
17740 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are | |
17741 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil) | |
25876 | 17742 |
17743 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\ | |
17744 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil) | |
17745 | |
17746 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\ | |
17747 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on. | |
17748 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical | |
32115 | 17749 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer |
17750 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil) | |
25876 | 17751 |
17752 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\ | |
17753 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file. | |
32115 | 17754 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil) |
25876 | 17755 |
39050 | 17756 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\ |
17757 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE. | |
17758 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not | |
17759 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes | |
17760 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it. | |
17761 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends. | |
17762 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument." t nil) | |
17763 | |
17764 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\ | |
17765 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND. | |
17766 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend | |
17767 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in | |
17768 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the | |
17769 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current | |
17770 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current | |
17771 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend. | |
17772 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)" nil nil) | |
17773 | |
25876 | 17774 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\ |
17775 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil) | |
17776 | |
17777 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\ | |
31388 | 17778 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs. |
25876 | 17779 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default |
31388 | 17780 directory. |
25876 | 17781 |
32115 | 17782 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file. |
25876 | 17783 |
17784 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited | |
17785 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the | |
17786 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate. | |
17787 | |
32115 | 17788 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which |
31388 | 17789 log entries should be gathered." t nil) |
25876 | 17790 |
17791 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\ | |
39437 | 17792 Display the edit history of the current file using colours. |
17793 | |
17794 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current | |
17795 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are | |
17796 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means | |
17797 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By | |
17798 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past; | |
17799 everything that is older than that is shown in blue. | |
17800 | |
17801 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the | |
17802 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer | |
17803 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version | |
17804 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then, | |
17805 you are prompted for a stretch factor for the time scale. This makes | |
17806 the color range cover a time span longer or shorter than the default | |
17807 of one year. For example, a factor of 0.1 means that the range from | |
17808 red to blue stands for the past 36 days only, and everything that is | |
17809 older than that is shown in blue. | |
17810 | |
17811 Customization variables: | |
25876 | 17812 |
17813 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the | |
17814 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and | |
17815 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to | |
17816 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil) | |
17817 | |
17818 ;;;*** | |
17819 | |
40341 | 17820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15317 28321)) |
31388 | 17821 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el |
17822 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f) | |
17823 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name | |
17824 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f))) | |
17825 (require 'vc-cvs) | |
17826 (vc-cvs-registered f))) | |
17827 | |
17828 ;;;*** | |
17829 | |
17830 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el" | |
39611 | 17831 ;;;;;; (15244 62593)) |
31388 | 17832 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el |
17833 | |
17834 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\ | |
17835 *Where to look for RCS master files. | |
17836 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.") | |
17837 | |
17838 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f)) | |
17839 | |
17840 ;;;*** | |
17841 | |
17842 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el" | |
39611 | 17843 ;;;;;; (15244 62593)) |
31388 | 17844 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el |
17845 | |
17846 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\ | |
17847 *Where to look for SCCS master files. | |
17848 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.") | |
17849 | |
17850 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f)) | |
17851 | |
17852 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\ | |
17853 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory. | |
17854 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not | |
17855 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir))))) | |
17856 | |
17857 ;;;*** | |
17858 | |
25876 | 17859 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" |
36101 | 17860 ;;;;;; (14385 23382)) |
25876 | 17861 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el |
17862 | |
17863 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\ | |
17864 Major mode for editing VHDL code. | |
17865 | |
17866 Usage: | |
17867 ------ | |
17868 | |
17869 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and | |
17870 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated | |
17871 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory) | |
17872 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are | |
17873 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. | |
17874 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is | |
17875 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'. | |
17876 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template | |
17877 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be | |
17878 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable | |
17879 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION). | |
17880 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline. | |
17881 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by | |
17882 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e. | |
17883 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'. | |
17884 The following abbreviations can also be used: | |
17885 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var. | |
17886 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric' | |
17887 (see CUSTOMIZATION). | |
17888 | |
17889 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A | |
17890 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by | |
17891 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'. | |
17892 | |
17893 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax | |
17894 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by | |
17895 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in | |
17896 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are: | |
17897 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment | |
17898 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code | |
17899 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line | |
17900 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment | |
17901 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\" | |
17902 | |
17903 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL | |
17904 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts | |
17905 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions. | |
17906 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts). | |
17907 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized | |
17908 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard | |
17909 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\" | |
17910 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\"). | |
17911 | |
17912 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning | |
17913 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator | |
17914 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop. | |
17915 | |
17916 - COMMENTS: | |
17917 `--' puts a single comment. | |
17918 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments. | |
17919 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a | |
17920 comment in between. | |
17921 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out | |
17922 following lines. | |
17923 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out, | |
17924 uncomments a region if already commented out. | |
17925 | |
17926 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals, | |
17927 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications | |
17928 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are | |
17929 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and | |
17930 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil. | |
17931 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are | |
17932 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to | |
17933 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a | |
17934 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment | |
17935 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills | |
17936 multi-line comments. | |
17937 | |
17938 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. | |
17939 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'. | |
17940 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable | |
17941 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region | |
17942 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally | |
17943 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable | |
17944 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, | |
17945 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow | |
17946 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa. | |
17947 | |
17948 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline | |
17949 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group | |
17950 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an | |
17951 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code | |
17952 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns | |
17953 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region. | |
17954 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable | |
17955 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil. | |
17956 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols | |
17957 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated. | |
17958 | |
17959 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component | |
17960 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and | |
17961 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding | |
17962 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual | |
17963 parameters, and as a test bench (menu). | |
17964 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened | |
17965 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual | |
17966 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be | |
17967 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'. | |
17968 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates | |
17969 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and | |
17970 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'. | |
17971 See customization group `vhdl-port'. | |
17972 | |
17973 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION. | |
17974 | |
17975 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in | |
17976 menu). | |
17977 | |
17978 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu. | |
17979 | |
17980 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. | |
17981 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if | |
17982 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil. | |
17983 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and | |
17984 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'. | |
17985 | |
17986 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the | |
17987 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current | |
17988 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see | |
17989 variable `vhdl-project-alist'). | |
17990 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the | |
17991 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar. | |
17992 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their | |
17993 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and | |
17994 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu. | |
17995 | |
17996 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a | |
17997 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or | |
17998 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file | |
17999 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be | |
18000 specified. | |
18001 | |
18002 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can | |
18003 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible | |
18004 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to | |
18005 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu | |
18006 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing | |
18007 the current directory for VHDL source files. | |
18008 | |
18009 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed | |
18010 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is | |
18011 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed | |
18012 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command, | |
18013 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers | |
18014 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable | |
18015 `vhdl-compiler-options'. | |
18016 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command | |
18017 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists. | |
18018 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also | |
18019 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'. | |
18020 | |
18021 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable | |
18022 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, | |
18023 Math Packages. | |
18024 | |
18025 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, | |
18026 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable | |
18027 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower | |
18028 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types, | |
18029 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types, | |
18030 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu) | |
18031 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables | |
18032 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'. | |
18033 | |
18034 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes, | |
18035 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable | |
18036 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template | |
18037 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, | |
18038 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well | |
18039 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil. | |
18040 | |
18041 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that | |
18042 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or | |
18043 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable | |
18044 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as | |
18045 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil. | |
18046 | |
18047 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and | |
18048 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable | |
18049 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some | |
18050 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other | |
18051 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually. | |
18052 | |
18053 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to | |
18054 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only | |
18055 highlighted if written in lower case. | |
18056 | |
18057 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted | |
18058 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' | |
18059 is non-nil. | |
18060 | |
18061 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'. | |
18062 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group | |
18063 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]'). | |
18064 | |
18065 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made | |
18066 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword | |
18067 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'. | |
18068 | |
18069 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the | |
18070 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable | |
18071 `vhdl-hideshow-menu'). | |
18072 | |
18073 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of | |
18074 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors | |
18075 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs | |
18076 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines | |
18077 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The | |
18078 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to | |
18079 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers. | |
18080 | |
18081 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize' | |
18082 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). | |
18083 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in | |
18084 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e. | |
18085 site-wide, read the INSTALL file). | |
18086 | |
18087 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are | |
18088 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\", | |
18089 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'): | |
18090 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
18091 | |
18092 - HINTS: | |
18093 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs. | |
18094 | |
18095 | |
18096 Maintenance: | |
18097 ------------ | |
18098 | |
18099 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode. | |
18100 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case. | |
18101 | |
18102 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>. | |
18103 | |
18104 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases. | |
18105 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases. | |
18106 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above | |
18107 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>. | |
18108 | |
18109 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page | |
18110 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest | |
18111 version and release notes can be found. | |
18112 | |
18113 | |
18114 Bugs and Limitations: | |
18115 --------------------- | |
18116 | |
18117 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow. | |
18118 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS). | |
18119 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs. | |
18120 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs. | |
18121 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers | |
18122 does not work under XEmacs. | |
18123 | |
18124 | |
18125 The VHDL Mode Maintainers | |
18126 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby | |
18127 | |
18128 Key bindings: | |
18129 ------------- | |
18130 | |
18131 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
18132 | |
18133 ;;;*** | |
18134 | |
39611 | 18135 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15192 12224)) |
25876 | 18136 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el |
18137 | |
18138 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\ | |
18139 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor. | |
18140 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely, | |
18141 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs. | |
18142 | |
18143 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands. | |
18144 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input | |
18145 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode. | |
18146 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using) | |
18147 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned. | |
18148 | |
18149 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again. | |
18150 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key. | |
18151 | |
18152 Major differences between this mode and real vi : | |
18153 | |
18154 * Limitations and unsupported features | |
18155 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are | |
18156 not supported. | |
18157 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints. | |
18158 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature. | |
18159 | |
18160 * Modifications | |
18161 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary, | |
18162 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'. | |
18163 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching. | |
18164 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need | |
18165 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed | |
18166 for undoing a repeated change command. | |
18167 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr | |
18168 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too. | |
18169 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen. | |
18170 | |
18171 * Extensions | |
18172 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as | |
18173 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros. | |
18174 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to | |
18175 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs. | |
18176 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g. | |
18177 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def', | |
18178 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy. | |
18179 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly. | |
18180 | |
18181 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil) | |
18182 | |
18183 ;;;*** | |
18184 | |
18185 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion | |
18186 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer | |
28919 | 18187 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" |
39611 | 18188 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15192 12234)) |
25876 | 18189 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el |
18190 | |
18191 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\ | |
18192 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
18193 | |
18194 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | |
18195 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters. | |
18196 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
18197 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil) | |
18198 | |
18199 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
18200 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil) | |
18201 | |
18202 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | |
18203 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics. | |
18204 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
18205 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil) | |
18206 | |
18207 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
18208 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil) | |
18209 | |
18210 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil) | |
18211 | |
18212 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil) | |
18213 | |
18214 ;;;*** | |
18215 | |
18216 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame | |
18217 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame | |
39611 | 18218 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15254 |
18219 ;;;;;; 8041)) | |
25876 | 18220 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el |
18221 | |
18222 (defvar view-mode nil "\ | |
18223 Non-nil if View mode is enabled. | |
18224 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the | |
18225 functions that enable or disable view mode.") | |
18226 | |
18227 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode)) | |
18228 | |
18229 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\ | |
18230 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
18231 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
18232 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
18233 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
18234 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
18235 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
18236 | |
18237 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
18238 | |
18239 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\ | |
18240 View FILE in View mode in another window. | |
18241 Return that window to its previous buffer when done. | |
18242 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
18243 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
18244 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
18245 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
18246 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
18247 | |
18248 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
18249 | |
18250 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
18251 View FILE in View mode in another frame. | |
18252 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done. | |
18253 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
18254 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
18255 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
18256 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
18257 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
18258 | |
18259 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
18260 | |
18261 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\ | |
18262 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
18263 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
18264 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
18265 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
18266 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
18267 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
18268 | |
18269 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
18270 | |
18271 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
18272 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
18273 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
18274 | |
18275 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\ | |
18276 View BUFFER in View mode in another window. | |
18277 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
18278 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
18279 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
18280 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
18281 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
18282 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
18283 | |
18284 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
18285 | |
18286 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
18287 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
18288 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
18289 | |
18290 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
18291 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame. | |
18292 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
18293 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
18294 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
18295 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
18296 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
18297 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
18298 | |
18299 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
18300 | |
18301 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
18302 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
18303 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
18304 | |
18305 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\ | |
18306 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it. | |
27949 | 18307 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive. |
25876 | 18308 |
18309 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual. | |
18310 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands | |
18311 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is | |
18312 read-only. | |
18313 \\<view-mode-map> | |
18314 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix | |
18315 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole | |
18316 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to | |
18317 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search | |
18318 commands default to a repeat count of one. | |
18319 | |
18320 H, h, ? This message. | |
18321 Digits provide prefix arguments. | |
18322 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument. | |
18323 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer. | |
18324 > move to the end of buffer. | |
18325 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window. | |
27949 | 18326 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines. |
18327 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines. | |
18328 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines. | |
18329 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines. | |
18330 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix. | |
18331 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix. | |
18332 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets | |
18333 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much. | |
18334 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets | |
18335 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much. | |
18336 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s). | |
18337 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s). | |
25876 | 18338 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward. |
18339 Use this to view a changing file. | |
18340 \\[what-line] prints the current line number. | |
18341 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer. | |
18342 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line). | |
18343 . set the mark. | |
18344 x exchanges point and mark. | |
18345 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring. | |
18346 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when | |
18347 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end. | |
18348 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register. | |
18349 ' go to position saved in character register. | |
18350 s do forward incremental search. | |
18351 r do reverse incremental search. | |
18352 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page. | |
18353 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp. | |
18354 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start | |
18355 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer. | |
18356 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page. | |
18357 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression. | |
18358 p searches backward for last regular expression. | |
18359 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state. | |
18360 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode. | |
18361 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started | |
18362 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it. | |
18363 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable. | |
18364 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state. | |
18365 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer. | |
18366 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer. | |
18367 | |
18368 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was | |
27949 | 18369 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame |
18370 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will | |
18371 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer | |
18372 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame, | |
18373 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] | |
18374 will return to that buffer. | |
25876 | 18375 |
18376 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
18377 | |
18378 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\ | |
18379 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments. | |
18380 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist | |
18381 `view-return-to-alist'. | |
18382 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'. | |
18383 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument. | |
18384 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'. | |
18385 | |
18386 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or | |
18387 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO). | |
18388 WINDOW is a window used for viewing. | |
18389 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing. | |
18390 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of: | |
18391 1) nil Do nothing. | |
18392 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame. | |
18393 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text | |
18394 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW. | |
27949 | 18395 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW. |
25876 | 18396 |
18397 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
18398 | |
18399 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil) | |
18400 | |
18401 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\ | |
18402 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil) | |
18403 | |
18404 ;;;*** | |
18405 | |
39611 | 18406 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15192 12224)) |
25876 | 18407 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el |
18408 | |
18409 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\ | |
18410 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil) | |
18411 | |
18412 ;;;*** | |
18413 | |
18414 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el" | |
39611 | 18415 ;;;;;; (15260 46307)) |
25876 | 18416 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el |
18417 | |
18418 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
18419 Toggle Viper on/off. | |
26724 | 18420 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil) |
25876 | 18421 |
18422 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
18423 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil) | |
18424 | |
18425 ;;;*** | |
18426 | |
39611 | 18427 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15192 12237)) |
28212 | 18428 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el |
25876 | 18429 |
18430 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\ | |
18431 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist. | |
18432 | |
18433 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the | |
18434 hotlist. | |
18435 | |
18436 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke | |
18437 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil) | |
18438 | |
18439 ;;;*** | |
18440 | |
38398 | 18441 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el" |
39611 | 18442 ;;;;;; (15192 12219)) |
25876 | 18443 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el |
18444 | |
38398 | 18445 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode)) |
18446 | |
18447 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\ | |
18448 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled. | |
18449 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
25876 | 18450 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
38398 | 18451 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.") |
18452 | |
18453 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
18454 | |
18455 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func)) | |
18456 | |
18457 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\ | |
25876 | 18458 Toggle Which Function mode, globally. |
18459 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is | |
18460 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes. | |
18461 | |
33002 | 18462 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive, |
25876 | 18463 and off otherwise." t nil) |
18464 | |
18465 ;;;*** | |
18466 | |
39050 | 18467 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-write-file-hook |
18468 ;;;;;; whitespace-global-mode whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region | |
37203 | 18469 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check |
18470 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check | |
18471 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check) | |
39611 | 18472 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15234 20126)) |
25998 | 18473 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el |
18474 | |
37203 | 18475 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\ |
18476 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil) | |
18477 | |
18478 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\ | |
18479 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil) | |
18480 | |
18481 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\ | |
18482 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil) | |
18483 | |
18484 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\ | |
18485 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil) | |
18486 | |
18487 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\ | |
18488 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil) | |
18489 | |
25998 | 18490 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\ |
33002 | 18491 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer. |
18492 These are: | |
25998 | 18493 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). |
18494 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | |
18495 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS). | |
18496 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). | |
18497 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. | |
18498 | |
18499 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file | |
18500 and: | |
18501 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or | |
18502 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil) | |
18503 | |
18504 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
33002 | 18505 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil) |
25998 | 18506 |
18507 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\ | |
18508 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems. | |
18509 | |
18510 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the | |
18511 whitespace problems." t nil) | |
18512 | |
18513 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
33002 | 18514 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil) |
18515 | |
18516 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\ | |
18517 Toggle global Whitespace mode. | |
18518 | |
18519 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
18520 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode' | |
18521 \(which see).") | |
18522 | |
18523 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
18524 | |
18525 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace)) | |
25998 | 18526 |
39050 | 18527 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\ |
18528 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers. | |
18529 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive. | |
18530 | |
18531 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to | |
18532 `find-file-hooks' and `kill-buffer-hook'." t nil) | |
18533 | |
18534 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\ | |
18535 The local-write-file-hook to be called on the buffer when | |
18536 whitespace check is enabled." t nil) | |
18537 | |
25998 | 18538 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\ |
18539 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them. | |
18540 | |
18541 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types | |
18542 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code. | |
18543 | |
18544 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). | |
18545 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | |
18546 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be | |
18547 replaced with TABS). | |
33002 | 18548 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). |
25998 | 18549 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. |
18550 | |
18551 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline. | |
18552 | |
26724 | 18553 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace, |
18554 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of: | |
25998 | 18555 |
18556 e - End-of-Line whitespace. | |
18557 i - Indentation whitespace. | |
18558 l - Leading whitespace. | |
18559 s - Space followed by Tab. | |
18560 t - Trailing whitespace. | |
18561 | |
18562 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a | |
26724 | 18563 !<y>. |
25998 | 18564 |
18565 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most | |
18566 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even | |
33002 | 18567 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost |
25998 | 18568 always they default to 8.) |
18569 | |
33002 | 18570 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to |
25998 | 18571 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or |
18572 even print it. | |
18573 | |
18574 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like | |
18575 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you | |
33002 | 18576 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these |
18577 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs | |
18578 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your | |
25998 | 18579 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between |
18580 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them | |
18581 to set smarttab.) | |
18582 | |
18583 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and | |
18584 merge problems. | |
18585 | |
18586 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and | |
33002 | 18587 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any |
18588 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil) | |
25998 | 18589 |
18590 ;;;*** | |
18591 | |
25876 | 18592 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse |
39611 | 18593 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15192 12219)) |
25876 | 18594 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el |
18595 | |
18596 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\ | |
18597 Browse the widget under point." t nil) | |
18598 | |
18599 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\ | |
18600 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil) | |
18601 | |
18602 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\ | |
18603 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil) | |
18604 | |
18605 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\ | |
18606 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets. | |
18607 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
18608 | |
18609 ;;;*** | |
18610 | |
18611 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value) | |
40341 | 18612 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15315 52173)) |
25876 | 18613 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el |
18614 | |
18615 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\ | |
18616 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT. | |
18617 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil) | |
18618 | |
18619 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\ | |
29505 | 18620 Create widget of TYPE. |
25876 | 18621 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil) |
18622 | |
18623 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\ | |
18624 Delete WIDGET." nil nil) | |
18625 | |
18626 ;;;*** | |
18627 | |
27545 | 18628 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right |
40341 | 18629 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15297 |
18630 ;;;;;; 22176)) | |
27545 | 18631 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el |
18632 | |
18633 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\ | |
18634 Select the window to the left of the current one. | |
18635 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
18636 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise | |
18637 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge | |
18638 \(for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
18639 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
18640 | |
18641 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\ | |
18642 Select the window above the current one. | |
18643 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\" | |
18644 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is | |
18645 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for | |
18646 negative ARG) of the current window. | |
18647 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
18648 | |
18649 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\ | |
18650 Select the window to the right of the current one. | |
18651 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
18652 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window; | |
18653 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the | |
18654 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
18655 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
18656 | |
18657 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\ | |
18658 Select the window below the current one. | |
18659 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
18660 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise | |
18661 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge | |
18662 \(for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
18663 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
18664 | |
18665 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\ | |
18666 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil) | |
18667 | |
18668 ;;;*** | |
18669 | |
28077 | 18670 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" |
39611 | 18671 ;;;;;; (15185 36001)) |
28077 | 18672 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el |
18673 | |
18674 (defvar winner-mode nil "\ | |
18675 Toggle winner-mode. | |
18676 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
18677 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.") | |
18678 | |
18679 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
18680 | |
18681 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner)) | |
18682 | |
18683 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\ | |
18684 Toggle Winner mode. | |
18685 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
18686 | |
18687 ;;;*** | |
18688 | |
28919 | 18689 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman" |
40341 | 18690 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15297 22176)) |
28919 | 18691 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el |
18692 | |
18693 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\ | |
29505 | 18694 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program). |
28919 | 18695 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode. |
18696 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the | |
18697 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and | |
18698 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for | |
18699 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be | |
18700 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory). | |
18701 | |
29505 | 18702 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC |
18703 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil) | |
28919 | 18704 |
18705 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\ | |
18706 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil) | |
18707 | |
18708 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\ | |
18709 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME. | |
18710 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given. | |
18711 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting | |
29505 | 18712 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier. |
28919 | 18713 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to |
18714 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the | |
18715 `woman' command for further details." t nil) | |
18716 | |
18717 ;;;*** | |
18718 | |
25876 | 18719 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" |
25998 | 18720 ;;;;;; (13415 51576)) |
25876 | 18721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el |
18722 | |
18723 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\ | |
18724 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings. | |
18725 | |
18726 BUGS: | |
18727 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help) | |
18728 are not implemented | |
18729 - Options for search and replace | |
18730 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange | |
18731 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction | |
18732 | |
18733 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work | |
18734 Emacs-like. | |
18735 | |
18736 The key bindings are: | |
18737 | |
18738 C-a backward-word | |
18739 C-b fill-paragraph | |
18740 C-c scroll-up-line | |
18741 C-d forward-char | |
18742 C-e previous-line | |
18743 C-f forward-word | |
18744 C-g delete-char | |
18745 C-h backward-char | |
18746 C-i indent-for-tab-command | |
18747 C-j help-for-help | |
18748 C-k ordstar-C-k-map | |
18749 C-l ws-repeat-search | |
18750 C-n open-line | |
18751 C-p quoted-insert | |
18752 C-r scroll-down-line | |
18753 C-s backward-char | |
18754 C-t kill-word | |
18755 C-u keyboard-quit | |
18756 C-v overwrite-mode | |
18757 C-w scroll-down | |
18758 C-x next-line | |
18759 C-y kill-complete-line | |
18760 C-z scroll-up | |
18761 | |
18762 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0 | |
18763 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1 | |
18764 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2 | |
18765 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3 | |
18766 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4 | |
18767 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5 | |
18768 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6 | |
18769 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7 | |
18770 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8 | |
18771 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9 | |
18772 C-k b ws-begin-block | |
18773 C-k c ws-copy-block | |
18774 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs | |
18775 C-k f find-file | |
18776 C-k h ws-show-markers | |
18777 C-k i ws-indent-block | |
18778 C-k k ws-end-block | |
18779 C-k p ws-print-block | |
18780 C-k q kill-emacs | |
18781 C-k r insert-file | |
18782 C-k s save-some-buffers | |
18783 C-k t ws-mark-word | |
18784 C-k u ws-exdent-block | |
18785 C-k C-u keyboard-quit | |
18786 C-k v ws-move-block | |
18787 C-k w ws-write-block | |
18788 C-k x kill-emacs | |
18789 C-k y ws-delete-block | |
18790 | |
18791 C-o c wordstar-center-line | |
18792 C-o b switch-to-buffer | |
18793 C-o j justify-current-line | |
18794 C-o k kill-buffer | |
18795 C-o l list-buffers | |
18796 C-o m auto-fill-mode | |
18797 C-o r set-fill-column | |
18798 C-o C-u keyboard-quit | |
18799 C-o wd delete-other-windows | |
18800 C-o wh split-window-horizontally | |
18801 C-o wo other-window | |
18802 C-o wv split-window-vertically | |
18803 | |
18804 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0 | |
18805 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1 | |
18806 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2 | |
18807 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3 | |
18808 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4 | |
18809 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5 | |
18810 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6 | |
18811 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7 | |
18812 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8 | |
18813 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9 | |
18814 C-q a ws-query-replace | |
18815 C-q b ws-to-block-begin | |
18816 C-q c end-of-buffer | |
18817 C-q d end-of-line | |
18818 C-q f ws-search | |
18819 C-q k ws-to-block-end | |
18820 C-q l ws-undo | |
18821 C-q p ws-last-cursorp | |
18822 C-q r beginning-of-buffer | |
18823 C-q C-u keyboard-quit | |
18824 C-q w ws-last-error | |
18825 C-q y ws-kill-eol | |
18826 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol | |
18827 " t nil) | |
18828 | |
18829 ;;;*** | |
18830 | |
39050 | 18831 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15199 |
39611 | 18832 ;;;;;; 61891)) |
25876 | 18833 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el |
18834 | |
18835 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\ | |
18836 Toggle XTerm mouse mode. | |
18837 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive. | |
18838 | |
18839 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil) | |
18840 | |
18841 ;;;*** | |
18842 | |
18843 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism | |
33357 | 18844 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (14810 62720)) |
25876 | 18845 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el |
18846 | |
18847 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\ | |
18848 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil) | |
18849 | |
18850 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\ | |
18851 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil) | |
18852 | |
18853 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\ | |
18854 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP. | |
18855 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil) | |
18856 | |
18857 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\ | |
18858 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil) | |
18859 | |
18860 ;;;*** | |
18861 | |
40341 | 18862 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15214 18673)) |
30565 | 18863 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el |
18864 | |
18865 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\ | |
18866 Zone out, completely." t nil) | |
18867 | |
18868 ;;;*** | |
18869 | |
25876 | 18870 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" |
39611 | 18871 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15192 12237)) |
28212 | 18872 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el |
25876 | 18873 |
18874 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\ | |
18875 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil) | |
18876 | |
25998 | 18877 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\ |
18878 A mode for editing DNS zone files. | |
18879 | |
18880 Zone-mode does two things: | |
18881 | |
18882 - automatically update the serial number for a zone | |
18883 when saving the file | |
18884 | |
18885 - fontification" t nil) | |
25876 | 18886 |
18887 ;;;*** | |
18888 | |
40341 | 18889 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "allout.el" |
18890 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "byte-run.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" | |
18891 ;;;;;; "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" | |
18892 ;;;;;; "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" | |
18893 ;;;;;; "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lock.el" | |
18894 ;;;;;; "finder-inf.el" "float-sup.el" "foldout.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" | |
18895 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "generic-x.el" "indent.el" "kermit.el" "map-ynp.el" | |
18896 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el" | |
18897 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "regi.el" "register.el" | |
18898 ;;;;;; "s-region.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" | |
18899 ;;;;;; "tcp.el" "tempo.el" "timezone.el" "unused.el" "vc-hooks.el" | |
18900 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el" | |
18901 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "widget.el" "window.el" "xscheme.el" | |
18902 ;;;;;; "international/characters.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" | |
18903 ;;;;;; "international/iso-insert.el" "international/iso-swed.el" | |
18904 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el" | |
18905 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el" | |
18906 ;;;;;; "international/ogonek.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/utf-8.el" | |
18907 ;;;;;; "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" | |
18908 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" | |
18909 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el" | |
18910 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" | |
18911 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" | |
18912 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" | |
18913 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" | |
18914 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" | |
18915 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" | |
18916 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" | |
18917 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" | |
18918 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" | |
18919 ;;;;;; "emulation/mlsupport.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" | |
18920 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" | |
18921 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" | |
18922 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" | |
18923 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" | |
18924 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" | |
18925 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" | |
18926 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" | |
18927 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" | |
18928 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" | |
18929 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el" | |
18930 ;;;;;; "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" | |
18931 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" | |
18932 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-draft.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" | |
18933 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" | |
18934 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el" | |
18935 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" | |
18936 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" | |
18937 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" | |
18938 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" | |
18939 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" | |
18940 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" | |
18941 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el" | |
18942 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" | |
18943 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" | |
18944 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" | |
18945 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" | |
18946 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" | |
18947 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/parse-time.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" | |
18948 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" | |
18949 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" | |
18950 ;;;;;; "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" | |
18951 ;;;;;; "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" | |
18952 ;;;;;; "language/european.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" | |
18953 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/korean.el" | |
18954 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" | |
18955 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el" | |
18956 ;;;;;; "language/vietnamese.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" | |
18957 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mh-funcs.el" "mail/mh-pick.el" "mail/mh-seq.el" | |
18958 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/uce.el" | |
18959 ;;;;;; "mail/vms-pmail.el" "obsolete/c-mode.el" "obsolete/cplus-md.el" | |
18960 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el" | |
18961 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el" | |
18962 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" | |
18963 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" | |
18964 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-xref.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" | |
18965 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" | |
18966 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" | |
18967 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" | |
18968 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "term/AT386.el" | |
18969 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el" | |
18970 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" | |
18971 ;;;;;; "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" | |
18972 ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el" | |
18973 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el" | |
18974 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el" | |
18975 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/wyse50.el" | |
18976 ;;;;;; "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" | |
18977 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" | |
18978 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" | |
18979 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" | |
18980 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" | |
18981 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" | |
18982 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" | |
18983 ;;;;;; "bindings.el" "custom.el" "env.el" "faces.el" "files.el" | |
18984 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "isearch.el" "loadup.el" "menu-bar.el" "mouse.el" | |
18985 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "saveplace.el" "simple.el" "startup.el" "subr.el" | |
18986 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "version.el" "xml.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" | |
18987 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" | |
18988 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "international/latin-1.el" | |
18989 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el" | |
18990 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el" | |
18991 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "term/w32-win.el" | |
18992 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el") | |
18993 ;;;;;; (15320 23959 705052)) | |
39590 | 18994 |
18995 ;;;*** | |
18996 | |
25876 | 18997 ;;; Local Variables: |
18998 ;;; version-control: never | |
18999 ;;; no-byte-compile: t | |
19000 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t | |
19001 ;;; End: | |
19002 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here |